[RSArchive Icon]
 Version 2.5.4
 Table of Contents | Search ]
Rudolf Steiner Archive Home


[Spacing]
Searching Rudolf Steiner Lectures (Alphabetically)
Matches

You may select a new search term and repeat your search. Searches are not case sensitive, and you can use regular expressions in your queries.


Enter your search term:
by: title, keyword, or context
   


   Query type: 
    Query was: king
  

Here are the matching lines in their respective documents. Select one of the highlighted words in the matching lines below to jump to that point in the document.

  • Title: Lecture: The Ahrimanic Deception
    Matching lines:
    • Clairvoyant vision finds in looking back that an incarnation of a
    • in their thinking and feeling with what had come from the impulse of
    • Ahrimanic powers, working out of super-sensible worlds through human
    • animal kingdom, plant kingdom, mineral kingdom. He knew that the
    • what a man will believe in the time from waking in the morning till
    • he does not reach with his waking consciousness but which yet belong
    • waking, something quite different concerning the universe flows into
    • unknown to the waking consciousness, is yet present in the depths and
    • of the life of the cosmos. And although in his waking consciousness
    • soul experiences and what the waking consciousness acknowledges as its
    • effects, but he is interested in making men believe that these are
    • These Ahrimanic powers are working, in fact, wherever dis-harmonies
    • thinking, the present intellect, lies in a stratum of being where it
    • “economical” man is replaced for the first time by the man thinking
    • in terms of banking, and in the nineteenth century there is created for
    • How numerous are those who think they are speaking out of Christian
    • into it, no matter whether he is speaking on social or other
  • Title: Lecture: The Ahrimanic Deception
    Matching lines:
    • Clairvoyant vision finds in looking back that an incarnation of a
    • in their thinking and feeling with what had come from the impulse of
    • Ahrimanic powers, working out of super-sensible worlds through human
    • animal kingdom, plant kingdom, mineral kingdom. He knew that the
    • what a man will believe in the time from waking in the morning till
    • he does not reach with his waking consciousness but which yet belong
    • waking, something quite different concerning the universe flows into
    • unknown to the waking consciousness, is yet present in the depths and
    • of the life of the cosmos. And although in his waking consciousness
    • soul experiences and what the waking consciousness acknowledges as its
    • effects, but he is interested in making men believe that these are
    • These Ahrimanic powers are working, in fact, wherever dis-harmonies
    • thinking, the present intellect, lies in a stratum of being where it
    • “economical” man is replaced for the first time by the man thinking
    • in terms of banking, and in the nineteenth century there is created for
    • How numerous are those who think they are speaking out of Christian
    • into it, no matter whether he is speaking on social or other
  • Title: Lecture: The Alphabet
    Matching lines:
    • present period of his evolution — taking this period so widely that
    • is speech that elevates Man above the other kingdoms of nature.
    • relates to the cosmos. In short, what would be expressed by speaking
    • poured out over the matter-of-factness of life. In speaking today, Man
    • waking state. It remains unconscious and essentially forms the actual
    • mineral, plant and animal kingdoms. After this life between death and
    • vowel there is the H. You can trace it in speaking — AH, IH, EH. H is
    • Something is expressed that is the cosmic working of four planets. Let
    • speaking, Man felt himself within the cosmos. When the child learned
    • experience of the impression of the planetary movements in thinking,
    • in thought to comprehending and working on what lived in Man out of
    • How does one picture 1, 2, 3 to oneself today? It is done by thinking
  • Title: Lecture: The Alphabet
    Matching lines:
    • present period of his evolution — taking this period so widely that
    • is speech that elevates Man above the other kingdoms of nature.
    • relates to the cosmos. In short, what would be expressed by speaking
    • poured out over the matter-of-factness of life. In speaking today, Man
    • waking state. It remains unconscious and essentially forms the actual
    • mineral, plant and animal kingdoms. After this life between death and
    • vowel there is the H. You can trace it in speaking — AH, IH, EH. H is
    • Something is expressed that is the cosmic working of four planets. Let
    • speaking, Man felt himself within the cosmos. When the child learned
    • experience of the impression of the planetary movements in thinking,
    • in thought to comprehending and working on what lived in Man out of
    • How does one picture 1, 2, 3 to oneself today? It is done by thinking
  • Title: Lecture: Anthroposophy and Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • view from which I shall be speaking.
    • The spiritual scientist's way of looking at things is wholly in
    • reason. Granted, this way of thinking must be applied to the very
    • his own nature, making use of the only tool that he has at his
    • looking at things rests entirely on the premises of natural scientific
    • thinking. Let us take water as an example drawn from nature. Suppose
    • we are looking at the qualities of water as we find it around us. Then
    • along comes the chemist and applies his methods to the water, breaking
    • the water, and hydrogen is a gas that burns. No one just looking at
    • from looking at the merely external bodily nature, any more than the
    • on it. Imagine waking up some morning with no idea of where we've been
    • monistic-materialistic view when it comes to looking at memory. In
    • surroundings? He perceives things; he applies his brain-bound thinking
    • upon the concentration of thinking, begin just where our everyday
    • of all that the power of thinking, which is usually active only in the
    • thinking; but now we know that we have been outside it. We gradually
    • then that moment finally comes, either during waking life or in a
    • were striking like lightning and destroying my body, and I
    • our body with our thinking capacity. And other forces can be similarly
    • We must keep one thing in mind, however, when talking about this
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Anthroposophy and Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • view from which I shall be speaking.
    • The spiritual scientist's way of looking at things is wholly in
    • reason. Granted, this way of thinking must be applied to the very
    • his own nature, making use of the only tool that he has at his
    • looking at things rests entirely on the premises of natural scientific
    • thinking. Let us take water as an example drawn from nature. Suppose
    • we are looking at the qualities of water as we find it around us. Then
    • along comes the chemist and applies his methods to the water, breaking
    • the water, and hydrogen is a gas that burns. No one just looking at
    • from looking at the merely external bodily nature, any more than the
    • on it. Imagine waking up some morning with no idea of where we've been
    • monistic-materialistic view when it comes to looking at memory. In
    • surroundings? He perceives things; he applies his brain-bound thinking
    • upon the concentration of thinking, begin just where our everyday
    • of all that the power of thinking, which is usually active only in the
    • thinking; but now we know that we have been outside it. We gradually
    • then that moment finally comes, either during waking life or in a
    • were striking like lightning and destroying my body, and I
    • our body with our thinking capacity. And other forces can be similarly
    • We must keep one thing in mind, however, when talking about this
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Anthroposophy as a Substance of Life and Feeling
    Matching lines:
    • language in common is lacking, two souls feel separated.
    • of making revelations concerning the super-sensible worlds.
    • person is speaking within their soul. They will gradually learn to
    • recognise who is speaking to them. Only because to-day men pass by so
    • that all these souls have been working together, you will realise that
    • Something else will then arise: namely, that, generally speaking, the
    • this way of speaking about these things may awaken within our hearts
  • Title: Lecture: Anthroposophy as a Substance of Life and Feeling
    Matching lines:
    • language in common is lacking, two souls feel separated.
    • of making revelations concerning the super-sensible worlds.
    • person is speaking within their soul. They will gradually learn to
    • recognise who is speaking to them. Only because to-day men pass by so
    • that all these souls have been working together, you will realise that
    • Something else will then arise: namely, that, generally speaking, the
    • this way of speaking about these things may awaken within our hearts
  • Title: Bhagavad Gita/Paul: Lecture I: The uniform plan of World History. The Confluence of three spiritual streams in the Bhagavad Gita.
    Matching lines:
    • present time something is making itself prominently felt which can
    • the fact that separate individuals now feel the need of taking part in
    • that one draws into one's soul. All knowledge, all thinking, all
    • waking, life and death, you will find there what in our present-day
    • in striking places with what resounds down to us out of the old ages.
    • not seeking to prove a concord with the old; the harmony comes of
    • existence, of cosmic laws and their manner of working, is the Sankhya
    • to be thought of as walking the Earth — the Incarnation of the
  • Title: Bhagavad Gita/Paul: Lecture II: The basis of knowledge of the Gita, the Veda, Sankhya, Yoga.
    Matching lines:
    • welling up so that separate forms emerge, but not breaking away as
    • from that of Ahriman. This characteristic is absolutely lacking in the
    • of Manas in the sense of the Sankhya philosophy, we are not speaking
    • handling, walking, speaking, he reacts on the physical world around
    • this is only a manner of speaking, and that in reality we realise cold
    • by taking the separate senses and observing how we can form a concept
    • working of the separate sense-forces, at this stage differentiated
    • outer world, in the kingdom of nature, these fine elements are also to
    • now speaking of moral characteristics, but of pure characteristics,
    • muscles of our face in harmony with the speaking of the soul, the
    • taking the place of the knowledge of that grand sphere of existence
    • Therefore, even Aristotle himself in speaking of the soul part no
    • speaking of colours. He does not use these words: but one may say: Red
    • begins with devotional looking upwards to the psychic-spiritual
    • to the coarsest substance, go through these, making use of thy reason,
    • over into the new, in the blind King Dritarashtra of the house of
    • of Pandu; and the charioteer tells his King (who is characteristically
    • King what is happening over there among the sons of Pandu, to whom is
    • that of which we have just been speaking, of what man can attain if he
    • uses Sankhya and Yoga, if he develops thinking and devotion in order
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Bhagavad Gita/Paul: Lecture III: The union of the three streams in the Christ Impulse, the Teaching of Krishna.
    Matching lines:
    • the right way, show us most strikingly how a world-philosophy may
    • Then again let us take the case of a soul seeking development in a
    • seeking the heights of soul-life goes forth into the world, coming
    • different. The sublimity of the poetical language is lacking, even the
    • dispassionateness is lacking. We take up these Epistles and allow them
    • to Krishna he is both looking up to his own highest self and also at
    • which can be attained by first making use of the bodily instruments;
    • it happen. One becomes wise by looking on at what one does as though
    • matter what our hands may carry out, even — speaking of the Gita
    • but as the other kingdoms of the world represent, as it were, only
    • many-armed One, with a mouth working as though it were great flaming
    • this multitude of kingly heroes, Bhishma and Drona, together with our
    • his blind hero, the king of the Kurus. After Sandshaya related all
    • and taking Thee to be my friend, I call Thee Krishna: call Thee Yiva,
    • Friend; ignorant of Thy wonderful greatness, unthinking and confiding
  • Title: Bhagavad Gita/Paul: Lecture IV: The nature of the Bhagavad Gita and the significance of the Epistles of St. Paul. How the Christ Impulse surpasses the Krishna Impulse.
    Matching lines:
    • the Mystery of Golgotha had been accomplished, looking at it from
    • human nature is sinking deeper and deeper into darkness. It is not,
    • conditions, between sleeping and waking. If we wish to picture to
    • he felt himself when thinking, lifted out of his physical body; but at
    • revenges itself by taking away from one the feeling of belonging to
    • correctly, as belonging to the Rajas-age — making use of that
    • of Ahriman's kingdom with which one fights in Yoga; but now when we
    • with Ahriman's kingdom, he himself stands before us. Sankhya
    • into Purusha itself, and describe this by taking the trinity into
  • Title: Bhagavad Gita/Paul: Lecture V: The spiritual nature of Maya. Krishna - the Light-Halo of Christ. The Risen One.
    Matching lines:
    • the so-called speaking with tongues comes under consideration.
    • What is this speaking with tongues that we find spoken of in St.
    • working of men. In connection with this very speaking with tongues St.
    • Wherefore I make clear to you: that just as little as one speaking in
    • characters, others that of speaking different tongues, and to others
    • lacking in love, it would all be in vain. Love endureth ever. Love is
    • understands the nature of speaking with tongues. His meaning is: The
    • all attain to speaking with tongues, it is yet more important that you
    • speaking, in order that the community should do so. Supposing that I
    • if I did not tell you what my speaking signifies as prophecy, teaching
    • and revelation! My speaking would be like a flute or a zither, of
    • if you cannot connect a distinct language with the tongue-speaking, it
    • sent whenever anything specially important to man was taking place;
    • only be perceived, strictly speaking, as long as the old clairvoyance
    • learned men in the Temple was therefore not only Zarathustra speaking
  • Title: Lecture: The Bible and Wisdom
    Matching lines:
    • thinking and conceptional life, although it may be said that all spiritual
    • Bible — taking up in some cases the radical standpoint of downright
    • undervalue in any sense the standpoint of many modern thinking men who feel
    • be thinking of themselves and it would not occur to them that future
    • developed by Meditation and Concentration, that is to say by sinking the
    • explains this way of looking at things.
    • awakened souls, taking into consideration as well that there may be
    • to investigate the spiritual world. Looking back to the past we feel
  • Title: Lecture: The Bible and Wisdom
    Matching lines:
    • thinking and conceptional life, although it may be said that all spiritual
    • Bible — taking up in some cases the radical standpoint of downright
    • undervalue in any sense the standpoint of many modern thinking men who feel
    • be thinking of themselves and it would not occur to them that future
    • developed by Meditation and Concentration, that is to say by sinking the
    • explains this way of looking at things.
    • awakened souls, taking into consideration as well that there may be
    • to investigate the spiritual world. Looking back to the past we feel
  • Title: Lecture: Soul and Spirit in the Human Physical Constitution
    Matching lines:
    • When man is studied by modern scientific thinking, one part only of
    • fluid organism in earthly man without speaking of the etheric body
    • if we are thinking merely of the solid organism which is shut off by
    • This shows us that by taking these different organisms in man into
    • sleep, from the moment of falling asleep to the moment of waking;
    • therefore the interworking of the Chemical Ether and the etheric body
    • From the moment of falling asleep to the moment of waking, the astral
    • astral body by the air organism during waking life. We can speak in a
    • thinking takes no account at all. But everything in us
    • and the etheric body that remain as they are during the waking state;
    • When we turn to consider waking life, from what has been said we shall
    • a way during sleep as during the waking state, when the Ego and the
    • which in waking life we have driven out through our Ego which is part
    • Waking life and sleeping life may therefore also be studied from this
    • the cosmic spirituality which on waking we drive out through our Ego,
    • for in waking life it is the Ego that brings about in the
    • elaboration of perceptions from the moment of waking to that of
    • only. If we adhere to the principles of spiritual-scientific thinking
    • shall we seek in dreams for knowledge as we seek it in waking mental
    • on waking, finds that he is feverish or is suffering from some kind of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Moral as the Source of World-Creative Power
    Matching lines:
    • to us in waking life from the moment of waking to the moment of
    • waking consciousness, there is dream-consciousness, and we heard
    • for it again on waking. It is through the deprivation undergone
    • between falling asleep and waking that he is able to feel himself
    • Taking this as an example, we may say: Moral ideals come to expression
    • theoretical thinking, matter — substantiality — is brought
    • to its end; through his moral thinking, matter and cosmic
    • does by speaking of the law of the conservation of matter and energy.
    • nothing but theoretical thinking, and the ideas thus formulated
    • asking himself: How can my moral impulses take effect in a world in
    • or of the fixed stars, they were speaking of spiritual beings.
  • Title: Lecture: The Path to Freedom and Love and their Significance in World Events
    Matching lines:
    • Man stands in the world as thinking, contemplative being on the one
    • links the two poles of our being: the pole of thinking and the pole of
    • deed, of action. Only through the fact that we are thinking beings are
    • fundamentally speaking, everything we accomplish between birth and
    • thought. When we picture the thinking human being in this way, when we
    • elaborate these thoughts. — Fundamentally speaking, therefore, in
    • Not by taking in as many thoughts as possible from the surrounding
    • this inner radiation of will into the sphere of thinking, the more
    • thinking becomes what I have called in my Philosophy of Spiritual
    • Activity: purethinking. We think, but in our thinking there
    • sphere of thinking. But pure thinking may equally be called pure
    • will. Thus from the realm of thinking we reach the realm of
    • will, when we become inwardly free; our thinking attains such maturity
    • progressively strengthening the impulse of will in our thinking we
    • that has now become thought, or our thinking that has now become will.
    • mightier and mightier force in our thinking.
    • speaking, deliberate intent and absence of intent, volition and
    • life; speaking is largely connected with organic life; walking really
    • inherent force — into our thinking, when we permeate our thinking
    • with will. We bring will into thinking and thereby attain freedom. As
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Bridge Between: Contents of this Lecture Series
    Matching lines:
    • has no place in the natural scientific thinking of today. — The
    • and energy die away to nullity; but man's moral thinking imbues life
    • Man as a being of Thinking, Action and Feeling. — The connection of
    • the life of thought with the will. — Pure thinking: irradiation of
  • Title: Lecture: Christ in Relation to Lucifer and Ahriman
    Matching lines:
    • for it is precisely this gesture that precipitates the breaking of the
    • breaking the wings of this being. Rather, the interaction of the two
    • buries himself in the cave, working in shackles, ever busy undermining
    • conceive of Him as a reality, as a working force. That is to say, we
    • Christ has become a working force, let us visualize — as has been
    • map of Europe so magnificently, but rather the Christ impulse working
    • Looking to the West and especially to American culture, a different
    • ascertain what has caused such a reversal. The inner workings of the
    • Now consider the following. Looking eastward we can make out luciferic
    • body has been infected by materialistic thinking.
    • Tolstoy or those leading writers who are constantly speaking of
    • truth, which must have a shocking effect on us.
    • plane. In the Southeast, looking through the physical plane, one
    • thinking that a terrible accident had happened. This afternoon a
    • occult perception who is working artistically on the building in
    • there was much talk in the East and West. The most shocking
    • are still lacking a full understanding of what I have stated before. We
    • talking about is Robinson Crusoe. The description of Robinson is so
    • it cannot avoid thinking materialistically thereafter. Mankind has not
    • the dead have left behind. These are aside from what they are taking
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Christ in Relation to Lucifer and Ahriman
    Matching lines:
    • for it is precisely this gesture that precipitates the breaking of the
    • breaking the wings of this being. Rather, the interaction of the two
    • buries himself in the cave, working in shackles, ever busy undermining
    • conceive of Him as a reality, as a working force. That is to say, we
    • Christ has become a working force, let us visualize — as has been
    • map of Europe so magnificently, but rather the Christ impulse working
    • Looking to the West and especially to American culture, a different
    • ascertain what has caused such a reversal. The inner workings of the
    • Now consider the following. Looking eastward we can make out luciferic
    • body has been infected by materialistic thinking.
    • Tolstoy or those leading writers who are constantly speaking of
    • truth, which must have a shocking effect on us.
    • plane. In the Southeast, looking through the physical plane, one
    • thinking that a terrible accident had happened. This afternoon a
    • occult perception who is working artistically on the building in
    • there was much talk in the East and West. The most shocking
    • are still lacking a full understanding of what I have stated before. We
    • talking about is Robinson Crusoe. The description of Robinson is so
    • it cannot avoid thinking materialistically thereafter. Mankind has not
    • the dead have left behind. These are aside from what they are taking
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Concepts of Original Sin and Grace
    Matching lines:
    • consciousness, but as a being looking into the world with alert, lucid
    • with which, properly speaking, he can no longer be a sinner today, for
    • consider what form this takes in the animal kingdom.) When the etheric
    • than were working in later times. Where, then, was the impulse
    • they are abstract ideas, lacking the full-blooded vigour of personal life.
    • and the like, such as are described as ideas working in history by
    • Man cannot rise again to the Spiritual by merely talking about the
    • Spirit but only by taking the Spirit into himself in the living,
    • not denote misunderstanding of the idea of karma. For in speaking of
    • the idea of karma we are speaking of the reincarnation of the ego in
    • phase of evolution begins to function, when men give up thinking, ‘How
    • thinking. All that materialism can understand, and readily understand,
  • Title: Lecture: The Concepts of Original Sin and Grace
    Matching lines:
    • consciousness, but as a being looking into the world with alert, lucid
    • with which, properly speaking, he can no longer be a sinner today, for
    • consider what form this takes in the animal kingdom.) When the etheric
    • than were working in later times. Where, then, was the impulse
    • they are abstract ideas, lacking the full-blooded vigour of personal life.
    • and the like, such as are described as ideas working in history by
    • Man cannot rise again to the Spiritual by merely talking about the
    • Spirit but only by taking the Spirit into himself in the living,
    • not denote misunderstanding of the idea of karma. For in speaking of
    • the idea of karma we are speaking of the reincarnation of the ego in
    • phase of evolution begins to function, when men give up thinking, ‘How
    • thinking. All that materialism can understand, and readily understand,
  • Title: Lecture: Esoteric Studies: Cosmic Ego and Human Ego
    Matching lines:
    • earth are they in whom the Luciferic spirit is working diligently —
    • man is working only upon his fourth. So in these Luciferic beings we
    • for — we may experience that people lacking in understanding will
    • without effort or exertion of any kind — and speaking in such a way
    • substance of the earth. In consequence of the violent shaking of the
  • Title: Lecture: Esoteric Studies: Cosmic Ego and Human Ego
    Matching lines:
    • earth are they in whom the Luciferic spirit is working diligently —
    • man is working only upon his fourth. So in these Luciferic beings we
    • for — we may experience that people lacking in understanding will
    • without effort or exertion of any kind — and speaking in such a way
    • substance of the earth. In consequence of the violent shaking of the
  • Title: Lecture: Conscience and Wonder as Indications of Spiritual Vision in the Past and in the Future
    Matching lines:
    • connected with the occurrences of daily life. In waking-life we are
    • waking life, would cause us the most terrible stings of conscience.
    • waking-life.
    • clairvoyance into the clear waking consciousness of our present day,
    • the capacities thus won by his Ego in waking consciousness. But what
    • why man experiences the difference between waking consciousness and
    • them in waking consciousness when we turn our attention towards the
    • feel before in a waking condition; it is as if they were endowed with
    • weight, with heaviness. During our waking life — were we aware of
    • explained without taking the spiritual worlds into account. One who
    • to go ahead and lead a robust active life, without asking for
    • whereas the other is bent only upon enjoying life without asking for
  • Title: Lecture: Conscience and Wonder as Indications of Spiritual Vision in the Past and in the Future
    Matching lines:
    • connected with the occurrences of daily life. In waking-life we are
    • waking life, would cause us the most terrible stings of conscience.
    • waking-life.
    • clairvoyance into the clear waking consciousness of our present day,
    • the capacities thus won by his Ego in waking consciousness. But what
    • why man experiences the difference between waking consciousness and
    • them in waking consciousness when we turn our attention towards the
    • feel before in a waking condition; it is as if they were endowed with
    • weight, with heaviness. During our waking life — were we aware of
    • explained without taking the spiritual worlds into account. One who
    • to go ahead and lead a robust active life, without asking for
    • whereas the other is bent only upon enjoying life without asking for
  • Title: Lecture: Introductory Lecture. Winter Session, 1911-1912
    Matching lines:
    • making a beginning — the beginning of something which, as it
    • strikingly evident in these Munich performances that it is not the aim
    • a matter of speaking about the essence of these things, I should have
    • What is particularly striking in these Munich gatherings is the steady
    • of taking a still larger hall I would much prefer to give a lecture
    • easy for those who are working with us. And yet, on the other hand,
    • that relates to the great Appearance of which we have been speaking
    • and every normal, thinking person will approve of the cultivation of
    • the Bodhisattva who had been born as the son of King Suddhodana became
    • working quietly, and this subject would not have been raised or
    • by the other side, too — that they are speaking of Jeschu ben
    • misled into thinking that in her latest book Annie Besant is speaking
    • speaking about Christian Rosenkreutz here, too, I want to speak about
  • Title: Lecture: Evidences of Bygone Ages In Modern Civilisation
    Matching lines:
    • disappeared; I must set about making a livelihood.” This he did
    • afterwards a funeral was actually taking place. The spirit-friend
    • different from those working in the typical Post-Atlantean races. In
    • Thinking of all these matters, we shall be able to say: Post-Atlantean
  • Title: Lecture: 'Chance' and Present-day Consciousness. An Easter Meditation
    Matching lines:
    • WE will begin the lecture today by thinking of what is implied by the
    • come into question here. I am speaking of the “scientific
    • KingMatthew 25:1-13]
    • will also, strangely enough, be too striking to be lightly put down to
    • insist upon speaking of “chance” will naturally want to do
    • connection with this striking example will be confirmed in many ways
    • will be strikingly significant.
    • quoted, which provide striking evidence that occurrences attributed to
    • “Apocalypse,” a “kingdom of a thousand years,” a
    • mission of Earth-existence, to seek for the working of law in
    • but lacking the courage to adopt the attitude of which we have spoken,
    • There has lately been a striking example of this among our own ranks;
    • Thinking.” If the man in question had been in the position in
    • that this thesis on the relation of the Ego to Thinking has any
    • on The Relation of the Ego to Thinking ... but the university town
    • Thinking, his thesis is rejected as a matter of course! And so the
    • realise that it is not a question of looking for a really new impulse
    • and the Kingdom of Heaven is at hand; know yourselves, pay heed to the
    • thinking, often enough, that there is no active, living power within
    • recognise the kingdom of spiritual law and gradually to learn to speak
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Forces of the Human Soul and Their Inspirers. Kalewala: The Epic
    Matching lines:
    • the evolution of mankind our present mode of perception and thinking,
    • mode of thinking; before that time, vestiges and remains of the old
    • genuine clairvoyance, although it was dim and dream-like, lacking the
    • midway as it were between our waking and sleeping states, in which
    • today, sent down the animal kingdom before him and then followed
    • In reality it is the human ether-body, forged by the interworking of
    • son of King Suddhodana became the Buddha. The event could only take
    • that in the royal son of King Suddhodana there dwelt an Individuality
  • Title: Lecture: The Idea of Reincarnation and Its Introduction Into Western Culture
    Matching lines:
    • beggar in the Upper World than a king in the realm of the
    • royal son of King Suddhodana — became the “Buddha” of
    • is then no longer called by a proper name. In speaking of the
    • replaced by thinking based upon purely external observation and
    • of your being and then you will know that the Kingdoms of Heaven are
    • birth. In a manner of speaking it can be said that he “let
    • veritably crowned with glory! Without thinking now of the originals,
    • it, undefined intuitive feelings may arise here and there. A striking
    • recurrent phenomena in human existence. I am speaking of the poet
    • repetitions of the spiritual message working in humanity. The poem
  • Title: Lecture: The Mission of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • The retort of superficial thinking here will certainly be:
    • When intellectual thinking, based upon reason, came to birth during
    • and wonder by what they saw here? It was because they were looking at
    • movement. Now they were looking at something on which they had never
    • perceived, in everything taking place in the world, something at once
    • Therefore they must find something lacking — or rather, they must
    • That alone is enough to make a thinking man realise that a
    • impressions. We share in what is taking place in his innermost nature,
    • away, then something is lacking in his moral life. The human being on
    • impulses working in Achilles, a being who stands there like a last
    • the irrational and, to some extent, unhealthy mode of thinking
    • Thus whether we are thinking of the birth of wonder, of conscience or
    • the Christ Idea. Yet outside our field of work, by talking round an
    • We know that what we actually see in the kingdoms of Nature around us
    • In the kingdom of the animals we see the individual forms coming into
    • kingdom, the individual plants appear and disappear, but behind them
    • the kingdom of the minerals. The Spiritual endures, but the Physical,
    • whether in the animal, plant or mineral kingdom, is transient,
    • (And the KingMatt. 25. 40).
    • not there for the purpose of taking food but to give utterance to
  • Title: Lecture: The Signature of Human Evolution The Advancing Individuality
    Matching lines:
    • something of the highest importance was taking place at that time in
    • it is to be a beggar in the Upper World than a king in the realm of
    • stamp from the working of the ether-body. Through the ether-body man
    • the ancient Persian epoch, the faculty of looking outwards into the
    • world outside. This was a great and epoch-making transition. In the
    • “generally speaking” the human being lives on after death;
    • the father is working upon the child from the spiritual world;
    • Subsequently he may have a very striking dream. Little heed is paid to
    • perhaps fifteen years before, is working into and influencing his
    • dream-picture, are working into his night-consciousness. This is often
    • influences working upon us in the shape of dreams. Such experiences
    • that time. Thinking of this, we can perceive the interplay between the
    • shall have a picture of “wholeness” — of forces working
  • Title: Lecture: Consciousness, Memory, Karma
    Matching lines:
    • all waking existence; in it your thoughts, perceptions, feelings and
    • other than the senses, is obvious; for in this everyday, waking
    • him; so that in speaking of man as a being of the Earth, we can only
    • something that is not, in the same sense as thinking, feeling and
    • here been speaking. In order that consciousness may exist at all, the
    • ordinary consciousness can unfold thinking, feeling and willing during
    • did not take place — if, after forsaking the physical body at
    • only unfold consciousness in acts of thinking, feeling and willing.
    • thinking, of feeling and of will, is due to the ether-body; and even
    • working its way into his life-forces, the bad action would make him
    • kind would be able to unfold waking consciousness as it exists in man,
    • would possess the faculties of thinking, feeling and willing, but
  • Title: Lecture: Form-creating Forces
    Matching lines:
    • Earth-evolution. Waking consciousness, memory and remembrance, the
    • self-seeking thoughts and feelings, however, operate in him in such a
    • and other bodily forms; he can perceive the striking differences in
    • processes operating in world-evolution are understood, that thinking
    • direction is in very truth taking place in the human race. It is a
    • was an outer happening, striking into the physical world; a future
    • word — but I should never dream of making such assertions
    • son of King Suddhodana, rose in his twenty-ninth year to the rank of
    • strikingly it differs from the lives of all the other founders of
    • truth, he is merely seeking domination and authority! In the future,
    • making speeches which really cannot be described as
    • “theosophical” but are eminently political. Thinking of the
    • Do you think I am saying this jokingly? I say it because occultism has
    • theosophical-occult movement taking its stand solely and entirely upon
  • Title: Lecture: Foreword
    Matching lines:
    • destiny itself, like the awakened human conscience, linking his
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • for every thinking and feeling person, a life-aim that includes the
    • the working of wonderful forces through the various epochs and the
    • relationships of the epochs to each other. If we begin by looking at
    • looking down upon them appears now, in the fifth period, in the
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • kingdom was not as it is today; the earth did not bear the same plants
    • perceives, looking back at the primal earth atom? What is it that
    • this when, looking backward, we find that there dwelt on earth at that
    • Looking at the third period, man feels the forces as a threefold
    • away, yet it was only because of that breaking-away that the earth was
    • times. Let us examine the alternation between waking and sleeping in
    • outlines as today. If we picture ourselves walking through a dense fog
    • the lower kingdoms; by night he was the companion of the higher
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • during their waking hours saw objects with sharper contours. That
    • It was like seeing kings and emperors to day. Many do not see them,
    • yet still believe that there are kings and emperors.
    • of his waking day at that time. But these pictures had another
    • feeling arose in him, merely through looking at it, that was like a
    • the water. Simply through looking at it he would have felt that the
    • If, for example, someone should succeed by this means in making his
    • brain move further forward, thus working even on the bones of his
    • that he is working not for one incarnation but for many
    • Things were different in the ancient initiation schools. Thinking had
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • thinking, feeling and willing. This thought-picture had to become ever
    • at a later time. Everything in the lower kingdoms was regarded by the
    • plants have remained behind, evolving out of a higher kingdom into a
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • Then the sun began to withdraw itself, taking the finest substances
    • possibility of solidifying his form and taking on a hard bony system.
    • * Note 1: This sentiment as to the sun is eloquently expressed in English by D. H. Lawrence in his Apocalypse (New York, Viking, 1932), pp. 41-46.
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • clairvoyantly — and we are entirely justified in speaking of them
    • previously like putting on and taking off a garment, a great change
    • Through the joint working of all the nerves there was brought into
    • working of everything connected with our air-apparatus is shown here.
    • Thus the mysterious working and weaving within the cosmos was revealed
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • present animal kingdom. Thus the human kingdom came forth first; then
    • came the germs that gave rise to the animal kingdom. The earth still
    • present animal kingdom. We shall see that these animals, then arising
    • animal kingdom had worked itself into the lower human form. When the
    • kingdom evolved more and more, and what became the thigh was
    • looked when the animal kingdom corresponded to the Archer.
    • kingdom. This was the artistic principle in earlier times; the artist
    • with this sign. The Scorpion is what in the animal kingdom corresponds
    • working upon the earth from the moon. He dreamed the Osiris-Isis
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • say “point of time”, we are not speaking literally, for
    • taking hold, from the moon, that influence of the moonlight which the
    • especially powerful, is also preserved in the animal kingdom. This
    • us, although degenerated, in the mobile bird-kingdom, and is portrayed
    • occurred through the differing effects of the working of the Isis and
    • through the workings of Isis. The influence of Isis and Osiris on
    • mankind occurs through the nerve filaments, through the working of
    • shown through Isis's seeking Osiris; the male and the female seek each
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • Let us again recall what was described as the working of the sun and
    • sleeping and waking alternated. When he was awake man saw darkly what
    • influence its working on the physical body.
    • by transforming the earth, by becoming beings capable of working upon
    • lower, or he could achieve the possibility of working up again, of
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • during his life a person was a gourmet, taking great pleasure in
    • plant kingdom from out the spiritual world. Man cooperates in all
    • statement of an initiate: “Better a beggar on earth than a king
    • bit by bit, gradually working out their form. We have seen how, when
    • working in the mysteries. Now he was actually incarnated in a physical
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture 11
    Matching lines:
    • ancient forms. Here one can, see deep into the workings of human
    • had learned on the moon. They had to limit themselves to working on
    • other kingdoms of nature arose. The three kingdoms around us arose
    • gradually. At first, only man was present. Then the animal kingdom was
    • added; then the plant kingdom, and finally the mineral kingdom. If we
    • leave behind what was precipitated as the animal kingdom. Had he
    • He had to expel the animal kingdom, and later the plant kingdom. What
    • proportion, these kingdoms around him.
    • Golgotha, still other events were taking place in the spiritual world.
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture 12
    Matching lines:
    • time worked his way into the physical plane and that this working into
    • find one's way into the oriental methods of thinking and
    • man's raising his own personality; it arises through his taking into
    • since he had to continue working on what his fathers had created.
    • “The ancient memory is knocking at my heart.” Wonderful
    • Speaking in such phrases is like saying to the stove, “Dear
    • working for what will bloom and thrive in the future. Let them learn
    • to endure all the vexations of the present day. We are working into
  • Title: Lecture: The Etherisation of the Blood
    Matching lines:
    • entirely absorbed in the contemplation of some strikingly beautiful
    • following: a man is walking along the street and feels that someone
    • has insulted him. Without thinking, he is roused to anger and gives
    • vent to it by striking the person who insulted him. We are there
    • — that of sleeping and waking. From the elementary concepts of
    • Anthroposophy we know that in waking life the four members of a man's
    • contemplation, thinking — and about the will and its impulses on
    • the one hand during waking life and during sleep on the other?
    • we realise that in the ordinary waking condition of physical life, man
    • your own thinking, of your personal resolutions. When someone knocks
    • a decision of your own thinking and will. If you are hungry and seat
    • the waking life of day, our will is influenced only in an indirect
    • thoughts. Human thinking is the shadowing forth of ideas and beings
    • you represent thinking rightly to yourself when you picture the human
    • processes are reflected in the human head as thinking.
    • deeds. There is a difference between standing by and taking pleasure
    • Thoughts: Shadow-images of Beings of the Astral Plane (Waking)
    • which dominates the waking life, the life in which man is mentally
    • principles, moral impulses, are working indirectly into the
    • individuals are always fully awake in waking life. We must always be
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Etherisation of the Blood
    Matching lines:
    • entirely absorbed in the contemplation of some strikingly beautiful
    • following: a man is walking along the street and feels that someone
    • has insulted him. Without thinking, he is roused to anger and gives
    • vent to it by striking the person who insulted him. We are there
    • — that of sleeping and waking. From the elementary concepts of
    • Anthroposophy we know that in waking life the four members of a man's
    • contemplation, thinking — and about the will and its impulses on
    • the one hand during waking life and during sleep on the other?
    • we realise that in the ordinary waking condition of physical life, man
    • your own thinking, of your personal resolutions. When someone knocks
    • a decision of your own thinking and will. If you are hungry and seat
    • the waking life of day, our will is influenced only in an indirect
    • thoughts. Human thinking is the shadowing forth of ideas and beings
    • you represent thinking rightly to yourself when you picture the human
    • processes are reflected in the human head as thinking.
    • deeds. There is a difference between standing by and taking pleasure
    • Thoughts: Shadow-images of Beings of the Astral Plane (Waking)
    • which dominates the waking life, the life in which man is mentally
    • principles, moral impulses, are working indirectly into the
    • individuals are always fully awake in waking life. We must always be
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Evil and the Future of Man
    Matching lines:
    • A part of Steiner's Lectures on Spiritual Essence and its Working,
    • In speaking of these matters, we cannot always avoid the appearance of
    • with the mystery of evil. Taking the mystery of death to begin with,
    • After all, in speaking of the railway system it will occur to no-one to
    • course be talking nonsense, though it cannot he disputed that the
    • as a by-product of their working — bring death to man, is this: To
    • important matters. Our modern thinking — I say this once again not by
    • way of criticism, but as a pure characterisation — our modern thinking
    • How often do we see men arising here or there, making this or that
    • implications, is thinking truly in accordance with the times. Those
    • intensity, taking hold only of a portion of his being. If we would
    • upon one to-day, if one is speaking in all earnestness and does not
    • want merely to call forth a kind of torpor, making the lectures a
    • the tendencies making for social separation have to be overcome, and
    • has to enter into the evolution of mankind. An engine making a long
  • Title: Evil and the Future of Man
    Matching lines:
    • A part of Steiner's Lectures on Spiritual Essence and its Working,
    • In speaking of these matters, we cannot always avoid the appearance of
    • with the mystery of evil. Taking the mystery of death to begin with,
    • After all, in speaking of the railway system it will occur to no-one to
    • course be talking nonsense, though it cannot he disputed that the
    • as a by-product of their working — bring death to man, is this: To
    • important matters. Our modern thinking — I say this once again not by
    • way of criticism, but as a pure characterisation — our modern thinking
    • How often do we see men arising here or there, making this or that
    • implications, is thinking truly in accordance with the times. Those
    • intensity, taking hold only of a portion of his being. If we would
    • upon one to-day, if one is speaking in all earnestness and does not
    • want merely to call forth a kind of torpor, making the lectures a
    • the tendencies making for social separation have to be overcome, and
    • has to enter into the evolution of mankind. An engine making a long
  • Title: Lecture: Facing Karma
    Matching lines:
    • The experience that may now be added consists of looking at one's joys and
    • virtually destroys us in our souls. Relief can only be found by not making
    • manner. But as the result of the working of karma, we meet many people
    • who either cause us pain directly, or as a result of some joint undertaking
    • world in which we live. The human capacities that are seeking a
    • must not arrange karma to our liking; we must not choose the people we like
    • Looking at it this way, we are placing our connections and communications
    • thinking has no place in this quest. So we must inquire about the other
    • thoughts. Thus, a soul thinking in anthroposophy exclaims, “In thy
    • thinking cosmic thoughts are living.” He then adds to these words,
    • willing cosmic beings are working,” and he will quickly add, “Create
    • In thy thinking cosmic thoughts are living;
    • In thy willing cosmic beings are working;
  • Title: Lecture: Facing Karma
    Matching lines:
    • The experience that may now be added consists of looking at one's joys and
    • virtually destroys us in our souls. Relief can only be found by not making
    • manner. But as the result of the working of karma, we meet many people
    • who either cause us pain directly, or as a result of some joint undertaking
    • world in which we live. The human capacities that are seeking a
    • must not arrange karma to our liking; we must not choose the people we like
    • Looking at it this way, we are placing our connections and communications
    • thinking has no place in this quest. So we must inquire about the other
    • thoughts. Thus, a soul thinking in anthroposophy exclaims, “In thy
    • thinking cosmic thoughts are living.” He then adds to these words,
    • willing cosmic beings are working,” and he will quickly add, “Create
    • In thy thinking cosmic thoughts are living;
    • In thy willing cosmic beings are working;
  • Title: Lecture: The Four Sacrifices of Christ
    Matching lines:
    • supramundane acts, one taking place in the old Lemurian period and two
    • were as self-seeking as he still is in his moral, intellectual and emotional
    • the other senses. Let us assume that our eyes were self-seeking. What
    • seeking, all our impressions would give us sucking or stabbing pains. We
    • done under Lucifer's influence, would have become self-seeking. With every
    • While the earth was working through the Lemurian age, a Being living in
    • the world order, we shall say, looking back to these ancient times, that
    • the animal, mineral and vegetable kingdoms. He will learn to say, “That
    • themselves, “In taking up all this beauty into ourselves, we must
    • disease. Then man begins to suffer from the self-seeking of heart, lungs,
    • seeking, and the results most extraordinary. Assume, for example, that
    • not the self-seeking organ only, but all the other organs also, striving
    • Thinking, feeling and willing were threatened with disorder through the
    • that impulse of will, while his thinking would have impelled him in quite
    • human evolution that thinking, feeling and willing should become
    • becoming independently self-seeking, would have rent asunder the
    • harmonious working of the Christ. In consequence, toward the end of the
    • thinking, feeling and willing. Truly, as the rays of the physical sun must
    • seeking reason might have thought with scornful mockery about all that
    • thinking were harmonized at this period by forces that descended from
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Four Sacrifices of Christ
    Matching lines:
    • supramundane acts, one taking place in the old Lemurian period and two
    • were as self-seeking as he still is in his moral, intellectual and emotional
    • the other senses. Let us assume that our eyes were self-seeking. What
    • seeking, all our impressions would give us sucking or stabbing pains. We
    • done under Lucifer's influence, would have become self-seeking. With every
    • While the earth was working through the Lemurian age, a Being living in
    • the world order, we shall say, looking back to these ancient times, that
    • the animal, mineral and vegetable kingdoms. He will learn to say, “That
    • themselves, “In taking up all this beauty into ourselves, we must
    • disease. Then man begins to suffer from the self-seeking of heart, lungs,
    • seeking, and the results most extraordinary. Assume, for example, that
    • not the self-seeking organ only, but all the other organs also, striving
    • Thinking, feeling and willing were threatened with disorder through the
    • that impulse of will, while his thinking would have impelled him in quite
    • human evolution that thinking, feeling and willing should become
    • becoming independently self-seeking, would have rent asunder the
    • harmonious working of the Christ. In consequence, toward the end of the
    • thinking, feeling and willing. Truly, as the rays of the physical sun must
    • seeking reason might have thought with scornful mockery about all that
    • thinking were harmonized at this period by forces that descended from
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Good Fortune Its Reality and Its Semblance
    Matching lines:
    • Hamerling says he always remembered this story when talking or thinking
    • come across in the different kingdoms of Nature have inner forces and laws
    • misfortune. But unless we are speaking merely symbolically, we cannot,
    • comes to life. We feel that to be justified in speaking of good or bad
    • speaking of human life, we soon notice a limit beyond which we can no
    • authorities. Are we justified in speaking of misfortune in the case of
    • what he regarded as lacking to his happiness at the moment. How would
    • further. Take the pleasure-seeking man, the man who throughout his life
    • thinking, in our soul-life, we are in harmony with the world. We feel that
    • month, I happened to be walking in the street when I saw him bicycling in
    • had perhaps to spend almost all his life as a common soldier. I am speaking
    • discordant moods in our soul-life, hindering us from making the most of
    • My unmerited success, my windfall, shows me where I am lacking; I must
    • looking beyond the single earthly life, we were to see it as an end, as what
    • and seriously believe in karma, that is, the causation working through one
    • law of karma enhance life in a definite way, making it richer and more
    • the force issuing from spirit and soul may be consciously felt working into
    • abstract and merely theoretical but working as a growing force in the soul.
  • Title: Good Fortune Its Reality and Its Semblance
    Matching lines:
    • Hamerling says he always remembered this story when talking or thinking
    • come across in the different kingdoms of Nature have inner forces and laws
    • misfortune. But unless we are speaking merely symbolically, we cannot,
    • comes to life. We feel that to be justified in speaking of good or bad
    • speaking of human life, we soon notice a limit beyond which we can no
    • authorities. Are we justified in speaking of misfortune in the case of
    • what he regarded as lacking to his happiness at the moment. How would
    • further. Take the pleasure-seeking man, the man who throughout his life
    • thinking, in our soul-life, we are in harmony with the world. We feel that
    • month, I happened to be walking in the street when I saw him bicycling in
    • had perhaps to spend almost all his life as a common soldier. I am speaking
    • discordant moods in our soul-life, hindering us from making the most of
    • My unmerited success, my windfall, shows me where I am lacking; I must
    • looking beyond the single earthly life, we were to see it as an end, as what
    • and seriously believe in karma, that is, the causation working through one
    • law of karma enhance life in a definite way, making it richer and more
    • the force issuing from spirit and soul may be consciously felt working into
    • abstract and merely theoretical but working as a growing force in the soul.
  • Title: The Human Heart
    Matching lines:
    • marking the essential birth of the etheric body. Likewise we can refer
    • ray out, in a manner of speaking, previously they were more star-like;
    • All the etheric forces that are working in man until puberty tend to
    • aforesaid process is taking place in the etheric body, this highly
    • When the baby is kicking with its little legs, you notice very little
    • We then see how his movements — intelligent movements, now, walking
    • actions. Here, then, you have a complete linking up of karma with the
    • speaking, begins only at the moment when the astral heart takes hold
  • Title: The Human Heart
    Matching lines:
    • marking the essential birth of the etheric body. Likewise we can refer
    • ray out, in a manner of speaking, previously they were more star-like;
    • All the etheric forces that are working in man until puberty tend to
    • aforesaid process is taking place in the etheric body, this highly
    • When the baby is kicking with its little legs, you notice very little
    • We then see how his movements — intelligent movements, now, walking
    • actions. Here, then, you have a complete linking up of karma with the
    • speaking, begins only at the moment when the astral heart takes hold
  • Title: Human Life in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • first considering what Spiritual Science asserts, and then attacking it, but
    • to say, and then attacking that. In this way we are frequently assailed, not
    • carried out. It would show further the individual awaking to the need of
    • This answer is perfectly correct, generally speaking. Accordingly it
    • Only today are those questions taking on tangible form. Prime evidence of
    • of asking such questions today; in the domain of natural science they
    • future. Anyone today speaking about these consequences may appear to be
    • the riddle-questions referred to, turn a deaf ear to them and avoid asking
    • In making this statement I am not just voicing my personal opinion, but
    • upon which it is working. This becomes apparent on investigating the ideas
    • of their inherent life, with the spiritual world for which we are seeking.
    • Let us begin by speaking of an event which establishes a certain connection
    • during the period of going to sleep and waking. (These short explanations
    • organism as a consequence of what was seen taking place during summer prove
    • now the mineral kingdom was not to be found. The road is a long one over
    • mineral kingdom. That element which is active extra-terrestrially today as
    • to the development of the mineral kingdom, was a living being itself. It was
    • investigation is actuated by any arbitrary human purpose in seeking for a
    • that such a mode of thinking cannot be called non-Christian.
    • — “The E is repeated interminably; the poor chap is too lacking in
  • Title: Human Life in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • first considering what Spiritual Science asserts, and then attacking it, but
    • to say, and then attacking that. In this way we are frequently assailed, not
    • carried out. It would show further the individual awaking to the need of
    • This answer is perfectly correct, generally speaking. Accordingly it
    • Only today are those questions taking on tangible form. Prime evidence of
    • of asking such questions today; in the domain of natural science they
    • future. Anyone today speaking about these consequences may appear to be
    • the riddle-questions referred to, turn a deaf ear to them and avoid asking
    • In making this statement I am not just voicing my personal opinion, but
    • upon which it is working. This becomes apparent on investigating the ideas
    • of their inherent life, with the spiritual world for which we are seeking.
    • Let us begin by speaking of an event which establishes a certain connection
    • during the period of going to sleep and waking. (These short explanations
    • organism as a consequence of what was seen taking place during summer prove
    • now the mineral kingdom was not to be found. The road is a long one over
    • mineral kingdom. That element which is active extra-terrestrially today as
    • to the development of the mineral kingdom, was a living being itself. It was
    • investigation is actuated by any arbitrary human purpose in seeking for a
    • that such a mode of thinking cannot be called non-Christian.
    • — “The E is repeated interminably; the poor chap is too lacking in
  • Title: The Inner Development of Man
    Matching lines:
    • only one of eliminating the obstacles blocking the path to
    • Therefore, a person seeking mystical development must first of all
    • and calm logical thinking, or a person who has such decisions but has
    • chemist can give descriptions of processes taking place in a
    • illusion. The golden rule applying here is that, before even taking
    • himself from any flighty thinking or possibility to mistake illusion
    • thinking and observations. If a person leans toward prejudice and
    • thinking and are unable to control their thought-life through their own
    • becomes determined to refrain from thinking an evil thought about his
  • Title: The Inner Development of Man
    Matching lines:
    • only one of eliminating the obstacles blocking the path to
    • Therefore, a person seeking mystical development must first of all
    • and calm logical thinking, or a person who has such decisions but has
    • chemist can give descriptions of processes taking place in a
    • illusion. The golden rule applying here is that, before even taking
    • himself from any flighty thinking or possibility to mistake illusion
    • thinking and observations. If a person leans toward prejudice and
    • thinking and are unable to control their thought-life through their own
    • becomes determined to refrain from thinking an evil thought about his
  • Title: The Invisible Man Within Us
    Matching lines:
    • physical organizations. After first taking along the astral and
    • by working through his food. This stream flows in the human being
    • from below upward (speaking schematically), pours itself into the
    • itself with the astral forces, taking hold of oxygen and only then,
    • taking place mainly in the super-sensible so that it cannot be traced
    • working with the astral body, from acting alone. The healer has to
    • the breakdown forces are working strongly, cooling phenomena occur.
    • is not satisfied by taking up just the etheric; instead the fruit
    • of oxygen directly from the ego or the astral body. Thus by taking in
    • deadly nightshade poison; then the forces working from below upward
    • it leads the outer world inward after cooling it (making
  • Title: The Invisible Man Within Us
    Matching lines:
    • physical organizations. After first taking along the astral and
    • by working through his food. This stream flows in the human being
    • from below upward (speaking schematically), pours itself into the
    • itself with the astral forces, taking hold of oxygen and only then,
    • taking place mainly in the super-sensible so that it cannot be traced
    • working with the astral body, from acting alone. The healer has to
    • the breakdown forces are working strongly, cooling phenomena occur.
    • is not satisfied by taking up just the etheric; instead the fruit
    • of oxygen directly from the ego or the astral body. Thus by taking in
    • deadly nightshade poison; then the forces working from below upward
    • it leads the outer world inward after cooling it (making
  • Title: Isis and Madonna
    Matching lines:
    • methods for sinking deeply into the world of his conceptions, feelings
    • we gaze into man's being of soul, and speaking not merely in imagery
    • significant and full of content — this King who in primordial times
    • eyes of ancient Egypt as a human King of divine power and divine
    • Osiris in Egypt. Osiris now becomes King of the Dead, as previously he
    • was King of living men on earth. From that other world a ray pierces
    • physical world and became King in the realm the soul enters on leaving
    • universal Father and has remained within us, seeking Osiris and only
    • Isis saga in a picture before our soul we are looking into the realm
    • impregnation of this spiritual Mother taking place not in the way
    • crescent, but actually represents the fruitful working of the forces
    • soul, seeking in itself for the eternal feminine, is yearning for the
  • Title: Isis and Madonna
    Matching lines:
    • methods for sinking deeply into the world of his conceptions, feelings
    • we gaze into man's being of soul, and speaking not merely in imagery
    • significant and full of content — this King who in primordial times
    • eyes of ancient Egypt as a human King of divine power and divine
    • Osiris in Egypt. Osiris now becomes King of the Dead, as previously he
    • was King of living men on earth. From that other world a ray pierces
    • physical world and became King in the realm the soul enters on leaving
    • universal Father and has remained within us, seeking Osiris and only
    • Isis saga in a picture before our soul we are looking into the realm
    • impregnation of this spiritual Mother taking place not in the way
    • crescent, but actually represents the fruitful working of the forces
    • soul, seeking in itself for the eternal feminine, is yearning for the
  • Title: Jesus and Christ
    Matching lines:
    • have often taken when speaking of things of the spirit. As a rule, it
    • further the way of thinking that entered human evolution through
    • this kind of thinking fruitful. The way spiritual science must proceed
    • opposition spiritual science encounters. The kind of thinking derived
    • for a certain way of speaking, because the investigator acquires his
    • on a new path, by seeking a connection with Christ within the
  • Title: Jesus and Christ
    Matching lines:
    • have often taken when speaking of things of the spirit. As a rule, it
    • further the way of thinking that entered human evolution through
    • this kind of thinking fruitful. The way spiritual science must proceed
    • opposition spiritual science encounters. The kind of thinking derived
    • for a certain way of speaking, because the investigator acquires his
    • on a new path, by seeking a connection with Christ within the
  • Title: Lecture: The Lord's Prayer
    Matching lines:
    • the deepest truths. Seeking these truths brings to light how wisdom-filled
    • Correctly speaking, at that period in the Lemurian epoch, the highest
    • each soaking up a part of it. What had been a uniform mass of water is
    • speaking in the far-off past, must begin with spirit self, continue with life
    • When the will has become capable of making the “great sacrifice,” it
    • kingdom,” distinguished from the will itself. The will is the central
    • point; its reflection, the kingdom. The will is in this sense comparable with
    • spirit man; the kingdom, or will's reflected image, with life spirit.
    • The kingdom, in turn, reproduces the being of the Divine in infinite
    • variety. Observe it fully, at least to the extent to which it is our kingdom,
    • minerals, plants, animals and human beings. The kingdom is manifested
    • expresses in the terms “mineral kingdom,” “vegetable
    • kingdom,” “animal kingdom” and all the great divisions of
    • our universe. The kingdom is all these; each of these in turn, is a kingdom,
    • So an observer, looking at the world in the sense of spiritual research,
    • appears in the kingdom, and the separate entities are distinguished from
    • separate members of the great multiplicity of the kingdom, distinguishing
    • spirit man; the kingdom, or reflected image into which the will has been
    • separate members of the great multiplicity of the kingdom are distinguished
    • that it is the kingdom that represents it in the divine sphere.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Lord's Prayer
    Matching lines:
    • the deepest truths. Seeking these truths brings to light how wisdom-filled
    • Correctly speaking, at that period in the Lemurian epoch, the highest
    • each soaking up a part of it. What had been a uniform mass of water is
    • speaking in the far-off past, must begin with spirit self, continue with life
    • When the will has become capable of making the “great sacrifice,” it
    • kingdom,” distinguished from the will itself. The will is the central
    • point; its reflection, the kingdom. The will is in this sense comparable with
    • spirit man; the kingdom, or will's reflected image, with life spirit.
    • The kingdom, in turn, reproduces the being of the Divine in infinite
    • variety. Observe it fully, at least to the extent to which it is our kingdom,
    • minerals, plants, animals and human beings. The kingdom is manifested
    • expresses in the terms “mineral kingdom,” “vegetable
    • kingdom,” “animal kingdom” and all the great divisions of
    • our universe. The kingdom is all these; each of these in turn, is a kingdom,
    • So an observer, looking at the world in the sense of spiritual research,
    • appears in the kingdom, and the separate entities are distinguished from
    • separate members of the great multiplicity of the kingdom, distinguishing
    • spirit man; the kingdom, or reflected image into which the will has been
    • separate members of the great multiplicity of the kingdom are distinguished
    • that it is the kingdom that represents it in the divine sphere.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Love and Its Meaning in the World
    Matching lines:
    • love of wisdom, and to let this love ray out in beauty. By sinking in
    • forces working and weaving in the evolutionary process. What does this
    • the earth, but of Gods taking counsel together. It is for the Gods
  • Title: Lecture: Love and Its Meaning in the World
    Matching lines:
    • love of wisdom, and to let this love ray out in beauty. By sinking in
    • forces working and weaving in the evolutionary process. What does this
    • the earth, but of Gods taking counsel together. It is for the Gods
  • Title: Lecture: Man As A Picture of The Living Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • course fix our attention mainly on the times we spend in waking life.
    • of time when we were sleeping. It is as though you were looking at a
    • white wall where at one place the white paint was lacking; you see a
    • certain differences between his waking and sleeping states, yet
    • ordinary waking life, man's earthly life and action was far more
    • on working, and yet the Ego is not there. We need only think of the
    • are asleep? Something must still be living and working in the blood,
    • there within the breathing process, working in it even as the astral
    • body does in waking life.
    • human Ego dwells in waking life by day. Moreover in the breathing organs
    • astral body, leaving behind the body of our waking life, Angels,
    • as to our ether-body, even in our day-waking life we are not able to
    • and wonderful processes taking place there, we should not merely do it
    • waking life he lives in this bodily nature, so to speak, as a
    • we admit: It is a picture — a picture of the working-together of all
    • picture of an invisible, super-sensible working of all the Hierarchies
    • detail how it is working in the outer picture, maya, or reflection,
    • being. Through all the kingdoms of Nature upon Earth-mineral, plant,
    • animal kingdom — there works what we may call a lower spiritual realm.
    • there. When he looks up to the stars, man in reality is looking up to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Man As A Picture of The Living Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • course fix our attention mainly on the times we spend in waking life.
    • of time when we were sleeping. It is as though you were looking at a
    • white wall where at one place the white paint was lacking; you see a
    • certain differences between his waking and sleeping states, yet
    • ordinary waking life, man's earthly life and action was far more
    • on working, and yet the Ego is not there. We need only think of the
    • are asleep? Something must still be living and working in the blood,
    • there within the breathing process, working in it even as the astral
    • body does in waking life.
    • human Ego dwells in waking life by day. Moreover in the breathing organs
    • astral body, leaving behind the body of our waking life, Angels,
    • as to our ether-body, even in our day-waking life we are not able to
    • and wonderful processes taking place there, we should not merely do it
    • waking life he lives in this bodily nature, so to speak, as a
    • we admit: It is a picture — a picture of the working-together of all
    • picture of an invisible, super-sensible working of all the Hierarchies
    • detail how it is working in the outer picture, maya, or reflection,
    • being. Through all the kingdoms of Nature upon Earth-mineral, plant,
    • animal kingdom — there works what we may call a lower spiritual realm.
    • there. When he looks up to the stars, man in reality is looking up to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Newborn Might and Strength Everlasting
    Matching lines:
    • looking at things in an unreal way if this is thought to be the case.
    • This painting depicts a train of kings and queens on horseback emerging
    • was created somewhat later, and with what we are seeking again in another
    • He who observes his inner life of thinking, feeling and willing, and the
    • can feel that the changing capriciousness of his thinking, feeling and
    • atmospheric changes of the weather. Indeed, our thinking, feeling and
  • Title: Lecture: Newborn Might and Strength Everlasting
    Matching lines:
    • looking at things in an unreal way if this is thought to be the case.
    • This painting depicts a train of kings and queens on horseback emerging
    • was created somewhat later, and with what we are seeking again in another
    • He who observes his inner life of thinking, feeling and willing, and the
    • can feel that the changing capriciousness of his thinking, feeling and
    • atmospheric changes of the weather. Indeed, our thinking, feeling and
  • Title: Occult Significance of Blood
    Matching lines:
    • world. Thus the occultist, looking upon this world of the senses, sees
    • how the inner life of man, his way of thinking, as it were, impresses
    • the workings of nature, in several of his popular works has rightly
    • common with the vegetable kingdom.
    • follow me for a few moments in making a survey of what is a very
    • so far as concerns his place in the animal kingdom. All the substances
    • kingdom. No crystal could be formed without the assistance of all
    • life, the silent workings of the mighty cosmic laws.
    • being to sense what is taking place outside it; the higher system of
    • himself becoming creative, and making it possible for the Ego, the
    • An “I-being” must be capable of taking the external world
    • man in his waking-life perceives external things through the agency of
    • hazy as compared to man's waking consciousness at the present day. It
    • inoculates man with new blood, and this breaking-down of the tribal
    • into a new form, so has our waking consciousness of the present day
    • that the working is expressed in his blood. If, therefore, an evil
    • similar to what happens at a lower stage in the animal kingdom. In the
    • latter, strange blood kills strange blood. In the human kingdom
  • Title: Occult Significance of Blood
    Matching lines:
    • world. Thus the occultist, looking upon this world of the senses, sees
    • how the inner life of man, his way of thinking, as it were, impresses
    • the workings of nature, in several of his popular works has rightly
    • common with the vegetable kingdom.
    • follow me for a few moments in making a survey of what is a very
    • so far as concerns his place in the animal kingdom. All the substances
    • kingdom. No crystal could be formed without the assistance of all
    • life, the silent workings of the mighty cosmic laws.
    • being to sense what is taking place outside it; the higher system of
    • himself becoming creative, and making it possible for the Ego, the
    • An “I-being” must be capable of taking the external world
    • man in his waking-life perceives external things through the agency of
    • hazy as compared to man's waking consciousness at the present day. It
    • inoculates man with new blood, and this breaking-down of the tribal
    • into a new form, so has our waking consciousness of the present day
    • that the working is expressed in his blood. If, therefore, an evil
    • similar to what happens at a lower stage in the animal kingdom. In the
    • latter, strange blood kills strange blood. In the human kingdom
  • Title: Lecture: Outlooks for the Future
    Matching lines:
    • Generally speaking, we
    • they were speaking of some ancient memory, that their ancestors used to
  • Title: Lecture: Outlooks for the Future
    Matching lines:
    • Generally speaking, we
    • they were speaking of some ancient memory, that their ancestors used to
  • Title: Lecture: Overcoming Nervousness
    Matching lines:
    • nervousness is making itself felt.
    • his time and energy really thinking through what he has heard from his
    • see the jerking in the writing. This condition is easily understood through
    • of the astral body working through the etheric.
    • that his fingers get to shaking and jerking when he tries to write. You
    • represents a definite way of working upon the etheric body. When these
    • this case, for the improvement of memory. By thinking through events,
    • what they look like when they are walking, for instance. While it is good
    • Pros and cons are never lacking. We would do well to acquire the habit of
    • others take care of their affairs. They would rather sit around asking
    • face in my own heart the necessity of making a “yes” or
    • judgment. Then you are taking into consideration what there is in the
    • mineral kingdom.
    • the plant kingdom. Plants have physical and etheric bodies.
  • Title: Lecture: Overcoming Nervousness
    Matching lines:
    • nervousness is making itself felt.
    • his time and energy really thinking through what he has heard from his
    • see the jerking in the writing. This condition is easily understood through
    • of the astral body working through the etheric.
    • that his fingers get to shaking and jerking when he tries to write. You
    • represents a definite way of working upon the etheric body. When these
    • this case, for the improvement of memory. By thinking through events,
    • what they look like when they are walking, for instance. While it is good
    • Pros and cons are never lacking. We would do well to acquire the habit of
    • others take care of their affairs. They would rather sit around asking
    • face in my own heart the necessity of making a “yes” or
    • judgment. Then you are taking into consideration what there is in the
    • mineral kingdom.
    • the plant kingdom. Plants have physical and etheric bodies.
  • Title: Lecture: Polarities in Health, Illness and Therapy
    Matching lines:
    • illness and healing are lacking. These foundations are lacking in official
    • Fundamentally speaking, we are already confronting today a kind of
    • It is not a matter of speaking in vague generalities: well, yes the healthy
    • spiritual science it is only a matter of looking into the world of the spirit
    • organism. Spatially speaking the human being is entirely metabolic-limb
    • exact thinking if one wants to evaluate this membering of the human
    • working of polar opposite activities. When studying the nerve cell you
    • This interconnection, which consists of a working into one another of the
    • goal to call forth the proper rhythm in the working together of astral body
    • organ systems. Let us begin by looking at the system which primarily
    • Official medicine often starts out from the opinion that the working of the
    • When dealing with an arhythmic working together of the body of
    • treatment as working primarily upon the nerve-sense system.
    • in an effort at working towards a healing process. Let us assume we have
    • or working first upon the nerve-sense system and then into the rhythmic
    • are involved making it possible that on the one hand, remedies and
    • involved in the illness. Only then will one be working beneficially
    • This curative eurythmy consists in taking what you have seen here as
    • the working together of consonant and vowel eurythmy to bring about a
  • Title: Lecture: Polarities in Health, Illness and Therapy
    Matching lines:
    • illness and healing are lacking. These foundations are lacking in official
    • Fundamentally speaking, we are already confronting today a kind of
    • It is not a matter of speaking in vague generalities: well, yes the healthy
    • spiritual science it is only a matter of looking into the world of the spirit
    • organism. Spatially speaking the human being is entirely metabolic-limb
    • exact thinking if one wants to evaluate this membering of the human
    • working of polar opposite activities. When studying the nerve cell you
    • This interconnection, which consists of a working into one another of the
    • goal to call forth the proper rhythm in the working together of astral body
    • organ systems. Let us begin by looking at the system which primarily
    • Official medicine often starts out from the opinion that the working of the
    • When dealing with an arhythmic working together of the body of
    • treatment as working primarily upon the nerve-sense system.
    • in an effort at working towards a healing process. Let us assume we have
    • or working first upon the nerve-sense system and then into the rhythmic
    • are involved making it possible that on the one hand, remedies and
    • involved in the illness. Only then will one be working beneficially
    • This curative eurythmy consists in taking what you have seen here as
    • the working together of consonant and vowel eurythmy to bring about a
  • Title: Lecture: Practical Training In Thought
    Matching lines:
    • thinking habits, and powers of concentration.
    • exercises given here for improving one's memory, observation, thinking
    • spheres can be brought together through the experience of thinking. He
    • thinking” will reveal the fact that it generally contains little that
    • thinking consists in following the example of some authority whose ideas are
    • clearly distinguish between genuine thinking and so-called “practical
    • thinking” that is merely reasoning in traditional ruts of thought.
    • are many similar examples in life that do not always reach such a striking
    • pushing it from within and believing that they are making it move. Many
    • True practice in thinking presupposes a right attitude and proper feeling
    • for thinking. How can a right attitude toward thinking be attained?
    • from seeking right habits of thought and from making the necessary
    • demands on his thinking. He who would acquire the right feeling for
    • and learn to understand them through thinking, then these things
    • healthy thinking. Similar errors of thought play a great part especially in
    • this, he will easily be converted to a practical habit of thinking based on
    • Let us now look at that practice of thinking that is of special importance
    • importance of the development of right thinking.
    • Let us suppose that someone resolves to fructify his thinking to such a
    • and again to shape his thinking according to these rules, certain effects
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Practical Training In Thought
    Matching lines:
    • thinking habits, and powers of concentration.
    • exercises given here for improving one's memory, observation, thinking
    • spheres can be brought together through the experience of thinking. He
    • thinking” will reveal the fact that it generally contains little that
    • thinking consists in following the example of some authority whose ideas are
    • clearly distinguish between genuine thinking and so-called “practical
    • thinking” that is merely reasoning in traditional ruts of thought.
    • are many similar examples in life that do not always reach such a striking
    • pushing it from within and believing that they are making it move. Many
    • True practice in thinking presupposes a right attitude and proper feeling
    • for thinking. How can a right attitude toward thinking be attained?
    • from seeking right habits of thought and from making the necessary
    • demands on his thinking. He who would acquire the right feeling for
    • and learn to understand them through thinking, then these things
    • healthy thinking. Similar errors of thought play a great part especially in
    • this, he will easily be converted to a practical habit of thinking based on
    • Let us now look at that practice of thinking that is of special importance
    • importance of the development of right thinking.
    • Let us suppose that someone resolves to fructify his thinking to such a
    • and again to shape his thinking according to these rules, certain effects
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Pre-Earthly Deeds of Christ
    Matching lines:
    • Cosmos. Looking at the course of our human evolution we note that the
    • speaking being.
    • bodily processes taking place in his organism. He would have found
    • But the human capacity for expressing the working of the mind in words
    • to stand upright in the Lemurian epoch, and to become a speaking being
    • which, through the working of the cosmic forces into the whole form
    • thinking was reserved for the humanity of the post-Atlantean epoch;
    • onwards the thinking of thoughts has developed more and more; we now
    • that the Ego can be grasped. In order that thinking, too, might be
    • united with the Christ-Impulse, that thinking as such might not come
    • If our thinking is gradually to be brought more and more into order,
    • there is to be an increasing development of healthy thinking based
    • upon truth — it will be because thinking has acquired, through the
    • The fourth danger was to man's thinking, the inner representation of
    • of living thought, of the thinking which is becoming clairvoyant — we
    • thinking. The child develops his capacities out of the unconscious.
    • into the power of walking upright, and into speaking and thinking;
    • in addition to the walking and standing upright, the speaking and
    • thinking, the Christ-Force is now entering the memory. We can
    • Man, looking back at his life, will realize that just as he can
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Pre-Earthly Deeds of Christ
    Matching lines:
    • Cosmos. Looking at the course of our human evolution we note that the
    • speaking being.
    • bodily processes taking place in his organism. He would have found
    • But the human capacity for expressing the working of the mind in words
    • to stand upright in the Lemurian epoch, and to become a speaking being
    • which, through the working of the cosmic forces into the whole form
    • thinking was reserved for the humanity of the post-Atlantean epoch;
    • onwards the thinking of thoughts has developed more and more; we now
    • that the Ego can be grasped. In order that thinking, too, might be
    • united with the Christ-Impulse, that thinking as such might not come
    • If our thinking is gradually to be brought more and more into order,
    • there is to be an increasing development of healthy thinking based
    • upon truth — it will be because thinking has acquired, through the
    • The fourth danger was to man's thinking, the inner representation of
    • of living thought, of the thinking which is becoming clairvoyant — we
    • thinking. The child develops his capacities out of the unconscious.
    • into the power of walking upright, and into speaking and thinking;
    • in addition to the walking and standing upright, the speaking and
    • thinking, the Christ-Force is now entering the memory. We can
    • Man, looking back at his life, will realize that just as he can
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Preparing for the Sixth Epoch
    Matching lines:
    • associate in groups and to ask ourselves why we found working groups
    • these working groups, we will continue to found them in full
    • that we are speaking to souls consciously associated with us —
    • Movement our souls are seeking a real and genuine link with the
    • lacking in human society nowadays a quality that, in the sixth epoch,
    • working groups, something hovers invisibly over our work, something
    • with the spiritual worlds when we come together in these working
    • worlds, this is the true consecration of a working group. To cherish
    • consecration that is the foundation of a working group within the
    • its true spiritual sense. We find ourselves together in working groups
    • brothers, as a breath of magic that we breathe in our working
    • particularly striking form, especially among the civilized Greeks, a
    • kingdom still lives, that is what is revered by the Russian
    • our working groups. What holds Eastern Europe so firmly to the group
    • Thou gav'st me Nature as a kingdom grand,
    • another. In seeking the living Christ we also follow Him through death
    • This is always a good custom, for thereby those who are waking in
  • Title: Lecture: Preparing for the Sixth Epoch
    Matching lines:
    • associate in groups and to ask ourselves why we found working groups
    • these working groups, we will continue to found them in full
    • that we are speaking to souls consciously associated with us —
    • Movement our souls are seeking a real and genuine link with the
    • lacking in human society nowadays a quality that, in the sixth epoch,
    • working groups, something hovers invisibly over our work, something
    • with the spiritual worlds when we come together in these working
    • worlds, this is the true consecration of a working group. To cherish
    • consecration that is the foundation of a working group within the
    • its true spiritual sense. We find ourselves together in working groups
    • brothers, as a breath of magic that we breathe in our working
    • particularly striking form, especially among the civilized Greeks, a
    • kingdom still lives, that is what is revered by the Russian
    • our working groups. What holds Eastern Europe so firmly to the group
    • Thou gav'st me Nature as a kingdom grand,
    • another. In seeking the living Christ we also follow Him through death
    • This is always a good custom, for thereby those who are waking in
  • Title: Lecture: Problems of Nutrition
    Matching lines:
    • problem of the thinking individual. In conscious awareness he
    • particularly by taking a stand that can be expressed in the
    • understood me correctly if you realize that I am not speaking for
    • By asking such questions, we come to look at the
    • only need allude to this generally familiar fact, that speaking
    • the vegetable, animal and mineral kingdoms, and with it they
    • that I am not speaking to mystics nor to anthroposophists who are
    • mineral kingdoms. We must realize that plants represent the direct
    • possible imagination and calls forth thinking. It is this activity
    • having to make too much of an effort. Yet, speaking from the
    • looking spiritually into their ways and characteristics, we shall,
    • structure of substances is so organized in the animal kingdom that
    • kingdom, we not only take into ourselves the physical meat and fat
    • of impulses found spread out in the animal kingdom, has induced
    • I am speaking here of human nature in general,
    • thinking will be so flexible that men will be willing to
    • drinking alcohol an inner hindrance is created behind which
    • Coffee is also a product of the plant kingdom
    • strengthened by coffee. Thus, we can let coffee take over in making
    • logical connections and in sticking to one thought, but this, of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Problems of Nutrition
    Matching lines:
    • problem of the thinking individual. In conscious awareness he
    • particularly by taking a stand that can be expressed in the
    • understood me correctly if you realize that I am not speaking for
    • By asking such questions, we come to look at the
    • only need allude to this generally familiar fact, that speaking
    • the vegetable, animal and mineral kingdoms, and with it they
    • that I am not speaking to mystics nor to anthroposophists who are
    • mineral kingdoms. We must realize that plants represent the direct
    • possible imagination and calls forth thinking. It is this activity
    • having to make too much of an effort. Yet, speaking from the
    • looking spiritually into their ways and characteristics, we shall,
    • structure of substances is so organized in the animal kingdom that
    • kingdom, we not only take into ourselves the physical meat and fat
    • of impulses found spread out in the animal kingdom, has induced
    • I am speaking here of human nature in general,
    • thinking will be so flexible that men will be willing to
    • drinking alcohol an inner hindrance is created behind which
    • Coffee is also a product of the plant kingdom
    • strengthened by coffee. Thus, we can let coffee take over in making
    • logical connections and in sticking to one thought, but this, of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Search for the New Isis, the Divine Sophia: The Quest for the Isis-Sophia
    Matching lines:
    • continue working in a changed way.
    • working there. Just as the Egyptians imagined Ahriman-Typhon working in
    • of Christ, the Isis of Christ is lacking.
    • luciferic; theology is luciferic. Of course if we are speaking of the inner
    • This is the mystery of modern humanity: Fundamentally speaking, Mary-Isis
    • universe. The willing of Christ Working in man Shall wrest from Lucifer And
  • Title: Search for the New Isis, the Divine Sophia: The Quest for the Isis-Sophia
    Matching lines:
    • continue working in a changed way.
    • working there. Just as the Egyptians imagined Ahriman-Typhon working in
    • of Christ, the Isis of Christ is lacking.
    • luciferic; theology is luciferic. Of course if we are speaking of the inner
    • This is the mystery of modern humanity: Fundamentally speaking, Mary-Isis
    • universe. The willing of Christ Working in man Shall wrest from Lucifer And
  • Title: Self Knowledge and the Christ Experience
    Matching lines:
    • into his capacity of intellectual thinking in its narrower sense, which
    • importantly, they learned to know the so-called three kingdoms of nature
    • people these days, did not exist among those working for initiation in the
    • all these together: mineral, plant and animal. Looking back from the
    • Undertaking to obey the injunction ‘Know Thyself’, however, he found
    • thinking becomes his; for with pure thinking he can become a free being. It
    • lay hold of the inner strength of pure thinking in the act of self-knowledge.
    • relation to the other parts of his being, outside his pure thinking and his
    • fully man. For as a modern man your inner task is the working-out of what has
    • and warmth our mere thinking that is otherwise dead and abstract.
  • Title: Self Knowledge and the Christ Experience
    Matching lines:
    • into his capacity of intellectual thinking in its narrower sense, which
    • importantly, they learned to know the so-called three kingdoms of nature
    • people these days, did not exist among those working for initiation in the
    • all these together: mineral, plant and animal. Looking back from the
    • Undertaking to obey the injunction ‘Know Thyself’, however, he found
    • thinking becomes his; for with pure thinking he can become a free being. It
    • lay hold of the inner strength of pure thinking in the act of self-knowledge.
    • relation to the other parts of his being, outside his pure thinking and his
    • fully man. For as a modern man your inner task is the working-out of what has
    • and warmth our mere thinking that is otherwise dead and abstract.
  • Title: Lecture: The Significance of Spiritual Research For Moral Action
    Matching lines:
    • truly healthy thinking.
    • I am seeking my own personal advantage. I refrain from stealing because if I
    • the same as if he were to say, ‘I'm taking a sheet of paper to write a
  • Title: Lecture: The Significance of Spiritual Research For Moral Action
    Matching lines:
    • truly healthy thinking.
    • I am seeking my own personal advantage. I refrain from stealing because if I
    • the same as if he were to say, ‘I'm taking a sheet of paper to write a
  • Title: Lecture: Social Understanding Through Spiritual Scientific Knowledge
    Matching lines:
    • usually ask. That is why so little importance is attached to making
    • something. Looking at memory is the best way to understand how absurd
    • it and looking for the spirit within it.
    • forces of the earth are perpetually working into man. And it is our forces
    • twenty-first year. The will working in us up till the seventh year works
    • spiritual-scientifically that in everything working in the child up till the
    • The important changes taking place in humanity at the present time are
    • must be put into practice to the point of making us conscious that man's
    • Everywhere, people are still working contrary to this requirement. For
    • making practical use of them for the good of humanity. In this case, if
    • spiritual science. It is necessary to develop a totally new way of thinking.
    • The kind of thinking we develop when we accustom ourselves to
    • working with super-sensible thoughts is the kind of thinking that has an
    • natural scientific, materialistic way of thinking has done more damage in
    • And this is particularly true where it is a matter of people taking an inner
    • people open themselves to the possibility of making the transition to
    • thinking in quite a new way about man changing himself in his innermost
    • lacking today, to bring down to a material level what we think of on a
    • Thus it is virtually a matter of aiming towards a way of thinking that
    • social impulse. A way of thinking based on anything else is not adequate.
  • Title: Lecture: Social Understanding Through Spiritual Scientific Knowledge
    Matching lines:
    • usually ask. That is why so little importance is attached to making
    • something. Looking at memory is the best way to understand how absurd
    • it and looking for the spirit within it.
    • forces of the earth are perpetually working into man. And it is our forces
    • twenty-first year. The will working in us up till the seventh year works
    • spiritual-scientifically that in everything working in the child up till the
    • The important changes taking place in humanity at the present time are
    • must be put into practice to the point of making us conscious that man's
    • Everywhere, people are still working contrary to this requirement. For
    • making practical use of them for the good of humanity. In this case, if
    • spiritual science. It is necessary to develop a totally new way of thinking.
    • The kind of thinking we develop when we accustom ourselves to
    • working with super-sensible thoughts is the kind of thinking that has an
    • natural scientific, materialistic way of thinking has done more damage in
    • And this is particularly true where it is a matter of people taking an inner
    • people open themselves to the possibility of making the transition to
    • thinking in quite a new way about man changing himself in his innermost
    • lacking today, to bring down to a material level what we think of on a
    • Thus it is virtually a matter of aiming towards a way of thinking that
    • social impulse. A way of thinking based on anything else is not adequate.
  • Title: Lecture: Social and Anti-Social Forces in the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • and modes of thinking which we have acquired from our studies of
    • ways of looking at the world, we have started from one fundamental
    • hold of the whole human being and making him entirely dependent on
    • that there is more thinking nowadays than in the past. But this is an
    • for in so doing one forgets that if social forces are working, then
    • meeting of one with another leads to the working of a certain force
    • call social impulses, fundamentally speaking are only present in
    • work out of sleeping into waking conditions works into ordinary waking
    • relation may be established between them. This striking fact is
    • On the other hand, something else is also working. A perpetual
    • as a remnant just that which disturbs the working-man so much, namely
    • important positions in society, when they begin talking about present
    • acquired consciously in working with one's soul forces, while formerly
    • towards linking up the Ego more and more with its experiences.
    • making ourselves objective — that we picture this boy or girl as if
    • cultivate the social instinct and impulses in us by looking back upon
    • thoughts and feelings of many working men. Karl Marx was able to
    • what the working man thinks and understands, as a working man. This
    • hatred of all those who are not members of the working class. This
    • archetypal phenomenon points to something which mere material thinking
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Social and Anti-Social Forces in the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • and modes of thinking which we have acquired from our studies of
    • ways of looking at the world, we have started from one fundamental
    • hold of the whole human being and making him entirely dependent on
    • that there is more thinking nowadays than in the past. But this is an
    • for in so doing one forgets that if social forces are working, then
    • meeting of one with another leads to the working of a certain force
    • call social impulses, fundamentally speaking are only present in
    • work out of sleeping into waking conditions works into ordinary waking
    • relation may be established between them. This striking fact is
    • On the other hand, something else is also working. A perpetual
    • as a remnant just that which disturbs the working-man so much, namely
    • important positions in society, when they begin talking about present
    • acquired consciously in working with one's soul forces, while formerly
    • towards linking up the Ego more and more with its experiences.
    • making ourselves objective — that we picture this boy or girl as if
    • cultivate the social instinct and impulses in us by looking back upon
    • thoughts and feelings of many working men. Karl Marx was able to
    • what the working man thinks and understands, as a working man. This
    • hatred of all those who are not members of the working class. This
    • archetypal phenomenon points to something which mere material thinking
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Emptiness and Social Life
    Matching lines:
    • A part of Steiner's Lectures on Spiritual Essence and its Working,
    • order in civilised humanity. Fundamentally speaking, the tendency
    • of this epoch. In speaking of such matters one must keep bluntly to
    • Among those who of recent years have been talking a great deal about
    • about Hermann Grimm — not thinking of him as a personality but as a
    • personality, for the thinking of thousands and thousands of scholarly
    • Taking it all in all, what Hermann Grimm said about Goethe is really
    • pointed gropingly to the spirit. But speaking quite objectively, it
    • life by emancipating it, making it independent of and separate from
    • where it could unfold only in shackles. I am speaking here only of
    • happen only in an epoch when scientific thinking impinges on a culture
    • direction of natural scientific thinking he must have known the odour
    • But that is not all. These trends in economic thinking did not go
    • thinking, seeped into the economic usages and methods originally
    • “grapho” — writing. One can picture how the peasants, thinking
    • measles’, in a manner of speaking. In the old Imperium Romanum a
    • here was a man who had made a little headway in natural scientific thinking
    • the result being a monstrosity of human thinking. To study modern
    • literature on law is a veritable martyrdom for sound thinking; one
    • influence of human thinking and feeling, to take the form that is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Emptiness and Social Life
    Matching lines:
    • A part of Steiner's Lectures on Spiritual Essence and its Working,
    • order in civilised humanity. Fundamentally speaking, the tendency
    • of this epoch. In speaking of such matters one must keep bluntly to
    • Among those who of recent years have been talking a great deal about
    • about Hermann Grimm — not thinking of him as a personality but as a
    • personality, for the thinking of thousands and thousands of scholarly
    • Taking it all in all, what Hermann Grimm said about Goethe is really
    • pointed gropingly to the spirit. But speaking quite objectively, it
    • life by emancipating it, making it independent of and separate from
    • where it could unfold only in shackles. I am speaking here only of
    • happen only in an epoch when scientific thinking impinges on a culture
    • direction of natural scientific thinking he must have known the odour
    • But that is not all. These trends in economic thinking did not go
    • thinking, seeped into the economic usages and methods originally
    • “grapho” — writing. One can picture how the peasants, thinking
    • measles’, in a manner of speaking. In the old Imperium Romanum a
    • here was a man who had made a little headway in natural scientific thinking
    • the result being a monstrosity of human thinking. To study modern
    • literature on law is a veritable martyrdom for sound thinking; one
    • influence of human thinking and feeling, to take the form that is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Structure of the Lord's Prayer
    Matching lines:
    • self-interested nature. Jesus taught that petitionary prayer, asking
    • identical with the mineral kingdom and the whole of inorganic nature.
    • astral body only with the animal kingdom for the animal also is
    • entire plant kingdom, and the astral body with the animal kingdom. In
    • these kingdoms of nature and makes him the crown of Creation.
    • the higher nature. By means of the force working within Manas he
    • Atma working within man.
    • Now imagine you are looking into a mirror. Your reflection is a
    • “the Kingdom”. And this expression, “the Kingdom”, is
    • Kingdom”, Buddhi is universal and cosmic.
    • Kingdom”. So far we have only considered it as a whole. Let us
    • Kingdom” is an outpouring of the Divine, that every morsel of bread he
    • individual over against the others. What in “the Kingdom” is
    • Godhead, Buddhi or Life Spirit “the Kingdom”, and Manas or Spirit
    • to the ego the real origin of self-seeking and egoism. So long as the
    • (Will) (Kingdom) (Name)
    • higher principle, the Kingdom, shall take possession of the soul; and
    • “Hallowed be Thy Name, Thy Kingdom come.
  • Title: Lecture: The Structure of the Lord's Prayer
    Matching lines:
    • self-interested nature. Jesus taught that petitionary prayer, asking
    • identical with the mineral kingdom and the whole of inorganic nature.
    • astral body only with the animal kingdom for the animal also is
    • entire plant kingdom, and the astral body with the animal kingdom. In
    • these kingdoms of nature and makes him the crown of Creation.
    • the higher nature. By means of the force working within Manas he
    • Atma working within man.
    • Now imagine you are looking into a mirror. Your reflection is a
    • “the Kingdom”. And this expression, “the Kingdom”, is
    • Kingdom”, Buddhi is universal and cosmic.
    • Kingdom”. So far we have only considered it as a whole. Let us
    • Kingdom” is an outpouring of the Divine, that every morsel of bread he
    • individual over against the others. What in “the Kingdom” is
    • Godhead, Buddhi or Life Spirit “the Kingdom”, and Manas or Spirit
    • to the ego the real origin of self-seeking and egoism. So long as the
    • (Will) (Kingdom) (Name)
    • higher principle, the Kingdom, shall take possession of the soul; and
    • “Hallowed be Thy Name, Thy Kingdom come.
  • Title: Lecture: The Sun-Mystery in the Course of Human History
    Matching lines:
    • this spirituality is active in him only during his waking hours or in
    • to activity from the time of waking until that of falling asleep.
    • when we are walking; but we can see ourselves stepping forward. We form
    • mental images of the workings of our will and in this sense are
    • for then inner processes are taking place, processes that are also
    • outer will. The workings of the outer will are made manifest to us
    • asleep. Strictly speaking, the inner will is not revealed to us;
    • activity. The will that is working while we are asleep has to do with
    • But during waking activity too, that is to say when our will is in
    • flow, life-processes are taking place. The will takes effect in the
    • dream. But at any rate it is clearer than the workings of will. It
    • will: an inner will in the sleeping state, an outer will in the waking
    • itself out in the antipathies — taking the word in the widest sense
    • illumination will be shed upon it. Waking life arouses in us sympathy
    • egotism, the more strongly is the element of antipathy working in him.
    • that it plays into his waking life, his whole being is permeated with
    • waking life, in the outer will — rises up into the conceptual life,
    • the ego and astral body are outside the physical body; but our waking,
    • sleep. When the Persians woke from sleep — I am speaking of course of
    • We no longer feel that at the moment of waking from sleep we summon
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Sun-Mystery in the Course of Human History
    Matching lines:
    • this spirituality is active in him only during his waking hours or in
    • to activity from the time of waking until that of falling asleep.
    • when we are walking; but we can see ourselves stepping forward. We form
    • mental images of the workings of our will and in this sense are
    • for then inner processes are taking place, processes that are also
    • outer will. The workings of the outer will are made manifest to us
    • asleep. Strictly speaking, the inner will is not revealed to us;
    • activity. The will that is working while we are asleep has to do with
    • But during waking activity too, that is to say when our will is in
    • flow, life-processes are taking place. The will takes effect in the
    • dream. But at any rate it is clearer than the workings of will. It
    • will: an inner will in the sleeping state, an outer will in the waking
    • itself out in the antipathies — taking the word in the widest sense
    • illumination will be shed upon it. Waking life arouses in us sympathy
    • egotism, the more strongly is the element of antipathy working in him.
    • that it plays into his waking life, his whole being is permeated with
    • waking life, in the outer will — rises up into the conceptual life,
    • the ego and astral body are outside the physical body; but our waking,
    • sleep. When the Persians woke from sleep — I am speaking of course of
    • We no longer feel that at the moment of waking from sleep we summon
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Threshold In Nature and In Man
    Matching lines:
    • knowledge; and it is only with a view to making more comprehensible
    • Plutarch is speaking of Aristarchus of Samos, and he describes the way
    • speaking, sense-perception. Red, blue, G, C sharp — these are for us
    • called “pure thinking” — that thinking which is completely
    • higher level. For when we permeate pure thinking with moral ideas and
    • will enable him to rise to pure thinking; and on this path he becomes
    • for the deed that has been envisaged in pure thinking.
    • condition, namely, of pure thinking, to which man is able to surrender
    • experiment. And through the work he does in thinking, man develops an
    • did, fundamentally speaking, was to reduce to calculation the results
    • himself. True, he thinks his thoughts, and in thinking remains always
    • make man's thinking correspond with what he saw with his eyes. So
    • the development of thinking; and the consciousness of self has grown
    • thinking such as is necessary, for example, to grasp the heliocentric
    • boundaries of knowledge, boundaries man cannot pass without taking his
    • perception. Goethe says he never thought about thinking; what he set
    • between waking and sleeping. These two conditions must, we know,
    • We take it for granted that between waking up and falling asleep we
    • waking dream; the pictures that appear in the dream are here pressed
    • willing; dreaming and sleeping are thus perpetually present in waking
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Threshold In Nature and In Man
    Matching lines:
    • knowledge; and it is only with a view to making more comprehensible
    • Plutarch is speaking of Aristarchus of Samos, and he describes the way
    • speaking, sense-perception. Red, blue, G, C sharp — these are for us
    • called “pure thinking” — that thinking which is completely
    • higher level. For when we permeate pure thinking with moral ideas and
    • will enable him to rise to pure thinking; and on this path he becomes
    • for the deed that has been envisaged in pure thinking.
    • condition, namely, of pure thinking, to which man is able to surrender
    • experiment. And through the work he does in thinking, man develops an
    • did, fundamentally speaking, was to reduce to calculation the results
    • himself. True, he thinks his thoughts, and in thinking remains always
    • make man's thinking correspond with what he saw with his eyes. So
    • the development of thinking; and the consciousness of self has grown
    • thinking such as is necessary, for example, to grasp the heliocentric
    • boundaries of knowledge, boundaries man cannot pass without taking his
    • perception. Goethe says he never thought about thinking; what he set
    • between waking and sleeping. These two conditions must, we know,
    • We take it for granted that between waking up and falling asleep we
    • waking dream; the pictures that appear in the dream are here pressed
    • willing; dreaming and sleeping are thus perpetually present in waking
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Truth, Beauty, and Goodness
    Matching lines:
    • exercise the students' faculties of thinking, feeling and willing.
    • is to exercise the students' faculties of thinking, feeling
    • things of which I have been speaking — and which were actual
  • Title: Lecture: Truth Beauty and Goodness
    Matching lines:
    • exercise the students' faculties of thinking, feeling and willing.
    • is to exercise the students' faculties of thinking, feeling
    • things of which I have been speaking — and which were actual
  • Title: Lecture: The Two Christmas Annunciations
    Matching lines:
    • Three Kings, the Three Wisemen from the Orient. We are told that
    • imagine this thinking and perceiving, in fact, all use of the inner
    • appearances in the heavens, to be aware of significant events taking
    • and time, taking place in the inner life of man. If we examine the
    • spiritualized way of looking at the universe. And man felt himself
    • the surrounding universe than does our waking life to-day. And the
    • content of geometry in an age in which, from the moment of awaking
    • standpoint of the Mysteries than from the standpoint of waking
    • falling asleep and awaking, when our souls are outside of our bodies
    • sleep and dream into waking life, were once very active in the
    • falling asleep and awaking. Here, too, we are in the outer world, but
    • by looking back upon the body. Keyserling's talks concerning
    • between falling asleep and awaking, we look back, we feel our way
    • And looking at our external sense-knowledge, which is merely a
    • making the effort to find it, and by discovering how the Christmas
    • Christmas festival. To-day, in thinking of the Christmas Mystery, we
  • Title: Lecture: The Two Christmas Annunciations
    Matching lines:
    • Three Kings, the Three Wisemen from the Orient. We are told that
    • imagine this thinking and perceiving, in fact, all use of the inner
    • appearances in the heavens, to be aware of significant events taking
    • and time, taking place in the inner life of man. If we examine the
    • spiritualized way of looking at the universe. And man felt himself
    • the surrounding universe than does our waking life to-day. And the
    • content of geometry in an age in which, from the moment of awaking
    • standpoint of the Mysteries than from the standpoint of waking
    • falling asleep and awaking, when our souls are outside of our bodies
    • sleep and dream into waking life, were once very active in the
    • falling asleep and awaking. Here, too, we are in the outer world, but
    • by looking back upon the body. Keyserling's talks concerning
    • between falling asleep and awaking, we look back, we feel our way
    • And looking at our external sense-knowledge, which is merely a
    • making the effort to find it, and by discovering how the Christmas
    • Christmas festival. To-day, in thinking of the Christmas Mystery, we
  • Title: Lecture: Woman and Society (Die Frauenfrage)
    Matching lines:
    • questions which play into our day-to-day thinking and into our
    • are speaking of things which must follow from the very nature of
    • another. And it was just the same in the crafts. What in the working
    • able to keep on making do as they do today with specialist knowledge
    • in this or that branch of human thinking, but in the entire range of
    • our souls by making a small and subtle observation.
    • are working on your astral body. But there are other cultural means
    • peculiar way of thinking which has developed in men over the
    • learn to understand people by looking into the depths of the
    • Goethe speaking from the depths of soul, once said, ‘The
  • Title: Lecture: Woman and Society (Die Frauenfrage)
    Matching lines:
    • questions which play into our day-to-day thinking and into our
    • are speaking of things which must follow from the very nature of
    • another. And it was just the same in the crafts. What in the working
    • able to keep on making do as they do today with specialist knowledge
    • in this or that branch of human thinking, but in the entire range of
    • our souls by making a small and subtle observation.
    • are working on your astral body. But there are other cultural means
    • peculiar way of thinking which has developed in men over the
    • learn to understand people by looking into the depths of the
    • Goethe speaking from the depths of soul, once said, ‘The
  • Title: Lecture: The Work of the Angels In Man's Astral Body
    Matching lines:
    • its mission. For by linking our souls with this anthroposophical
    • and ideas must find other ways of taking effect besides the way
    • taking account of their stage of development. Everybody will admit
    • speaking, everything that enters into our consciousness enters it
    • constantly working within them. And those who believe that man is
    • Beings of the higher Hierarchies are working together with wisdom and
    • Roughly speaking, it is the prospects nearest to us — those that
    • body and these pictures are accessible to thinking that has become
    • the Spirit through thinking, to cross the abyss and through thinking
    • conditions prevailing between the moments of falling asleep and waking
    • — also in somnolent waking states. I have often said that although
    • events happen without taking the slightest interest in them, without
    • that is taking place in the city passes a sleeper by ... although
    • him. Yet one of the choir of the Angels is working in his astral body
    • purely through their conscious thinking, men must reach the point of
    • evolution of humanity, for the Angel is working to this end through
    • But as you know, there are other beings working in world-evolution,
    • aspect of which I am now speaking, Lucifer desires that there shall be
    • But the Ahrimanic beings too are working to obscure this revelation.
    • has thinking been competent to bring the Spiritual Soul into the realm
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Work of the Angels In Man's Astral Body
    Matching lines:
    • its mission. For by linking our souls with this anthroposophical
    • and ideas must find other ways of taking effect besides the way
    • taking account of their stage of development. Everybody will admit
    • speaking, everything that enters into our consciousness enters it
    • constantly working within them. And those who believe that man is
    • Beings of the higher Hierarchies are working together with wisdom and
    • Roughly speaking, it is the prospects nearest to us — those that
    • body and these pictures are accessible to thinking that has become
    • the Spirit through thinking, to cross the abyss and through thinking
    • conditions prevailing between the moments of falling asleep and waking
    • — also in somnolent waking states. I have often said that although
    • events happen without taking the slightest interest in them, without
    • that is taking place in the city passes a sleeper by ... although
    • him. Yet one of the choir of the Angels is working in his astral body
    • purely through their conscious thinking, men must reach the point of
    • evolution of humanity, for the Angel is working to this end through
    • But as you know, there are other beings working in world-evolution,
    • aspect of which I am now speaking, Lucifer desires that there shall be
    • But the Ahrimanic beings too are working to obscure this revelation.
    • has thinking been competent to bring the Spiritual Soul into the realm
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Exoteric and Esoteric Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • resurrection of thinking: how dead thoughts can be awakened to life in
    • understand this, we must begin by taking into consideration the frame
    • evolution of the earth, but, in making use of him, they have forced
    • into mankind and if they had not succeeded in taking off the sharp
    • speaking together while they are still battling with their doubts:
    • The gods found a new way of speaking to us. This way went through the
    • thinking, we are not really alive, that our life is poured into the
    • out of the force of pure thinking, and where we learn to understand
    • the freedom in man, through the impulses of pure thinking.
    • earnestness and responsibility. When speaking of such things, one
  • Title: Lecture: Exoteric and Esoteric Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • resurrection of thinking: how dead thoughts can be awakened to life in
    • understand this, we must begin by taking into consideration the frame
    • evolution of the earth, but, in making use of him, they have forced
    • into mankind and if they had not succeeded in taking off the sharp
    • speaking together while they are still battling with their doubts:
    • The gods found a new way of speaking to us. This way went through the
    • thinking, we are not really alive, that our life is poured into the
    • out of the force of pure thinking, and where we learn to understand
    • the freedom in man, through the impulses of pure thinking.
    • earnestness and responsibility. When speaking of such things, one
  • Title: Mathematics and Occultism
    Matching lines:
    • Weekly News for English-speaking Members of the Anthroposophical Society
    • visualised in the spirit. I have visualised the working of a machine
  • Title: Mathematics and Occultism
    Matching lines:
    • Weekly News for English-speaking Members of the Anthroposophical Society
    • visualised in the spirit. I have visualised the working of a machine
  • Title: William Shakespeare
    Matching lines:
    • IT” and some of the Kings' plays do not differ so greatly from
    • KING LEAR”, “JULIUS CAESAR”, after his first
  • Title: William Shakespeare
    Matching lines:
    • IT” and some of the Kings' plays do not differ so greatly from
    • KING LEAR”, “JULIUS CAESAR”, after his first
  • Title: William Shakespeare
    Matching lines:
    • Hamlet, Macbeth, King Lear, Julius
  • Title: William Shakespeare
    Matching lines:
    • Hamlet, Macbeth, King Lear, Julius
  • Title: The Manicheans
    Matching lines:
    • eastern part of Asia Minor, ruled over by the kings of Western Asia.
    • teaching, making a personality whom he calls ‘Faustus’ the
    • Darkness wished to storm the Kingdom of Light. They came to its
    • Now they were to be punished by the Kingdom of Light. But in the
    • Kingdom of Light there is only good. Thus the Demons of Darkness could
    • Kingdom of Light took a portion of their own kingdom and mingled it
    • into the Kingdom of Darkness. Thereby a leaven, so to speak, came into
    • the Kingdom of Darkness and a kind of vortex arose. Death came into
    • of its own destruction. There then arose from the Kingdom of Light the
    • Archetypal Man, the human race who must mingle with the Kingdom of
    • darkness must be overcome through the Kingdom of Light, through the
    • From the Kingdom of Light a spark is sent into the Kingdom of Darkness
  • Title: The Manicheans
    Matching lines:
    • eastern part of Asia Minor, ruled over by the kings of Western Asia.
    • teaching, making a personality whom he calls ‘Faustus’ the
    • Darkness wished to storm the Kingdom of Light. They came to its
    • Now they were to be punished by the Kingdom of Light. But in the
    • Kingdom of Light there is only good. Thus the Demons of Darkness could
    • Kingdom of Light took a portion of their own kingdom and mingled it
    • into the Kingdom of Darkness. Thereby a leaven, so to speak, came into
    • the Kingdom of Darkness and a kind of vortex arose. Death came into
    • of its own destruction. There then arose from the Kingdom of Light the
    • Archetypal Man, the human race who must mingle with the Kingdom of
    • darkness must be overcome through the Kingdom of Light, through the
    • From the Kingdom of Light a spark is sent into the Kingdom of Darkness
  • Title: Man as a Being: Cover Sheet
    Matching lines:
    • related to thinking: the ego sense, the thought sense, the word sense,
  • Title: Man as a Being: Contents
    Matching lines:
    • related to thinking: the ego sense, the thought sense, the word sense,
  • Title: Man as a Being: Introduction
    Matching lines:
    • related to thinking: the ego sense, the thought sense, the word sense,
  • Title: Man as a Being: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • related to thinking: the ego sense, the thought sense, the word sense,
    • way of looking at the matter is not satisfactory, because the province
    • thinking is something quite other than the perception of the thought
    • Customary thinking overlooks the fact that hearing, since its physical
    • inwards than is the sense of hearing — I am not talking about the
    • words, about what he says to you. Just as in drinking vinegar you have
    • an unpleasant experience and in drinking wine a pleasant one, so in
    • drinking wine or vinegar or eating some kind of food. Everything
    • inner experience. You do not feel this chalk; roughly speaking, what
    • quite objective processes, for physically speaking it is a matter of
    • of movement is only there in order that what is taking place in the
    • is a world-process that is taking place. But I cannot say that what
    • Such a way of looking at things as I am now putting before you is
  • Title: Man as a Being: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • related to thinking: the ego sense, the thought sense, the word sense,
    • thought, and is incapable of thinking that there could be any other
    • seeking to apply an intellectualism, the spiritual origin of which had
    • modern thinking really has its roots in the sense of smell, in that
    • thinking is bound up with the brain — thus not at all with the
    • How can that be done? On the one hand by attacking the doctrine of
    • dogmatic belief can seek out its kingdom.
  • Title: Man as a Being: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • related to thinking: the ego sense, the thought sense, the word sense,
    • THIS cleft in human nature of which I have been speaking also finds
    • speaking about the being of man himself or of his relationship to the
    • death and even plant death, all in the same way, without taking into
    • and that will is entirely lacking. The fact is that feeling and will
    • Why are we making a point of this? Because to-day man needs to be able
  • Title: The Individuality of Elias, John, Raphael, Novalis
    Matching lines:
    • Elijah refer to the same person. In non-English speaking
    • countries refer to Elias, and English speaking countries refer to
    • into all our hearts, I did not want to let pass without speaking to you at
    • we have seen taking place — partly on earth, partly in super-sensible
    • worlds, the realm of spiritual evolution, taking with him the power of his
    • the being of whom I have been speaking to you today — all those with whom
  • Title: The Individuality of Elias, John, Raphael, Novalis
    Matching lines:
    • Elijah refer to the same person. In non-English speaking
    • countries refer to Elias, and English speaking countries refer to
    • into all our hearts, I did not want to let pass without speaking to you at
    • we have seen taking place — partly on earth, partly in super-sensible
    • worlds, the realm of spiritual evolution, taking with him the power of his
    • the being of whom I have been speaking to you today — all those with whom
  • Title: The Dead Are With Us
    Matching lines:
    • upon which the soul is working may seem to be quite remote, while in
    • kind takes place in the case of the animal kingdom and the human
    • kingdom; but we are justified in our conviction that the mineral world
    • speaking, without awakening pleasure or pain in our environment. The
    • mineral kingdom as we have it around us on the physical plane does not
    • these kingdoms are present in quite a different form. They are not
    • namely, as realms devoid of feeling. The first kingdom of those we
    • is the animal kingdom. I do not of course mean the individual animals
    • therefore, starts his life two kingdoms higher. On the Earth we get to
    • know the animal kingdom only from the outside. The most external
    • all those forces which, working in from the Cosmos, organise our own
    • Hierarchies, the human being is working at this whole system of forces
    • Spiritual. The animal kingdom is the first realm with which he makes
    • It is the animal kingdom, then, with which acquaintance is first made.
    • The next is the human kingdom. Mineral Nature and the plant kingdom
    • are absent. The dead's acquaintance with the human kingdom is limited
    • Just as concerning the first kingdom with which the dead comes into
    • contact — the animal kingdom — we can say that everything
    • and so on. The higher the kingdom, the more intensely does a man feel
    • the dead live. The kingdom in which the dead live can easily be
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Dead Are With Us
    Matching lines:
    • upon which the soul is working may seem to be quite remote, while in
    • kind takes place in the case of the animal kingdom and the human
    • kingdom; but we are justified in our conviction that the mineral world
    • speaking, without awakening pleasure or pain in our environment. The
    • mineral kingdom as we have it around us on the physical plane does not
    • these kingdoms are present in quite a different form. They are not
    • namely, as realms devoid of feeling. The first kingdom of those we
    • is the animal kingdom. I do not of course mean the individual animals
    • therefore, starts his life two kingdoms higher. On the Earth we get to
    • know the animal kingdom only from the outside. The most external
    • all those forces which, working in from the Cosmos, organise our own
    • Hierarchies, the human being is working at this whole system of forces
    • Spiritual. The animal kingdom is the first realm with which he makes
    • It is the animal kingdom, then, with which acquaintance is first made.
    • The next is the human kingdom. Mineral Nature and the plant kingdom
    • are absent. The dead's acquaintance with the human kingdom is limited
    • Just as concerning the first kingdom with which the dead comes into
    • contact — the animal kingdom — we can say that everything
    • and so on. The higher the kingdom, the more intensely does a man feel
    • the dead live. The kingdom in which the dead live can easily be
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Universe, Earth and Man: Lecture I: The Egyptian period, and the present time.
    Matching lines:
    • ancient kingdom of the Romans. Something remarkable appears when we
    • personality. Hence in the Roman kingdom there appears something very
    • which we are speaking, had not taken on bodies of flesh, but possessed
    • Beings he was not speaking of something that was strange to them. It
    • words “kingdom,” “Christendom,” for example. It
    • taking place today in our civilization appears as a re-embodiment of
    • Egypt? Yes, for it is not in Civilization as in the vegetable kingdom,
    • reality than it actually had. Imagine a man, in his soul, looking down
  • Title: Universe, Earth and Man: Lecture II: Ancient Wisdom and the new Apocalyptic Wisdom. Temple sleep. Isis and the Madonna. Past stages of Evolution. The bestowing of the Ego. Future Powers.
    Matching lines:
    • respect. There is a remarkable statement taking us back to the very
    • Had the patient remained conscious, as in the waking consciousness of
    • thinking healed the man. Let us look at this more closely: that
    • things which to modern thinking — at least to the greater part of
    • thinking, such thought has a curative, harmonizing effect upon the
    • future before spiritually thinking men, in whom no inner cause of
    • Mother with the child; speaking from the standpoint of Spiritual
    • What would have happened if, without anything further taking place,
    • permeated with harmoniously working Divine Spiritual Beings. Such
    • is working and fructifying, and if man wills he can find connection
    • active today, and what will go on working into the great to-morrow of
  • Title: Universe, Earth and Man: Lecture III: The Kingdoms of Nature. Group-egos. The Centre of Man. The Kingdoms of Higher Spiritual Beings.
    Matching lines:
    • The Kingdoms of Nature. Group-egos.
    • The Centre of Man. The Kingdoms of Higher Spiritual Beings.
    • The Kingdoms of Nature. Group-egos. The Centre of Man. The Kingdoms of Higher Spiritual Beings.
    • earth. We are surrounded in the first place by the four kingdoms of
    • nature; the mineral, vegetable, animal, and human kingdoms. Man is not
    • beings of the other kingdoms of the earth we must be fully aware that
    • such an ego belonging to the animal kingdom a group-ego. The human ego
    • You have here been given a panoramic view of the different kingdoms.
    • We have now dealt with the four kingdoms of nature, the mineral,
    • vegetable, animal, and human kingdoms, but the series does not end
    • here; it goes farther. These are only the kingdoms which man can see
    • Looking from man upwards to higher kingdoms, we have to begin with
    • three kingdoms which interest us. In accordance with Christian
    • esotericism, we call the kingdom immediately bordering on the human
    • there is a second kingdom, higher than the Angels, the kingdom of the
    • a still higher kingdom, that of the Archai (Original Forces or First
    • three kingdoms next above man.
    • I will try to tell you a little about the life of these kingdoms; they
    • life of plants when he tills the ground, so these higher kingdoms
    • influence the human kingdom. We shall best understand this if we
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Universe, Earth and Man: Lecture IV: The Outer Manifestations of Spiritual Beings in the Elements. Their connection with Man. Cosmic partitions. The Myth of Osiris.
    Matching lines:
    • supplement the different Kingdoms of nature that surround us in the
    • normal development man is incapable of working beyond one incarnation.
    • world, and we must realize that three more kingdoms have to be added
    • the bodily manifestation of this Spiritual Kingdom. (When I said that
    • human beings. As if from a higher kingdom, the Spirits of Form have
    • Spirits of Form have the task of working on the earth as a whole,
    • the animal and vegetable kingdoms that had already gone through a
    • sun-beings also working on it from outside, conditions on earth became
    • between the moon forces working from within, and the sun forces
    • working from without, was associated with earthly development.
  • Title: Universe, Earth and Man: Lecture V: The sacrifice of the substance by the Thrones, Kyriotetes, Dynami's, and Exusiai. Jehovah and the Elohim, and their co-operative activity in the stages of human Development.
    Matching lines:
    • be a stone — a mineral; in fact our mineral kingdom here on the
    • vegetable kingdom consists of such Beings. A Being having physical
    • existence on earth. Now it is only a rough way of speaking to say that
    • his physical body, through taking into itself the etheric body, became
    • forerunners of a certain portion of our present animal kingdom had its
    • origin only on the Sun as a second kingdom to that of man. From the
    • possessor of three principles, was surrounded by two other kingdoms;
    • one a kingdom which on the Moon had remained behind at the stage of
    • Our mineral kingdom did not as yet exist on the Moon. It came into
    • existence last, as a sort of deposit from the other kingdoms. Of
    • without the basis of a mineral kingdom, but formerly conditions were
    • the animal kingdom; animals in the vegetable kingdom; and at the time
    • when the Moon was separated from the Sun all the kingdoms were
    • The human kingdom (really animal kingdom, consisting of physical body,
    • The animal kingdom (really vegetable kingdom, consisting of physical
    • The vegetable kingdom (really mineral kingdom, because it consisted
    • Our present mineral kingdom did not as yet exist.
    • kingdoms were raised about half a stage higher. The human astral body
    • Something like this took place at the time of which I am speaking; man
    • In like manner the two other kingdoms were raised about half a stage,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Universe, Earth and Man: Lecture VI: The Spirits of Form as regents of earthly existence. Participation of the Luciferic beings. The formation of race.
    Matching lines:
    • Form were even then active, working slowly and gradually at the human
    • from the ever working Forces of Form, that they were no longer so
    • We have already explained that besides the exalted beings working from
    • man; the normally working Spirits of Form, of whom we have spoken, and
    • work upon the ego, and who already had been working on the astral
    • his own personality by giving him His inward power, thereby making
    • divinely working forces. He knew that at a very early stage certain
  • Title: Universe, Earth and Man: Lecture VII: Animal forms -- the physiognomical expression of human passions. The religion of Egypt -- a remembrance of Lemurian times. Fish and serpent symbols. The remembrance of Atlantis in Europe. The Light of Christ.
    Matching lines:
    • of animals we see in the higher orders of the animal kingdom nothing
    • These are the expressions of passions, and working in them we find
    • substance, and Spiritual beings working upon this substance, and
    • sun (which had already left the earth) working upon the earth's
    • working on him from outside, who had made of him an instinctive being.
    • of thinking flowed into him, somewhat as is the case with animals
    • conditions of consciousness developed — those of waking and
    • still preserved today in the alternation between waking and sleeping.
    • of which I am speaking. They were times when man was physically at the
    • difference between the conditions of sleeping and waking as exists
    • preparing mankind, making him capable of receiving the Christ Impulse,
  • Title: Universe, Earth and Man: Lecture VIII: Mans connection with the various planetary bodies. The earth's mission.
    Matching lines:
    • have perceived a harmonious working together in wisdom. If one
    • made this or that discovery. The art of paper making, for example, was
    • the human kingdom, where ego meets ego as independent individual, has
    • we look around upon the human kingdom, and desire to learn about man,
    • the other kingdoms of the earth? Let us consider the vegetable
    • kingdom. When clairvoyant vision sweeps out into the universe and we
    • those belonging to our sun a vegetable kingdom entirely corresponding
    • to our own — so that in our vegetable kingdom we have something
    • was in the position in which the vegetable kingdom is now. This
    • kingdom is composed of beings consisting of physical body and etheric
    • the world passed through the various kingdoms it passed through a
    • If we now pass to the mineral kingdom we find in the forms of crystals
    • the formative forces of the mineral kingdom we find forces which reach
    • those forms of the mineral kingdom through which the light passes, to
    • Clairvoyant consciousness looks around upon the vegetable kingdom, and
    • Thus we see that in the mineral kingdom we have something which in a
  • Title: Universe, Earth and Man: Lecture XI: The progress of man. His conquest of the physical plane in the post-Atlantean civilizations. The beginning and up-building of the 'I am.' The chosen people.
    Matching lines:
    • human kingdom to which he himself belonged there were other kingdoms
    • kingdoms so also there are many different grades among the beings
    • above man. Some beings in the kingdom of the Angels are very close to
    • During the day man is continually making use of his physical and
    • kinds of perceptions have been taking place in us as well as impulses
    • their withdrawal, they were not taken up into a higher kingdom. Above
    • the human kingdom a spiritual kingdom is outspread, the kingdom of the
    • capable he became of looking up to the Gods the less could a certain
    • sleeping and waking, for example) were able to obtain a clear view
    • intermediate condition between sleeping and waking could enter into
    • the physical and etheric bodies, they rose into the kingdom of the
    • kingdom of the spirit, which was well known to them. The opinion was
    • the spirit, but would first have to enter a kingdom in which they
    • had a spiritual foundation. Before the rise of the true Roman kingdom
    • find the way back to them by looking within our own being — by
    • Whom they were looking with such expectation. The place where
    • to change the material kingdom of men into a kingdom of the spirit;
  • Title: Universe, Earth and Man: Lecture X: The reflection in the fourth epoch of mans experiences with the ancient Gods and their way of the Cross. The Christ-Mystery.
    Matching lines:
    • other kingdoms around him. Man, as at present developed, is by no
    • upon that which surrounds him. If no other kingdom surrounded us, no
    • mineral, no vegetable, no animal kingdom, if there was no atmosphere,
    • the lower kingdoms of nature, these give him the substances and forces
    • with the lower kingdoms of nature. It is true he only enters these
    • certain relationship with the kingdoms below him; he dips into them;
    • on leaving his body he rises into higher kingdoms, into that of the
    • Angels, Archangels, and Archai, and indeed into still higher kingdoms.
    • relationship with the lower kingdoms, so after death he enters into
    • relationship with higher kingdoms.
    • kingdoms above him as he now reaches out into the physical world. His
    • being extended into the kingdom of the Angels, Archangels, and even
    • into higher kingdoms which interpenetrate his own. His consciousness
    • such secrets as we are speaking of in the privacy of an
    • said: “The kingdom of Osiris will be established again upon
    • that He had withdrawn more and more from the kingdom of the dead (and
    • better to be a beggar in the physical world than a king in the land of
  • Title: Universe, Earth and Man: Lecture XI: The reversing of Egyptian remembrance into material forms by way of Arabism. The harmonizing of Egyptian remembrance. The Christian impulse of power in Rosicrucianism.
    Matching lines:
    • Looking back to the Egyptian pyramids we observe a type of geometric
    • no justification for speaking of a mere development of races. In the
    • universe working from one civilization to another, you must make
    • striking fact in connection with this highly gifted being is contained
    • Another powerful impulse was, however, already making itself felt,
    • appeared that were seeking a union between science and belief, minds
    • Taking the whole of modern culture, we have to see in it a memory of
    • of constructive thinking were laid. Later, this constructive thinking
    • one group, that having the smallest amount of purely logical thinking
    • thought possible. Hence external thinking, even when it has reached an
    • will obtain imagination as well, but logical thinking will be
    • over to Europe gave the final impulse to logical thinking — to
    • memory. The reason why he presented it in a materialistic form, making
    • repetition but an ascent; that a progressive development is taking
  • Title: Universe, Earth and Man: Contents
    Matching lines:
    • The Kingdoms Of Nature. Group Egos. The Centre Of Man. The Kingdoms Of
  • Title: Universe, Earth and Man: Introduction by Marie Steiner
    Matching lines:
    • world; in its seeking, erring, and striving, through the approaching
  • Title: Jesuit and Rosicrucian Training
    Matching lines:
    • knowledge chiefly through thinking, or more through
    • taking account of the world around us, and also of
    • In waking life, too, we must admit that we are
    • animal kingdoms, belongs as much to ourselves as it
    • observation of the world. And if looking away from
    • clearly the breaking out into the conscious of the
    • or to see the Will-power of one person working
    • working of Will upon Will must evoke an unpleasant
    • In speaking on the Gospel of St. John I have already
    • working of the Son had to proceed from the Christ,
    • characterisation of the Christ-working, which acts
    • excluding all direct working upon the Will, the
    • in the Christ-working which goes down
    • Spirit-working which embraces all that falls within
    • a vivid Imagination of Christ Jesus as the King of
    • Christ Jesus as King of the Worlds has to be
    • for what man has brought about by forsaking the
    • punishments working upon his soul. And, just as
    • vividly as a feeling of contempt for the forsaking
    • universal King of the Worlds, and thereby the Jesus
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Jesuit and Rosicrucian Training
    Matching lines:
    • knowledge chiefly through thinking, or more through
    • taking account of the world around us, and also of
    • In waking life, too, we must admit that we are
    • animal kingdoms, belongs as much to ourselves as it
    • observation of the world. And if looking away from
    • clearly the breaking out into the conscious of the
    • or to see the Will-power of one person working
    • working of Will upon Will must evoke an unpleasant
    • In speaking on the Gospel of St. John I have already
    • working of the Son had to proceed from the Christ,
    • characterisation of the Christ-working, which acts
    • excluding all direct working upon the Will, the
    • in the Christ-working which goes down
    • Spirit-working which embraces all that falls within
    • a vivid Imagination of Christ Jesus as the King of
    • Christ Jesus as King of the Worlds has to be
    • for what man has brought about by forsaking the
    • punishments working upon his soul. And, just as
    • vividly as a feeling of contempt for the forsaking
    • universal King of the Worlds, and thereby the Jesus
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Riddle of Humanity: Contents
    Matching lines:
    • Greetings to the builders working on the Goetheanum. Otto Weininger, a
    • Schleich). Thinking backwards as a preparation for spiritual
    • thinking that accords with reality and thinking that is in opposition
  • Title: Riddle of Humanity: Notes
    Matching lines:
    • ‘O Sun, of this world thou king ...’
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • Greetings to the builders working on the Goetheanum. Otto Weininger, a
    • shocking some aspects of our buildings may now seem, it will not be
    • long before they cease to be shocking and appear as the obvious result
    • I am speaking about Otto Weininger,
    • Now there are some individuals walking about who are not properly here
    • traditional way of speaking. Those who have much M have the great
    • school. While the teachers were talking about things that bored him,
    • there entered into his thinking the idea of a kind of modern Christ,
    • world's lack of understanding and asking himself how long it will be
    • fundamentally speaking, no one can learn anything from these two
    • We are really talking about imaginative knowledge, therefore, but in a
    • for looking at the things he had experienced while outside his
    • many things that make death magnificent — and I am speaking now
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • was a matter of logical thinking, he could reckon, pass judgements and
    • storms we experience as waking dreams or as lightning flashes of
    • think outweigh the dreams in most cases. But when waking consciousness
    • The contrast in human nature between the regularity of normal thinking
    • thinking, to the kind of regularity which governs the appearance of
    • his healthy waking consciousness a person also has, living in the
    • The forces upon which waking consciousness is based really do mirror
    • pathway of the stars were not a part of us, we would have no waking
    • the second king of Rome. I once described to you how he wanted to set
    • own as the second, and five others that would follow his, making a
    • king of Rome: the sevenfold order he constructs is the same as the
    • human institution was preparing human souls for thinking the great
    • our waking consciousness to shape our human social life so that it is
    • Thus, everything that is connected with our waking consciousness is
    • hearts, — in short, everything connected with our waking
    • with the macrocosmic representation of our waking consciousness. Then
    • the irregular happenings of the external world. Looking up to the
    • waking consciousness. Looking down towards the Earth and its
    • the depths of our souls. Our waking spirit thinks in accordance with
    • governing your waking consciousness, and the extent to which
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • waking consciousness can be traced back to the influence on man of the
    • makes waking consciousness possible. The remaining parts, the parts of
    • working into usual waking consciousness — the noblest part of
    • occurrences and human waking consciousness. We saw how that which can
    • the stars, creates an image of itself in waking human consciousness.
    • Man has a waking consciousness because, in the first place, he is able
    • world beyond. Why, you will be asking yourselves, would such
    • or earthly life. They were thinking of the contrast we just mentioned
    • produced on earth, of course, but that is not what I am talking about.
    • in order that the heavenly forces working from the head can continue
    • the style of Weininger, by taking some elevated, mystical standpoint
    • through recitation, although speaking has nothing to do with the work
    • contents were to simply rise up out of our soul and appear in waking
    • long since become so accustomed to thinking that we do not ask this
    • question any more; we have grown so fond of thinking. Like eating and
    • drinking, we are used to it, so the question does not arise for us.
    • machine. Thinking is too heavy a burden to them and they flee from
    • nature fashioned man so that thinking is not even included among his
    • free individuality by virtue of his thinking. Such a question,
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Four
    Matching lines:
    • thinking about the location of the faculty in a very materialistic
    • way. For the most part, such a person is only thinking of how the
    • understand the real connections must conceive of the act of speaking
    • Today it does not occur to someone who is speaking about the speech
    • so one always has to limit oneself to speaking only about particular
    • in matters of thorough-going waking consciousness, our head is the
    • world into waking consciousness. The waking consciousness comes
    • striving for truth, we are talking about the head in relation to the
    • talking about the head in relation to the body. And when we speak of
    • morality, we are talking about the relation of the body to the rest of
    • body, so that we are talking about the relation of the entire human
    • am speaking of something that has its rightful place, not of something
    •  I . Working down from there, it affects the astral
    • are working on the other side where another weight is hanging. The
    • entire body with our waking consciousness. The  I 
    • be applied to waking life. So you can see that morality involves a
    • birth, as well as life between birth and death. Relatively speaking,
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Five
    Matching lines:
    • of nature — the mineral, plant and animal kingdoms — flow
    • something happens that resembles the growing into the three kingdoms
    • realm of truth, of wisdom, naturally we are speaking more or less
    • must enter the mineral, plant and animal kingdoms. But the three
    • most directly in the mineral, plant and animal kingdoms, and lives
    • over his desires by thinking about them, feeling his way into them and
    • thinking of people of today. Observing man as he presently is on
    • continues to live in the depths of his being, working and weaving. And
    • experience guilt. But that is a superficial way of looking at things.
    • the shapes of the plant kingdom. And as for how that is connected with
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Six
    Matching lines:
    • When one is speaking of the being of man and of mankind's relation to
    • Those who are misled by Lucifer into speaking in such a fashion do not
    • talking about forces. Of course, the material of the rest of the body
    • Initially, I can only explain this error by speaking pictorially.
    • by investigating its suitability as human nourishment would be making
    • exist for the purpose of making pictures of external things; it exists
    • from its original purpose all the knowledge that we use for taking
    • the use of our head. We acquire the knowledge necessary for speaking,
    • travelled without looking at very much. They have followed their
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Seven
    Matching lines:
    • Nevertheless, throughout all our daily waking hours, the harmonious
    • being that is doing the thinking and forming the concepts. That
    • is what happens if one turns one's thinking, one's living thinking,
    • towards the being of another. Through living thinking one can behold
    • separately. The other senses about which we have been speaking are not
    • discussion. What I am talking about now is the very life that flows
    • it. Thus we cannot call it a sense, properly speaking, although Moon
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Eight
    Matching lines:
    • Schleich). Thinking backwards as a preparation for spiritual
    • spiritual-scientific presuppositions lead our thinking and our will.
    • soul and body. So we are justified in speaking, let us say, of the
    • necessity of making our concepts and ideas more mobile in order to be
    • spiritual science, his thinking is still wholly materialistic. But he
    • were describing, then you would see some people walking about with
    • himself with a pen while working in his office. There is a slight
    • show was there, the whole thing was able to well up into his waking
    • to prepare for the future by getting accustomed to thinking backwards.
    • thinking backwards, just as they take hold of the physical world by
    • means of thinking forwards. Our ability to imagine the physical world
    • is a result of the direction of our thinking.
    • proceed further if I introduce a completely different way of looking
    • at things: a way of thinking that proceeds backwards.
    • thinking. But for someone who has gone only a little way beyond the
    • contemporary modes of thought might shrink in horror from thinking
    • contemporaries. We could picture one of them asking himself, ‘Is
    • thinking backwards and drawing particular philosophical conclusions
    • from the impossibility of thinking backwards.
    • to the fact that thinking backwards is especially difficult to imagine
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Nine
    Matching lines:
    • must forgo speaking about some of the interesting things that go on in
    • thinking, feeling and willing: here is another triad of soul
    • faculties. The new faculties differ from thinking, feeling and willing
    • are on Earth. When someone is able to sustain this sinking-back into
    • On the one hand, spiritual science has the task of linking the
    • aesthetics nevertheless contain something of what we have been talking
    • is forced to think in a certain way; thinking is not at all free. What
    • or does not love, and when his thinking follows or avoids inner
    • had to be in that era. At that time thinking was not yet spiritually
    • being in accordance with reality is lacking. Crystallography and, at a
    • their powers of abstraction, thinking up new abstractions. More, and
    • increasingly more, there must arise a thinking that accords with
    • reality and is not merely logical. Thinking alters the whole course of
    • Madonna from the standpoint of thinking that accords with reality?
    • materialistic way of thinking but, like so many things produced by
    • The following experiment has been carried out — I am taking just
    • Greeks did not yet possess the abstract manner of thinking that we
    • appropriate for today. But the manner of thinking is not the important
    • experience of speaking to many people who, like yourselves, are
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Ten
    Matching lines:
    • analysis of some recent directions in recent philosophical thinking. I
    • which has been lost. I am speaking of Ernst Mach. Today I can only
    • the concepts produced by the thinking that preceded his time-all the
    • thinking up to the last third of the nineteenth century. Although it
    • approached its concepts more or less critically, this earlier thinking
    • most economical for our thinking, the one that requires the least
    • ways of thinking that we find most comfortable — these are the
    • manner possible serves nothing beyond making one's life more
    • in the dark, seeking for the director-in-charge. But this faltering
    • like. That really is a picture of the kind of thinking on which
    • false is a totally impossible way of thinking. One makes judgements.
    • thinking I have just described is that it has spread to practically
    • thinking. The following interesting example demonstrates this. In the
    • wholly absurd. For our thinking attributes all sorts of qualities to
    • fictions. One must be fully conscious about making fictions. One must
    • has become available to mankind. At the same time, men's thinking has
    • become increasingly powerless. Thinking has lost its sovereignty over
    • abstract thinking is another factor. One did not think so much in
    • earlier times, but one tried to keep one's thinking connected to the
    • external world and to actual experience. It was felt that thinking
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Eleven
    Matching lines:
    • the terms of present-day thinking. This condition had to end because
    • man lives on Earth, whatever is developed in his waking consciousness
    • Looking at these matters in the way we have just done enables one to
    • agreement between what we are thinking and the physical facts. In
    • Matters such as those we have just been talking about give one a
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Twelve
    Matching lines:
    • imaginative consciousness as thinking.
    • development on Earth and thus applies to the usual kind of waking
    • apply to the consciousness that is related to waking consciousness and
    • does not derive from the same sources as normal waking consciousness.
    • — while one is making discoveries in the spiritual world, the
    • thought by man. In the case of our usual waking consciousness on
    • must gradually learn to adopt towards thinking.
    • desires, it is possible, broadly speaking, to understand thinking as
    • Ahriman can do with our thinking. But Ahriman is on the alert once
    • thinking has been taken to the point where it is ripe for
    • responsibility, we need to learn to view all thinking as a kind of
    • the facts, putting them together and looking at them from all sides.
    • can search. Thinking is to be seen as a process that can remain for a
    • the maxim of using thinking as a method of seeking, and of suspending
    • must know everything. People never use their thinking to search out
    • also requires our thinking to traverse a certain path. For this truth,
    • At present there are many shocking circumstances which show us the
    • these are things you can lay your hands on — I am speaking
    • symbolically: these are, spiritually speaking, things you can really
    • people want to go in the other direction. They do not want thinking to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Thirteen
    Matching lines:
    • thinking that accords with reality and thinking that is in opposition
    • lacking, or are included in a form very different from the form in
    • within. Lucifer has to be there alongside Eve as she sets about making
    • can be experienced repeatedly. Others come along thereafter, asking
    • men as well — were thinking quite clearly about the situation a
    • speak of it, referring to the consciousness of normal waking life.
    • particular thing — in the kind of thing I was just now talking
    • life — in this case, into the human sphere — while taking
    • spiritual forces working in the cosmos it is, of course, necessary for
    • materialistic age, the notion of thinking in accordance with reality
    • describing; thinking that is in accord with reality has become a
    • today collides with all the contemporary thinking that is at variance
    • anthroposophical Movement again and again collides with thinking that
    • and thinking that is an enemy of reality show what is involved in
    • standing up for the truth today. That other thinking is opposed to
    • understand this distinction between thinking that is in harmony with
    • reality and thinking that is an enemy of reality.
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Fourteen
    Matching lines:
    • entirely different is involved when we ourselves are thinking; this
    • thinking is not an activity of our sense of thought. That still
    • materialistic thinking speaks of only five senses, for it only
    • thinking — or thought. Nor, because of the nature of the thinking
    • Materialistic thinking is happy to restrict its view of the world to
    • inadequate views of modern thinking is the view that we always more or
    • walking upright on two legs, putting one leg after the other or
    • body, in so far as the body is appended to the head, making of the
    • not talking about the sense of life. What is in question here is not
    • am not speaking about our ability to hear the tones, but about our
    • related to the other? How is speaking related to understanding speech?
    • experiences of the human soul. Speaking originates in the realm of the
    • portion of the organism of movement, and speaking occurs when will
    • understand it by not making this gesture. Because I do not make this
    • fingers, but I hold back the motion, delay it, block it. By blocking
    • perceive the whole direction of another's thinking and to live in it,
    • thinking. What a man says to us through the words we hear is almost
    • thinking. If there had been no ahrimanic intervention, if the things I
    • I am speaking, when they come to describe how the ego is supposed to
    •  I . We are talking about fine distinctions, but they
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Fifteen
    Matching lines:
    • ahrimanic influence. One can say, broadly speaking, that if it were
    • O Sun, of this world thou king,
    • Though all in vain lacking Venus' patronage.
    • being, is the king of this world. The Sun also exists spiritually for
    • Though all in vain lacking Venus' patronage
    • true that we know this verse, “O Sun, of this world thou king,
    • materialism and into materialistic thinking, feeling and experiencing.
    • post-Atlantean epoch inaugurated this way of looking at the world; it
  • Title: Gospel of St. John: Contents
    Matching lines:
    • IV. The hierarchies of our solar system and the kingdoms of the earth
    • V. Human development during the incarnations of our Earth. The kingdom
    • of the Luciferic and Ahrimanic spirits and the kingdom of the divine
  • Title: Gospel of St. John: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • speak, of finding a second Ego which, looking down upon the first Ego,
    • God. Thus there was once a divine spiritual kingdom which densified,
    • as it were, to the transitory earthly kingdom. Adam appeared, the
    • was and could perceive His kingdoms.
    • an ordinary child was taking place. In the same way it is related of
    • is here enacted. The same was known to the three Kings from the East
    • preached before men that the Kingdom of Heaven is at hand and that men
  • Title: Gospel of St. John: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • archaeology, and so on. Strictly speaking, all his disturbs his vision
    • capable of seeing what was really taking place, who knew that the
    • the waters.’ Below is the Earth with its kingdoms, which issued from
  • Title: Gospel of St. John: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • know that the daily life of the human being alternates between waking
    • precisely the fact of this difference between waking and sleeping with
    • surrounds us in the animal, vegetable, and mineral kingdoms existed on
    • that of sleep or to the consciousness of the vegetable kingdom, now
    • with the animal kingdom, we are justified in distinguishing different
    • space, taking with it the coarser substances. With this event it
    • have, strictly speaking, exactly the same order. Just try to read with
  • Title: Gospel of St. John: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • influence upon them, so that, strictly speaking, the evolution of the
    • we have said that their scene of activity is, generally speaking, on
    • mineral kingdom on that body. The whole Saturn sphere was nothing but
    • life runs its course in the metamorphosis between giving and taking.’
    • with matured ideas, feelings, and finally with love. By taking from
    • In speaking of this event, I always like to compare it with an event
    • formed a kingdom inferior to the human kingdom; these were the
    • kingdom had advanced to the plant stage, while the animal kingdom was
    • animal kingdom arose in addition to the human kingdom.
    • would have been no animal kingdom. In a similar way, the following
    • who had arisen as a second (mineral) kingdom during the Sun period now
    • the creations which now form our vegetable kingdom. On the Sun there
    • had been no vegetable kingdom but only a human and an animal kingdom.
    • The vegetable kingdom appeared for the first time on the Moon; but a
    • mineral kingdom, a solid earth from which all things grow, did not yet
    • exist. In this manner the kingdoms evolved by degrees. The highest of
    • these, the human kingdom, was first to evolve. The animal kingdom is
    • something in the nature of an outcast from the human kingdom — a
    • behind, became our present vegetable kingdom.
    • the Earth. The germ of the earlier kingdoms, both animal and plant,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Gospel of St. John: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • Strictly speaking, the perfection of the human being on the physical
    • in this period and there ensued a revival of all the kingdoms which
    • had their foundation upon the earth. The mineral kingdom needed but
    • little reviving; the vegetable kingdom somewhat more; the animal
    • kingdom still more; while the human race needed the highest and most
    • hierarchy working upon the principle to which it belonged. But now
    • have been lacking in him. Man would have lost his old clairvoyant
    • case. Strictly speaking, man should have descended from an airy to a
    • as to their own. They felt the Sun-being working in the blood common
    • see Faust, on the one hand, seeking the way to the spiritual world; on
  • Title: Gospel of St. John: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • of the outer world — the mineral, vegetable, and animal kingdoms
    • others, especially in the intermediate state between waking and
    • and indistinct; in the intermediate state between waking and sleeping
    • another and making certain movements. The other, the spectator, need
    • entirely removed from objective, waking consciousness, and the kind of
    • of instruction in thinking and feeling, not merely with regard to the
    • surrounds us in waking consciousness,’ they said, ‘is like a veil
    • power of handling the simplest implement was lacking. Wants were
    • be some who were desirous of conquering the kingdom of the Earth. A
    • beggar in the upper world than a king in the realm of the shades!’ is
    • astral body, and Ego. In his waking state these four principles are
    • must be shown. What is lacking to all those who, precisely in our
    • is lacking to them — the present day way of comprehending Christ.
  • Title: Gospel of St. John: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • painstaking manner. But even the best of men are powerless against the
    • which are the heritage of the remote past, when the spiritual workings
    • upside-down by the materialistic way of thinking. If we entered into
    • behind the physical, there are spiritual processes taking place. He
    • That will be the Christ-power. That is the Christ-impulse working
    • disposal of man during ordinary waking consciousness; an abnormal
    • observation of the spiritual within their physical body and in waking
  • Title: Gospel of St. John: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • body of Jesus of Nazareth were speaking to us through St. John in his
    • journey would be a striking incident in the eyes of one closely
    • transcends that time, all that reveals to us the working of Christ in
    • ‘What is the most striking feature in the Death on the Cross as
    • philosopher Solovioff assumes, strictly speaking, the Pauline
    • It is a striking fact, and we may therefore draw attention to it, that
  • Title: Gospel of St. John: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • 5. The sign given in the vision of Christ walking on the water.
    • only one of that name? Why does the Evangelist, in speaking of this
    • speaking to you with regard to this miracle, the belief which anyone
    • Sabbath day was to them the most striking feature in the incident!
    • of his sin, he now has this strength through the working of the
    • about five-and-twenty or thirty furlongs, they beheld Jesus walking on
    • disciples beheld Jesus walking on the sea.’ That is the point. We must
    • has once more increased. Hitherto we have seen it working upon what is
  • Title: Gospel of St. John: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • human being for the outer organs of sense? Speaking superficially, his
    • relationship — a man had magical forces working in his blood, so
    • have been observed again and again. Turn to the second Book of Kings,
    • he is speaking with One who knows more than he and who is above him.
    • the astral body which commits sin. By working upon the etheric body,
    • soul is, however, a totally different thing from the working of the
    • shown in the feeding of the five thousand and the walking on the
    • Capernaum, seeking Jesus.
    • visible to physical eyes.’ What is usually called taking the Gospels
  • Title: Gospel of St. John: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • indicated that in waking condition man appears to clairvoyant
    • members of man's being in waking consciousness? In other words, in
    • applied to the human race. Applied to the animal kingdom it is right,
    • because in that kingdom there is no impulse able to turn strife into
    • There was once a king of Thebes, Laios by name. Jocasta was his wife.
    • leave the palace because he was considered to be the king's son. On
    • was raised to the dignity of king and the hand of the queen was
    • had slain his father and wedded his mother. He now reigned as king.
  • Title: Gospel of St. John: Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • within your skin were cut off. Strictly speaking, therefore, we must
    • ordinary waking consciousness, and during which they indeed remained
    • the physical, taking with it a supply of divine wisdom from the store
    • looking into the future, man must say: ‘When one day my etheric body
    • striking example will show how in our own day a whole region of human
    • speaking, it has made no impression hitherto. Here we see one part of
  • Title: Gospel of St. John: Lecture XIII
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual event was taking place. It came about at that moment that
    • Thus, since the event of Golgotha, a momentous process has been taking
  • Title: Gospel of St. John: Lecture XIV
    Matching lines:
    • it is founded. Strictly speaking, this is equivalent to saying that
    • — our mineral, vegetable, animal, and human kingdoms — sent
    • the Moon from the Earth was taking place — that period of which
    • succeeded in making this being similar to its physical form, they
    • death again and again, taking nothing with him from this kingdom of
    • him into the spiritual world. Therefore he must fructify the kingdom
    • breaking the bread made of the corn of the Earth, Christ could say to
    • seeking had been laid, when he himself was standing before you? But we
    • be conscious, like man, it should bend to the mineral kingdom, to the
    • kingdom, I could not subsist!’ And likewise, if the animal were to
    • humbler than I, I owe my existence!’ And in the human kingdom too, it
    • into Hell. Then we learn, while looking upon our body as something
    • working of the spiritual in the physical world. Thus we can also
    • thinking, and willing, and in your work — then the light which we
  • Title: Lecture: The Origin of Speech and Language
    Matching lines:
    • plant, and animal kingdoms was also touched upon, and this then led
    • that it is essentially a process of taking in substances that are
    • as old as I am. The discovery I am speaking of is the following.
    • from speaking.
    • you only need to imagine that we have the habit of making certain
    • gestures while speaking, such as Ah! (corresponding gesture);
    • speaking are experienced by the left side of the brain.
    • getting their entire brain confused through making them write with
    • pedagogically speaking, you would achieve the very opposite of what
    • of making people do the same thing both with the right and the left
    • look at the clock to see if we must start working or if it is time to
  • Title: Lecture: The Origin of Speech and Language
    Matching lines:
    • plant, and animal kingdoms was also touched upon, and this then led
    • that it is essentially a process of taking in substances that are
    • as old as I am. The discovery I am speaking of is the following.
    • from speaking.
    • you only need to imagine that we have the habit of making certain
    • gestures while speaking, such as Ah! (corresponding gesture);
    • speaking are experienced by the left side of the brain.
    • getting their entire brain confused through making them write with
    • pedagogically speaking, you would achieve the very opposite of what
    • of making people do the same thing both with the right and the left
    • look at the clock to see if we must start working or if it is time to
  • Title: The Occult Basis of Music
    Matching lines:
    • indeed clear and striking. He assigns to music a quite special place
    • Life is a sorry business, and through thinking I try to make it
    • illusory pictures. When in this way man perceives the working of the
    • of musical sounds. Music is thus intimately related to the working of
    • on a much more orderly character; on waking, he feels as though he
    • and on waking he remembers that he has been active within it.
    • world back with him into waking life. Then he sees the astral bodies
    • kingdoms of nature are the letters of the alphabet, and Man is the
    • and for working on his physical body he needs forces from the higher
    • etheric body. Although on waking in the morning he is not conscious of
  • Title: The Occult Basis of Music
    Matching lines:
    • indeed clear and striking. He assigns to music a quite special place
    • Life is a sorry business, and through thinking I try to make it
    • illusory pictures. When in this way man perceives the working of the
    • of musical sounds. Music is thus intimately related to the working of
    • on a much more orderly character; on waking, he feels as though he
    • and on waking he remembers that he has been active within it.
    • world back with him into waking life. Then he sees the astral bodies
    • kingdoms of nature are the letters of the alphabet, and Man is the
    • and for working on his physical body he needs forces from the higher
    • etheric body. Although on waking in the morning he is not conscious of
  • Title: Youth in an Age of Light
    Matching lines:
    • understand the question which a genuinely seeking human being puts to
    • pre-history. I do not like speaking about times of transition; there
    • able to behold an immensely significant spiritual movement taking its
    • approaching the great questions of today. We cannot always be asking
    • join with others; they are looking in others for the human being. This
    • they were seeking came to fill their community; and they became even
  • Title: Youth in an Age of Light
    Matching lines:
    • understand the question which a genuinely seeking human being puts to
    • pre-history. I do not like speaking about times of transition; there
    • able to behold an immensely significant spiritual movement taking its
    • approaching the great questions of today. We cannot always be asking
    • join with others; they are looking in others for the human being. This
    • they were seeking came to fill their community; and they became even
  • Title: The Sense-Organs and Aesthetic Experience
    Matching lines:
    • imaginative way of looking at things that was characteristic of Old
    • the emergence of soul-powers which have the character of thinking,
    • thinking, feeling and willing as they normally are on earth, but
    • thinking back into the Old Moon, not to the extent of having visions,
    • working only as ordinary life-processes belonging to the physical
    • organ for understanding Aristotle was lacking. The phrase has been
    • have to add the spiritual to a thinking that remains in the realm of
    • thinking. What is the use of speaking of freedom where this necessity
    • one come upon matter without spirit. Thinking remains mere thinking
    • point is that our thinking must be brought into line with reality,
    • comprehension of the world into untruth. There is always this forking
    • opposite — a thinking that is not in accord with reality.
    • materialistic thinking; but, as in many other cases, the outcome of
    • materialistic thinking can work to the benefit of the human faculties
    • had not developed the kind of thinking we have today. The Greeks were
    • not possessed of the purely abstract thinking we have, and need to
    • thinking, but with truth.
  • Title: The Sense-Organs and Aesthetic Experience
    Matching lines:
    • imaginative way of looking at things that was characteristic of Old
    • the emergence of soul-powers which have the character of thinking,
    • thinking, feeling and willing as they normally are on earth, but
    • thinking back into the Old Moon, not to the extent of having visions,
    • working only as ordinary life-processes belonging to the physical
    • organ for understanding Aristotle was lacking. The phrase has been
    • have to add the spiritual to a thinking that remains in the realm of
    • thinking. What is the use of speaking of freedom where this necessity
    • one come upon matter without spirit. Thinking remains mere thinking
    • point is that our thinking must be brought into line with reality,
    • comprehension of the world into untruth. There is always this forking
    • opposite — a thinking that is not in accord with reality.
    • materialistic thinking; but, as in many other cases, the outcome of
    • materialistic thinking can work to the benefit of the human faculties
    • had not developed the kind of thinking we have today. The Greeks were
    • not possessed of the purely abstract thinking we have, and need to
    • thinking, but with truth.
  • Title: A Turning-Point in Modern History
    Matching lines:
    • much greater change in ways of thinking than is generally appreciated.
    • much more deeply. It can sometimes be heartbreaking how little the
    • Looking back before the nineteenth century to the end of the
    • impulse working in Schiller when he wrote his Letters on the
    • working in a sense-perceptible medium. And he would produce something
    • interpretations. They are headed by the Golden King, who represents
    • (not symbolises) wisdom, the Silver King who represents beautiful
    • appearance, the Bronze King, who represents power, and Love who crowns
    • way of looking at things, developed by Schiller in an abstract
    • do we find no trace of the peculiar way of thinking we are impelled to
    • thinking, and a man who had spiritualised instincts, such as Goethe
    • the structure of society. Looking at the French Revolution, he writes
    • way of thinking about the best social conditions is equally powerless.
    • them. That is no way of making progress. Progress can be made when
    • Spiritual Science re-inaugurates this way of looking at things. It
    • spiritual life. Now we can see a trend towards making these three
    • abstract thinking on the other, particularly in relation to the social
    • undertaking concerned with production is unhealthy when managed by the
    • undertakings into the realm which should be responsible only for the
    • in this present time, where earnestness is knocking most solemnly at
  • Title: A Turning-Point in Modern History
    Matching lines:
    • much greater change in ways of thinking than is generally appreciated.
    • much more deeply. It can sometimes be heartbreaking how little the
    • Looking back before the nineteenth century to the end of the
    • impulse working in Schiller when he wrote his Letters on the
    • working in a sense-perceptible medium. And he would produce something
    • interpretations. They are headed by the Golden King, who represents
    • (not symbolises) wisdom, the Silver King who represents beautiful
    • appearance, the Bronze King, who represents power, and Love who crowns
    • way of looking at things, developed by Schiller in an abstract
    • do we find no trace of the peculiar way of thinking we are impelled to
    • thinking, and a man who had spiritualised instincts, such as Goethe
    • the structure of society. Looking at the French Revolution, he writes
    • way of thinking about the best social conditions is equally powerless.
    • them. That is no way of making progress. Progress can be made when
    • Spiritual Science re-inaugurates this way of looking at things. It
    • spiritual life. Now we can see a trend towards making these three
    • abstract thinking on the other, particularly in relation to the social
    • undertaking concerned with production is unhealthy when managed by the
    • undertakings into the realm which should be responsible only for the
    • in this present time, where earnestness is knocking most solemnly at
  • Title: Elemental Beings and Human Destinies
    Matching lines:
    • relatively speaking, self-dependent. We have within the human being
    • roughly speaking, the breast system — is connected with the
    • the system and organisation of the limbs. Relatively speaking, these
    • them in the following way. In ordinary waking life Man is fully awake
    • thinking and ideas. Everything connected with the life of feeling
    • waking life with a life of dreams. What goes on in the sphere of
    • contains within it thinking, feeling and willing. In the head system
    • periods of about seven years in length. Roughly speaking, the first is
    • see them working together with the rhythmic system indirectly through
    • the influences and workings of these elemental beings. Man spreads out
    • elemental beings from the Elf King's realm intervene in the destiny of
    • THE ELF KING'S DAUGHTER
    • Elf King's daughter amidst them is seen.
    • For Elf King's daughter did I see.”
    • plant and animal kingdoms — in the very same way do we live with
    • of taking note of external nature in a more objective way. Earlier, he
    • year. This is one of the most striking ‘returns’ — this
    • events which comes back in a striking manner. The same observation can
    • Babylonian kingdoms, of the ancient Persian and Egyptian kingdoms and
    • you will find no mention of the continued working of the Christ
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Elemental Beings and Human Destinies
    Matching lines:
    • relatively speaking, self-dependent. We have within the human being
    • roughly speaking, the breast system — is connected with the
    • the system and organisation of the limbs. Relatively speaking, these
    • them in the following way. In ordinary waking life Man is fully awake
    • thinking and ideas. Everything connected with the life of feeling
    • waking life with a life of dreams. What goes on in the sphere of
    • contains within it thinking, feeling and willing. In the head system
    • periods of about seven years in length. Roughly speaking, the first is
    • see them working together with the rhythmic system indirectly through
    • the influences and workings of these elemental beings. Man spreads out
    • elemental beings from the Elf King's realm intervene in the destiny of
    • THE ELF KING'S DAUGHTER
    • Elf King's daughter amidst them is seen.
    • For Elf King's daughter did I see.”
    • plant and animal kingdoms — in the very same way do we live with
    • of taking note of external nature in a more objective way. Earlier, he
    • year. This is one of the most striking ‘returns’ — this
    • events which comes back in a striking manner. The same observation can
    • Babylonian kingdoms, of the ancient Persian and Egyptian kingdoms and
    • you will find no mention of the continued working of the Christ
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man, Offspring of the World of Stars
    Matching lines:
    • it were from the objects themselves. In this respect Goethe's thinking
    • ’ to himself, he experiences a force that is working within him,
    • and the Greek, as he felt the working of this inner force, related it
    • forces which are also working but in a different way. The Moon forces
    • Moon forces are working, for instance, in the shaping and moulding of
    • forces. Metabolism is primarily an outcome of the working of Earth
    • but for all that they are still working from outside.
    • drinking. But within the organism they are received into the realm of
    • astral body in which the influence of Sun and Moon are working. But
    • directions of cosmic space are also working in the human organism. The
    • influences working upon that part of the human organism which lies
    • above the heart — speaking very roughly, for it would be
    • body — this is due to an irregularity in the working of the
    • working in us nowadays. Naturally the Saturn forces work in us, just
    • they are caused by an irregular working of the Saturn forces.
    • active in thinking.
    • the thinking faculty, and Jupiter is responsible for permeating the
    • The development of the faculty of thinking takes place essentially
    • Just as Jupiter has to do with thinking, so has Mars to do with speech.
    • Jupiter:    thinking.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man, Offspring of the World of Stars
    Matching lines:
    • it were from the objects themselves. In this respect Goethe's thinking
    • ’ to himself, he experiences a force that is working within him,
    • and the Greek, as he felt the working of this inner force, related it
    • forces which are also working but in a different way. The Moon forces
    • Moon forces are working, for instance, in the shaping and moulding of
    • forces. Metabolism is primarily an outcome of the working of Earth
    • but for all that they are still working from outside.
    • drinking. But within the organism they are received into the realm of
    • astral body in which the influence of Sun and Moon are working. But
    • directions of cosmic space are also working in the human organism. The
    • influences working upon that part of the human organism which lies
    • above the heart — speaking very roughly, for it would be
    • body — this is due to an irregularity in the working of the
    • working in us nowadays. Naturally the Saturn forces work in us, just
    • they are caused by an irregular working of the Saturn forces.
    • active in thinking.
    • the thinking faculty, and Jupiter is responsible for permeating the
    • The development of the faculty of thinking takes place essentially
    • Just as Jupiter has to do with thinking, so has Mars to do with speech.
    • Jupiter:    thinking.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Ear
    Matching lines:
    • by your walking — whether you go out to do good deeds or bad
    • — taking always the moral colouring, the moral quality of it
    • find ourselves by looking away from the outer world and concentrating
    • by looking away from what is within us — that is to say, from the
    • breathe in to fill ourselves with life. Then in a manner of speaking
    • ‘ear’ that reaches downward, into the apparatus of walking
    • are born not yet orientated for walking. If we retained the
    • think. For we are born in truth unorientated for walking and standing,
    • have seen, our bodily faculties: Walking, Speaking, Singing and
    • Thinking (for it is only prejudice to imagine that thought on the
    • earth is a spiritual faculty; our earthly thinking is essentially
    • bound to the physical body, just as our walking is) — these
    • Walking, Speaking, Singing, Thinking: we have the transformations of
    • that alone as science which speaks only to the head; but speaking only
    • the Imaginative thinking with the ordinary thinking. Then we can
    • You see, therefore, that Imaginative thinking is already related to
    • Good is lacking to him he is crippled in soul and spirit. Transform
  • Title: Lecture: The Ear
    Matching lines:
    • by your walking — whether you go out to do good deeds or bad
    • — taking always the moral colouring, the moral quality of it
    • find ourselves by looking away from the outer world and concentrating
    • by looking away from what is within us — that is to say, from the
    • breathe in to fill ourselves with life. Then in a manner of speaking
    • ‘ear’ that reaches downward, into the apparatus of walking
    • are born not yet orientated for walking. If we retained the
    • think. For we are born in truth unorientated for walking and standing,
    • have seen, our bodily faculties: Walking, Speaking, Singing and
    • Thinking (for it is only prejudice to imagine that thought on the
    • earth is a spiritual faculty; our earthly thinking is essentially
    • bound to the physical body, just as our walking is) — these
    • Walking, Speaking, Singing, Thinking: we have the transformations of
    • that alone as science which speaks only to the head; but speaking only
    • the Imaginative thinking with the ordinary thinking. Then we can
    • You see, therefore, that Imaginative thinking is already related to
    • Good is lacking to him he is crippled in soul and spirit. Transform
  • Title: Lecture: The Work of Secret Societies in the World
    Matching lines:
    • kingdoms as future soul-content of man, resting on the law of
    • IN a series of lectures I have been speaking about occult
    • people who, to all appearances, are not working for themselves; and yet in
    • reality are. A lawyer, for example, is to all intents and purposes working
    • obtained from the mineral kingdom? You are inculcating human spirit into
    • to the objective world without asking for honour or for the preservation of
    • adheres to the delusion of thinking that what is a mere concern of the
    • yourselves what is now the mineral kingdom and it will become part of your
    • inner being; similarly the plant kingdom. What surrounds you in nature will
    • Freemasons. When the Freemason was working with his fellow-builders, he
    • nature that surrounds us in the kingdoms of the minerals, plants and
    • four kingdoms of nature, of which man is one. To bring spirit into the
    • result of involution and evolution. Involution is the in-taking, evolution
    • be inaccessible to certain methods of working. — A man standing here,
    • undertakings, and so forth. And by adopting certain measures it will
  • Title: Lecture: The Work of Secret Societies in the World
    Matching lines:
    • kingdoms as future soul-content of man, resting on the law of
    • IN a series of lectures I have been speaking about occult
    • people who, to all appearances, are not working for themselves; and yet in
    • reality are. A lawyer, for example, is to all intents and purposes working
    • obtained from the mineral kingdom? You are inculcating human spirit into
    • to the objective world without asking for honour or for the preservation of
    • adheres to the delusion of thinking that what is a mere concern of the
    • yourselves what is now the mineral kingdom and it will become part of your
    • inner being; similarly the plant kingdom. What surrounds you in nature will
    • Freemasons. When the Freemason was working with his fellow-builders, he
    • nature that surrounds us in the kingdoms of the minerals, plants and
    • four kingdoms of nature, of which man is one. To bring spirit into the
    • result of involution and evolution. Involution is the in-taking, evolution
    • be inaccessible to certain methods of working. — A man standing here,
    • undertakings, and so forth. And by adopting certain measures it will
  • Title: Lecture: Concealed Aspects of Human Existence: Appendix
    Matching lines:
    • connected with the lecture itself. Pardon me for speaking of my own
    • there is no center. But for this center the right heart is lacking
    • Goetheanum. But the right heart for this is really lacking, my dear
    • point of making such a statement, for one who does this without being
    • Society, a will displaying less and less enthusiasm for making the
  • Title: Lecture: Concealed Aspects of Human Existence
    Matching lines:
    • the waking life depends first of all upon the fact that this feeling
    • feelings during the waking hours of the day.
    • waking life. And these instructions, which were expressed by the
    • develop religion during waking life. If this religion is developed
    • during the waking life — and it was developed through the
    • souls and thus they carry these experiences over into the waking life
    • have during the night has its aftereffect in the waking life. It has
    • state over into their waking life, and this will principally
    • during the waking hours of the day, it is essential that we carry into
    • so necessary for our waking life.
    • has this experience in the night between falling asleep and waking up.
    • with the fixed stars into his waking life in order to have the
    • one with them. When we spoke of our inner self we were really speaking
    • We can say, therefore, when we are looking from any region here on
    • I am still speaking of the etheric cosmos alone; the physical aspect
    • more convinced of the fact that all present-day thinking concerning
  • Title: The Nature and Origin of the Arts
    Matching lines:
    • rock-like structure, after making him as little as
    • picture-making faculty in the souls of men. But because this
    • again — not shrinking for the moment from the sacrifice
    • figure that did not strive downwards from above, seeking to
  • Title: The Nature and Origin of the Arts
    Matching lines:
    • rock-like structure, after making him as little as
    • picture-making faculty in the souls of men. But because this
    • again — not shrinking for the moment from the sacrifice
    • figure that did not strive downwards from above, seeking to
  • Title: Lecture: Theosophy and Tolstoy
    Matching lines:
    • manifestations of life, and fundamentally speaking, all naturalists do
    • family or race ... but everywhere he is looking for the soul, for
    • in the same way. He portrays the simple, straightforward workings of
    • soul, at the very core of his thinking and feeling. He strove to
    • fathom this riddle, seeking for life wherever it encountered him.
    • built out of this as the result of the working of chemical and
    • mode of thinking cannot grasp it in the broad outlines of simple
    • Seek not the kingdom of God in outer manifestations — in the
    • something more than mere speaking. With his speaking he must combine
  • Title: Lecture: Theosophy and Tolstoy
    Matching lines:
    • manifestations of life, and fundamentally speaking, all naturalists do
    • family or race ... but everywhere he is looking for the soul, for
    • in the same way. He portrays the simple, straightforward workings of
    • soul, at the very core of his thinking and feeling. He strove to
    • fathom this riddle, seeking for life wherever it encountered him.
    • built out of this as the result of the working of chemical and
    • mode of thinking cannot grasp it in the broad outlines of simple
    • Seek not the kingdom of God in outer manifestations — in the
    • something more than mere speaking. With his speaking he must combine
  • Title: Lecture: Prayer
    Matching lines:
    • us the legacy of our past doing, feeling and thinking. We are
    • souls, and we shall see there something bigger seeking to
    • looking back over the past, our feelings assert themselves in
    • grows beyond itself. When, in looking back over the past, the
    • overcome the feeling by asking itself clearly how it can make
    • edict or arbitrary decision lacking foundation. It is the
    • embraces past, present and future. Because to live looking
    • live in anxiety over what the future may bring, still lacking
    • training for what they were seeking in mystic contemplation.
    • cleverness it created by its own thinking. What it brought
    • into being by its thinking and feelings, the ideals to which
    • possibility of feeling and thinking that we cannot attain by
    • be God. If we approach the spiritual world by seeking God
    • kingdoms of the world with this instrument, and then we shall
    • working actively in accordance with external laws of
    • No one, however, will seek the working of spirit in the
    • working, but it is easy to deny them when we shut our eyes to
  • Title: Lecture: Prayer
    Matching lines:
    • us the legacy of our past doing, feeling and thinking. We are
    • souls, and we shall see there something bigger seeking to
    • looking back over the past, our feelings assert themselves in
    • grows beyond itself. When, in looking back over the past, the
    • overcome the feeling by asking itself clearly how it can make
    • edict or arbitrary decision lacking foundation. It is the
    • embraces past, present and future. Because to live looking
    • live in anxiety over what the future may bring, still lacking
    • training for what they were seeking in mystic contemplation.
    • cleverness it created by its own thinking. What it brought
    • into being by its thinking and feelings, the ideals to which
    • possibility of feeling and thinking that we cannot attain by
    • be God. If we approach the spiritual world by seeking God
    • kingdoms of the world with this instrument, and then we shall
    • working actively in accordance with external laws of
    • No one, however, will seek the working of spirit in the
    • working, but it is easy to deny them when we shut our eyes to
  • Title: Lecture: The Migrations of the Races
    Matching lines:
    • of Jesus, “The kingdom of God cometh not with observation,
    • neither shall they say, Lo here, or Lo there, for behold the kingdom
    • One of the kings had a daughter, Mandane,
    • working together with Alba Longa, the priestly State, had brought Rome
    • of Initiation. It was now a matter of making him into the highest
    • hold of, and becomes the principle making all men equal before God.
    • existing forms, taking the form of the law from the theocratic State,
    • Judaism, Kingdom of God, Knights Templar, Lemurian, Manu, Medes,
    • Kingdom of God,
  • Title: Lecture: The Migrations of the Races
    Matching lines:
    • of Jesus, “The kingdom of God cometh not with observation,
    • neither shall they say, Lo here, or Lo there, for behold the kingdom
    • One of the kings had a daughter, Mandane,
    • working together with Alba Longa, the priestly State, had brought Rome
    • of Initiation. It was now a matter of making him into the highest
    • hold of, and becomes the principle making all men equal before God.
    • existing forms, taking the form of the law from the theocratic State,
    • Judaism, Kingdom of God, Knights Templar, Lemurian, Manu, Medes,
    • Kingdom of God,
  • Title: Supersensible Man: Contents
    Matching lines:
    • in their interworking between Earth and Cosmos; he sees them at work
    • sees them too in the hidden working of human destiny. Becoming thus
  • Title: Supersensible Man: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • Something is, however, speaking to men to-day, even if they do not
    • speaking to them to-day in clear and unmistakable tones, urging them
    • substances and forces, we have, truly speaking, no science which
    • of religious tradition, that the thinking, feeling and willing of man
    • who are seeking knowledge.
    • — this curiously formed planet, looking like a globe surrounded
    • Suppose we are looking at Saturn, the planet that has the longest way
    • gives a picture. Looking now at all the planets together in this way
    • remembering what we do and experience is lacking, we are not in good
    • Archangels and Angels, are working and weaving at this cosmic
    • away to the formative working and weaving of the planets. In what the
    • recognise our own human form. And working and weaving through it all
    • make up the human form the working and weaving of the Third Hierarchy.
    • Beings of the Second Hierarchy are looking downwards, towards Earth.
    • In their work upon the blood system they are looking upwards. Both the
    • working and weaving together in the Cosmos; finally, Beings of the
    • animal kingdoms and also what the physical human kingdom accomplishes
    • where the Sun is working. It is where the spine begins to show a
  • Title: Supersensible Man: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • been speaking. Life consists, in this period, in learning to know
    • spirit-form, making it thus perceptible to Imaginative vision. This
    • possibility than to employ earthly language. But we are speaking here
    • all that is taking place between the souls of men and the Beings of
    • with the eyes of the soul, which we have after death, looking upon it
    • speaking spiritually — in the Sun, he has himself become a
    • we begin to see mighty changes taking place in those with whom we were
    • When we look with physical eyes at someone who is walking, we see how
    • On Earth the sight of a human being walking past one without head or
    • degree in which they belong together, souls unite in working at the
    • upon each other. And through this working together, spiritual kinships
    • incarnation comes into being as a result of the working together of
    • away), when there is this working together, dependent always on the
    • looks into his inner nature, knowing the while that the sure working
    • other than an interworking between them and Beings of the higher
    • imperceptible; it is also not physical. True, it manifests its working
    • leg from the ground, it is heavy, the force of gravity is working upon
  • Title: Supersensible Man: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • universe changes. The faculty of thinking, especially that abstract
    • thinking by which men set so much store on Earth, is by no means
    • is quite useless there. We have to leave behind us the thinking of
    • thinking must be left behind. The further we pass out into the
    • King of Spain who was once shown a map of the stars and their
    • speaking to-day — the great primeval Teachers of the human race.
    • factors were working together. When in his existence between death and
    • hundred years old. The fact that these influences are working in our
    • to the domain of Mars. The strongest cosmic influence working upon
    • “sense” it taking place. Most of us cannot unravel its
    • of which we have been speaking; but what I am now going to say is of
    • the Cosmos impulses which were not working with the same strength in
    • looking down at the earthly world. If it were not so, the earthly
  • Title: Supersensible Man: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • time; and as man's thinking and ideation have necessarily to be in
    • tries with ordinary thinking to determine, for instance, what is
    • as it were, of all the interworking of the starry worlds. For this
    • working together of the stars, which is at the same time an expression
    • of the working together of the Spiritual Beings that are in these
    • — the harmonies and melodies born from the inter-workings of the
    • making a halt, staying there. “D” is the same, but has a
    • gestures that correspond to them. In making the gestures, the
    • through the workings of the higher Hierarchies? So much for man's
    • among the mineral, plant and animal kingdoms.
    • human being working upon another, in accord too with the Beings of the
    • speaking, each single human head is seen to be a wonderful world,
    • looking upon the life of man between death and a new birth is a sense
    • dull, consciousness during waking life is clear, consciousness after
  • Title: Supersensible Man: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • the life of the senses, making us feel that it is, after all, of
    • that there is an inferior way of taking the life of the senses
    • permeates it with the human soul itself, making this hard rocky
    • abstract, theoretical expressions. We cannot help speaking a language
    • clothed in words without making will and feeling one with the thoughts
    • when, through Imagination, we understand the working of the
    • true measure of our thinking. Having once taken hold in this way of
    • the Earth's memories, we feel how our thinking is bound up with the
    • working together with us between death and rebirth at the
    • Hierarchy are around us, just as on Earth the three or four kingdoms
    • Earth, clothing himself in a physical, human body and partaking in the
    • satisfied with speaking in an abstract manner of the wonderful
    • hid. We hear the Beings of the Second Hierarchy speaking of the nature
    • body. But suppose we are looking at a metal that is passing, under the
    • the faculties of speaking and thinking begin to unfold in a little
    • see the formative forces working calmly and quietly within him.
    • of the universe! Then the faculties of speaking and thinking begin to
    • behold also their working wherever fire has part in the process of
    • the unfolding of the child's faculties of walking, speaking and
    • thinking. But everywhere the Beings of the First Hierarchy work and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Three Stages of Sleep
    Matching lines:
    • WAKING
    • not unveiled. If this waking consciousness, as it serves us for
    • waking condition of consciousness, something is concealed, and
    • walking along a road and comes to a mountain. He passes into a
    • it has lasted until the time of waking.
    • waking life.
    • what is consciously experienced on waking. The pictures in
    • falling asleep and awaking. Between falling asleep and awaking
    • the body with their soul and lose consciousness. On waking they
    • waking life, they can now say: ‘The Earth has
    • existing kinds. When human beings consider their waking
    • consciousness they can distinguish between thinking, feeling
    • and willing. But just as the waking consciousness has these
    • falling asleep and awaking people are not always in the same
    • condition any more than they are during the period of waking
    • consciousness. A person is awake when thinking or feeling or
    • two other conditions of the life of sleep, just as in waking
    • Thinking, the possession of thoughts, corresponds in sleep to
    • from which nothing can be brought into the waking life of the
    • person can bring back something into the waking life through
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Three Stages of Sleep
    Matching lines:
    • WAKING
    • not unveiled. If this waking consciousness, as it serves us for
    • waking condition of consciousness, something is concealed, and
    • walking along a road and comes to a mountain. He passes into a
    • it has lasted until the time of waking.
    • waking life.
    • what is consciously experienced on waking. The pictures in
    • falling asleep and awaking. Between falling asleep and awaking
    • the body with their soul and lose consciousness. On waking they
    • waking life, they can now say: ‘The Earth has
    • existing kinds. When human beings consider their waking
    • consciousness they can distinguish between thinking, feeling
    • and willing. But just as the waking consciousness has these
    • falling asleep and awaking people are not always in the same
    • condition any more than they are during the period of waking
    • consciousness. A person is awake when thinking or feeling or
    • two other conditions of the life of sleep, just as in waking
    • Thinking, the possession of thoughts, corresponds in sleep to
    • from which nothing can be brought into the waking life of the
    • person can bring back something into the waking life through
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Theory of Categories / Kategorienlehre
    Matching lines:
    • Hegel). There we recognized thinking as the capacity, to
    • only really speak of thinking, when it takes its course in
    • in all true conceptual thinking we relate ourselves to the
    • behind our thinking soul there stands the super-sensible
    • thinking men are in general quite unclear as to this. When I
    • connection with the observation as follows: when in walking
    • observation calls forth the thinking, and it is only this
    • demand at the same time that it should renounce all thinking.
    • For thinking, according to its nature, transcends what is
    • concept of WERDEN then, we are thinking of nothing else than
    • is a splendid schooling for thinking.
    • projected into reality in thinking.
    • WESEN, then we are speaking of WIRKLICHKEIT (Reality). No man
    • otherwise than by thinking therein of APPEARANCE penetrated
    • speaking about the world must be permeated by those concepts
    • the concept can go out. Then we are speaking of a concept
    • working concept, we come here to objectivity. As appearance
  • Title: The Theory of Categories / Kategorienlehre
    Matching lines:
    • Hegel). There we recognized thinking as the capacity, to
    • only really speak of thinking, when it takes its course in
    • in all true conceptual thinking we relate ourselves to the
    • behind our thinking soul there stands the super-sensible
    • thinking men are in general quite unclear as to this. When I
    • connection with the observation as follows: when in walking
    • observation calls forth the thinking, and it is only this
    • demand at the same time that it should renounce all thinking.
    • For thinking, according to its nature, transcends what is
    • concept of WERDEN then, we are thinking of nothing else than
    • is a splendid schooling for thinking.
    • projected into reality in thinking.
    • WESEN, then we are speaking of WIRKLICHKEIT (Reality). No man
    • otherwise than by thinking therein of APPEARANCE penetrated
    • speaking about the world must be permeated by those concepts
    • the concept can go out. Then we are speaking of a concept
    • working concept, we come here to objectivity. As appearance
  • Title: The Cosmic Word and Individual Man
    Matching lines:
    • was cultivated in the ancient Mysteries. Looking at this etheric body,
    • if, through the influence of light during the waking period, the eye
    • into the interior of man's organism. If one is looking at some shining
    • one observes the waking human being, one sees the etheric body in
    • have said during the day, from waking to falling asleep — but in
    • inwardly, from evening to morning, in the resounding, speaking,
    • individualised Logos. And this resounding, speaking, individualised
    • Looking at this still more closely, using the same methods through
    • — seeking the ultimate reality, behind what is fundamentally
    • Thirdly — in this attempt to exercise the art of seeking the
    • ultimate reality. It is a working and flowing and weaving together of
    • streaming, flowing, resounding, speaking activity, and form the human
    • being lives on earth, alternating between waking and sleeping. During
    • waking, although his soul is woven into the activity of Exusiai,
    • talking either of Matter or of what is called Spirit in the ordinary
    • between one Monad and another — or at most by tacking on an
    • take hold of Thinking, Feeling, and Willing in the astral body, as
    • In our human Thinking there lives the activity of the Angels.
    • And in what is revealed in waking life through human movement of the
    • Archai, Archangels, and Angels, which are reflected in the waking
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Cosmic Word and Individual Man
    Matching lines:
    • was cultivated in the ancient Mysteries. Looking at this etheric body,
    • if, through the influence of light during the waking period, the eye
    • into the interior of man's organism. If one is looking at some shining
    • one observes the waking human being, one sees the etheric body in
    • have said during the day, from waking to falling asleep — but in
    • inwardly, from evening to morning, in the resounding, speaking,
    • individualised Logos. And this resounding, speaking, individualised
    • Looking at this still more closely, using the same methods through
    • — seeking the ultimate reality, behind what is fundamentally
    • Thirdly — in this attempt to exercise the art of seeking the
    • ultimate reality. It is a working and flowing and weaving together of
    • streaming, flowing, resounding, speaking activity, and form the human
    • being lives on earth, alternating between waking and sleeping. During
    • waking, although his soul is woven into the activity of Exusiai,
    • talking either of Matter or of what is called Spirit in the ordinary
    • between one Monad and another — or at most by tacking on an
    • take hold of Thinking, Feeling, and Willing in the astral body, as
    • In our human Thinking there lives the activity of the Angels.
    • And in what is revealed in waking life through human movement of the
    • Archai, Archangels, and Angels, which are reflected in the waking
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Human Soul and the Universe
    Matching lines:
    • Angels. So therefore we may say in simple language, and speaking in
    • every occasion, between sleeping and waking. With simple country
    • waking state, of our connection with the Spiritual world, is an
    • waking conscious life, through absorbing the ideas and conceptions of
    • experience in his waking life the after-effects of the meeting with
    • taking place in the earth; for man, together with the earth, takes
    • comes still closer to us. Indeed, roughly speaking, in a sense He
    • religious life, as, objectively speaking, it certainly is —
    • people of the present day, although the latter, in speaking of such
    • might be described from that from which we are speaking today, and we might
    • hand be gradually able to strengthen our waking life too. We shall
    • when — symbolically speaking — it constantly permeates and
  • Title: Lecture: The Human Soul and the Universe
    Matching lines:
    • Angels. So therefore we may say in simple language, and speaking in
    • every occasion, between sleeping and waking. With simple country
    • waking state, of our connection with the Spiritual world, is an
    • waking conscious life, through absorbing the ideas and conceptions of
    • experience in his waking life the after-effects of the meeting with
    • taking place in the earth; for man, together with the earth, takes
    • comes still closer to us. Indeed, roughly speaking, in a sense He
    • religious life, as, objectively speaking, it certainly is —
    • people of the present day, although the latter, in speaking of such
    • might be described from that from which we are speaking today, and we might
    • hand be gradually able to strengthen our waking life too. We shall
    • when — symbolically speaking — it constantly permeates and
  • Title: Preface: The Foundation Stone Meditation
    Matching lines:
    • human being, as a being of willing, feeling and thinking. A
    • but also in the realm of thinking, the calm reposing head.
    • soul may attune itself to the reception of universal thinking
    • Light from universal thinking pours in to stir the will forces which
    • action, and deeds of love emerge through ennobled thinking. This may
    • by means of thinking. The universal thought is ever present, awaiting
    • accomplish this. Parsifal could become the Grail King only when he
    • great rulers — Kings with golden wisdom. Now all might meet in
  • Title: Meditation: The Foundation Stone Meditation
    Matching lines:
    • The wise heads of Kings.
  • Title: The Foundation Stone Meditation
    Matching lines:
    • The wise kings' heads.
    • By thinking
    • hierarchies by making the salutation more abstract. He wanted this
  • Title: Lecture: The Tasks and Aims of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • carried on, we are making it more and more possible for those who join
    • thinking and not simply want, out of curiosity, to develop those
    • human thinking into the sphere of earth-evolution. For this reason
    • super-sensible world and must make its appeal to the reasoned thinking
    • may not be much of a thinker, his thinking may indeed be quite
    • is of no use for looking back to-day. You once had this clairvoyance.
    • thinking, the power of discrimination, which are the special faculties
    • power of discrimination, of logical thinking, he cannot remember a
    • have mastered the faculty of logical thinking. That is not so! Why
    • pistol; they will appear in a different way. Take a non-thinking,
    • visionary clairvoyant and a thinking, visionary clairvoyant. They may
    • The non-thinking clairvoyant sees this or that phenomenon of the
    • spiritual world. The thinking clairvoyant does not see it yet, but
    • revelation comes to him at the same moment as to the non-thinking
    • non-thinking clairvoyant sees the phenomenon at once, the thinking
    • as it was; all he can do is to describe it. But the thinking
    • have been acquired by clairvoyance combined with clear thinking. He
    • spiritual world. The thinking clairvoyant has acquired them, and
    • theosophist to a clairvoyant theosophist can become clear by thinking
    • But two non-thinking persons, of whom one is clairvoyant and the other
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Tasks and Aims of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • carried on, we are making it more and more possible for those who join
    • thinking and not simply want, out of curiosity, to develop those
    • human thinking into the sphere of earth-evolution. For this reason
    • super-sensible world and must make its appeal to the reasoned thinking
    • may not be much of a thinker, his thinking may indeed be quite
    • is of no use for looking back to-day. You once had this clairvoyance.
    • thinking, the power of discrimination, which are the special faculties
    • power of discrimination, of logical thinking, he cannot remember a
    • have mastered the faculty of logical thinking. That is not so! Why
    • pistol; they will appear in a different way. Take a non-thinking,
    • visionary clairvoyant and a thinking, visionary clairvoyant. They may
    • The non-thinking clairvoyant sees this or that phenomenon of the
    • spiritual world. The thinking clairvoyant does not see it yet, but
    • revelation comes to him at the same moment as to the non-thinking
    • non-thinking clairvoyant sees the phenomenon at once, the thinking
    • as it was; all he can do is to describe it. But the thinking
    • have been acquired by clairvoyance combined with clear thinking. He
    • spiritual world. The thinking clairvoyant has acquired them, and
    • theosophist to a clairvoyant theosophist can become clear by thinking
    • But two non-thinking persons, of whom one is clairvoyant and the other
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The European Mysteries and Their Initiates
    Matching lines:
    • thinking, feeling and willing can be so trained that he can set out on
    • “Isis is seeking for the Being from whom she proceeded.” To
    • “Hu.” “Ceridwen” was the seeking soul. And all the
    • which men were initiated in the regions of which we are speaking.
    • human soul, or for a higher being, single members must be working
    • for instance, may resolve to develop principally the thinking faculty,
    • seeking and which is found in Initiation. Who slew Baldur? Those who
    • was something lacking in the spiritual world into which he entered. In
    • faculties live within his soul: thinking, feeling and willing. He has
    • of man is interwoven with thinking feeling and willing because before
    • thinking, feeling and willing, man changes his astral body into
    • were divided into three parts, and the Ego reigns as king over the
    • three. Whereas in ordinary circumstances the spheres of thinking,
    • thinking, a man of will, and the Ego, as king, rules over the three.
    • realises himself as king within the sacred Three. A man who is not
    • train. The seeking soul finds the spiritual world; the soul finds the
    • have gone the way of Parsifal, have become as kings looking down on
    • the three bodies. The Initiate says to himself: ‘I am king over
    • new hope and confidence. To modern thinking we shall more and more be
    • of materialistic thinking: “How ardently be grubs for treasures,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The European Mysteries and Their Initiates
    Matching lines:
    • thinking, feeling and willing can be so trained that he can set out on
    • “Isis is seeking for the Being from whom she proceeded.” To
    • “Hu.” “Ceridwen” was the seeking soul. And all the
    • which men were initiated in the regions of which we are speaking.
    • human soul, or for a higher being, single members must be working
    • for instance, may resolve to develop principally the thinking faculty,
    • seeking and which is found in Initiation. Who slew Baldur? Those who
    • was something lacking in the spiritual world into which he entered. In
    • faculties live within his soul: thinking, feeling and willing. He has
    • of man is interwoven with thinking feeling and willing because before
    • thinking, feeling and willing, man changes his astral body into
    • were divided into three parts, and the Ego reigns as king over the
    • three. Whereas in ordinary circumstances the spheres of thinking,
    • thinking, a man of will, and the Ego, as king, rules over the three.
    • realises himself as king within the sacred Three. A man who is not
    • train. The seeking soul finds the spiritual world; the soul finds the
    • have gone the way of Parsifal, have become as kings looking down on
    • the three bodies. The Initiate says to himself: ‘I am king over
    • new hope and confidence. To modern thinking we shall more and more be
    • of materialistic thinking: “How ardently be grubs for treasures,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: From Jesus to Christ (single lecture)
    Matching lines:
    • all that they must accustom themselves to another way of thinking.
    • so, physically speaking, there was really born through the processes
    • to feel His Presence, and I was in a state between waking and
    • there before. Such a method of thinking as is possible nowadays —
    • philosophers, the present mode of thinking was gradually prepared, and
    • again through an historical Event, i.e., by something actually taking
    • of the Mithraic Mysteries acquired through looking upon the Greatest
    • unreal in comparison with the ordinary way of looking at things, and
    • what was lacking in the whole of the nineteenth century researches on
  • Title: From Jesus to Christ (single lecture)
    Matching lines:
    • all that they must accustom themselves to another way of thinking.
    • so, physically speaking, there was really born through the processes
    • to feel His Presence, and I was in a state between waking and
    • there before. Such a method of thinking as is possible nowadays —
    • philosophers, the present mode of thinking was gradually prepared, and
    • again through an historical Event, i.e., by something actually taking
    • of the Mithraic Mysteries acquired through looking upon the Greatest
    • unreal in comparison with the ordinary way of looking at things, and
    • what was lacking in the whole of the nineteenth century researches on
  • Title: Christ and the Twentieth Century
    Matching lines:
    • before taking on a material existence, where he felt himself among
    • that there are indeed moments when epoch-making events occur —
    • conception), as taking place at the Baptism of Jesus of Nazareth by
    • John in Jordan, we have a picture of the breaking-in of something
    • Science venturing no further than the making of statements in
    • Since we are speaking of such recent occurrences, it is only
    • and you will see that our age, after much painstaking research into
    • is that the biblical documents are speaking of a God — whom,
    • as if outer, abstract ideas were taking root among peoples and
    • events of modern history were taking their course. It was intended to
    • Philosophy to-day insists upon seeking for causes in what is
    • existence. The Christ Impulse has redeemed mankind from sinking into
  • Title: Christ and the Twentieth Century
    Matching lines:
    • before taking on a material existence, where he felt himself among
    • that there are indeed moments when epoch-making events occur —
    • conception), as taking place at the Baptism of Jesus of Nazareth by
    • John in Jordan, we have a picture of the breaking-in of something
    • Science venturing no further than the making of statements in
    • Since we are speaking of such recent occurrences, it is only
    • and you will see that our age, after much painstaking research into
    • is that the biblical documents are speaking of a God — whom,
    • as if outer, abstract ideas were taking root among peoples and
    • events of modern history were taking their course. It was intended to
    • Philosophy to-day insists upon seeking for causes in what is
    • existence. The Christ Impulse has redeemed mankind from sinking into
  • Title: Lecture: Richard Wagner and Mysticism
    Matching lines:
    • speaking of Richard Wagner, I certainly do not mean to imply
    • definite ideas. Whether or not one is justified in speaking of it, is
    • are talking about, speak of music. The ‘Music of the Spheres’
    • deeper than the outer eye can perceive are working between one
    • when the air was becoming pure and clear and waking consciousness
    • who is working from spiritual worlds, for the position of an Initiate
    • word is brought forth to-day by the waves of air working through the
  • Title: Lecture: Richard Wagner and Mysticism
    Matching lines:
    • speaking of Richard Wagner, I certainly do not mean to imply
    • definite ideas. Whether or not one is justified in speaking of it, is
    • are talking about, speak of music. The ‘Music of the Spheres’
    • deeper than the outer eye can perceive are working between one
    • when the air was becoming pure and clear and waking consciousness
    • who is working from spiritual worlds, for the position of an Initiate
    • word is brought forth to-day by the waves of air working through the
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Wisdom in the Early Christian Centuries
    Matching lines:
    • the impulses living in Plato and Aristotle were working on and of
    • thinking are making their appearance. In Plato's time, thoughts
    • sixty heavenly Powers are working and weaving therein, sending forth
    • abstraction, albeit working on in the guise of revelation, took its
    • of Iamblichus of the spiritual forces working down into every animal
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Wisdom in the Early Christian Centuries
    Matching lines:
    • the impulses living in Plato and Aristotle were working on and of
    • thinking are making their appearance. In Plato's time, thoughts
    • sixty heavenly Powers are working and weaving therein, sending forth
    • abstraction, albeit working on in the guise of revelation, took its
    • of Iamblichus of the spiritual forces working down into every animal
  • Title: Lecture: The Crossing of the Threshold and the Social Organism
    Matching lines:
    • thinking grows more independent within the life of humanity, we
    • thinking can become sounder; we must moreover create a foundation
    • are taking place in the evolution of humanity. At present, people do
    • asleep to the moment of waking up!”
    • brotherliness, human love, thinking for others and not only for
    • ourselves, working for others and not only for ourselves — what
  • Title: Lecture: The Crossing of the Threshold and the Social Organism
    Matching lines:
    • thinking grows more independent within the life of humanity, we
    • thinking can become sounder; we must moreover create a foundation
    • are taking place in the evolution of humanity. At present, people do
    • asleep to the moment of waking up!”
    • brotherliness, human love, thinking for others and not only for
    • ourselves, working for others and not only for ourselves — what
  • Title: Lecture: The Weaving and Living Activity of the Human Etheric Bodies
    Matching lines:
    • transformed under the influence of the processes which were taking
    • of an Ego. The beings that belong to the other kingdoms of Nature,
    • kingdoms of Nature have received their stable forms through the
    • animal kingdom. Also the animal kingdom has its definite forms. It
    • the great difference between the forms of the animal kingdom and of
    • the kingdom of man! If we cast our gaze over the surface of the
    • individual human species; in the human kingdom, however, we cannot
    • the kingdom of man as that between a lion and a nightingale, we would
    • would have before you the whole animal kingdom! The etheric body
    • fundamental types the forms of the whole animal kingdom. In other
    • whole animal kingdom, which is simply held together by the form of
    • being bears within him, as a disposition, the whole animal kingdom.
    • From this standpoint, the animal kingdom differs from man only
    • Consequently, the animal kingdom is the expanded etheric body of
    • statement: “The animal kingdom is the human being,
    • human being bears within his etheric body the whole animal kingdom.
    • that the physical body holds together the whole animal kingdom, the
    • have abandoned it, and a whole etheric animal kingdom would rise
    • this animal kingdom does not rise out of the human being, for the
    • allow it to reach the point of splitting up into the animal kingdom.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Weaving and Living Activity of the Human Etheric Bodies
    Matching lines:
    • transformed under the influence of the processes which were taking
    • of an Ego. The beings that belong to the other kingdoms of Nature,
    • kingdoms of Nature have received their stable forms through the
    • animal kingdom. Also the animal kingdom has its definite forms. It
    • the great difference between the forms of the animal kingdom and of
    • the kingdom of man! If we cast our gaze over the surface of the
    • individual human species; in the human kingdom, however, we cannot
    • the kingdom of man as that between a lion and a nightingale, we would
    • would have before you the whole animal kingdom! The etheric body
    • fundamental types the forms of the whole animal kingdom. In other
    • whole animal kingdom, which is simply held together by the form of
    • being bears within him, as a disposition, the whole animal kingdom.
    • From this standpoint, the animal kingdom differs from man only
    • Consequently, the animal kingdom is the expanded etheric body of
    • statement: “The animal kingdom is the human being,
    • human being bears within his etheric body the whole animal kingdom.
    • that the physical body holds together the whole animal kingdom, the
    • have abandoned it, and a whole etheric animal kingdom would rise
    • this animal kingdom does not rise out of the human being, for the
    • allow it to reach the point of splitting up into the animal kingdom.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: And The Temple Becomes Man
    Matching lines:
    • of such a Building will not be achieved. In an undertaking like this
    • were working through the hands, the heads and the hearts of men.
    • buildings, differences are at once apparent. A very striking example
    • striking and significant feature of this early Art of Building?
    • foreshadowed, mysteriously, in the past. And as I am speaking of
    • King Solomon's Temple? Is there anyone who ever saw it, in all
    • explanation of Solomon's Temple upon it would be speaking quite
    • composed. I am, of course, speaking here of the art of epic poetry,
    • when it is speaking of the living human being. It begins to be a
    • of these things. Thinking of the human being in all his majesty, I
  • Title: Lecture: And The Temple Becomes Man
    Matching lines:
    • of such a Building will not be achieved. In an undertaking like this
    • were working through the hands, the heads and the hearts of men.
    • buildings, differences are at once apparent. A very striking example
    • striking and significant feature of this early Art of Building?
    • foreshadowed, mysteriously, in the past. And as I am speaking of
    • King Solomon's Temple? Is there anyone who ever saw it, in all
    • explanation of Solomon's Temple upon it would be speaking quite
    • composed. I am, of course, speaking here of the art of epic poetry,
    • when it is speaking of the living human being. It begins to be a
    • of these things. Thinking of the human being in all his majesty, I
  • Title: Lecture: Christianity in Human Evolution
    Matching lines:
    • maintained that, linking personality with personality, reaches
    • events when he was speaking of the Christ. Thus, he was able to
    • mode of his thinking; try to analyze his thought pictures and how he
    • you know where the keenness of his thinking originates? He gets it
    • form and present thinking could only be developed from the astral,
  • Title: Lecture: Christianity in Human Evolution
    Matching lines:
    • maintained that, linking personality with personality, reaches
    • events when he was speaking of the Christ. Thus, he was able to
    • mode of his thinking; try to analyze his thought pictures and how he
    • you know where the keenness of his thinking originates? He gets it
    • form and present thinking could only be developed from the astral,
  • Title: Lecture: The Mystery of Golgotha
    Matching lines:
    • such knowledge only takes hold of the thinking life of man. So long
    • himself in cosmic pictures. Looking up to the stars, he saw them not
    • — “Better to be a beggar upon Earth than a king in the
    • the real thing. The souls of olden time, looking out through the body
    • Men of the East — the three Kings or Magi — we see the
    • they would now experience on Earth by looking up to the Mystery on
    • that time, who had a certain feeling for what was taking place,
    • expressed in the words I am now speaking — such was the meaning
    • restricted calculating vision of the astronomer, thus sinking our
    • to Life again. We feel the living and healing Spirit speaking to us
    • Christo morimur, then too we feel what is seeking to come near us
  • Title: Lecture: The Mystery of Golgotha
    Matching lines:
    • such knowledge only takes hold of the thinking life of man. So long
    • himself in cosmic pictures. Looking up to the stars, he saw them not
    • — “Better to be a beggar upon Earth than a king in the
    • the real thing. The souls of olden time, looking out through the body
    • Men of the East — the three Kings or Magi — we see the
    • they would now experience on Earth by looking up to the Mystery on
    • that time, who had a certain feeling for what was taking place,
    • expressed in the words I am now speaking — such was the meaning
    • restricted calculating vision of the astronomer, thus sinking our
    • to Life again. We feel the living and healing Spirit speaking to us
    • Christo morimur, then too we feel what is seeking to come near us
  • Title: Lecture: Buddha and Christ
    Matching lines:
    • esteem; and that is the questions which were put by King Milinda to
    • very spirit of the whole trend of Buddhistic thinking. The powerful,
    • spiritually-minded King Milinda desires to question Nagasena, the
    • sage. The King, who has never been at a loss in the presence of any
    • Nagasena asks the King: — ‘How dids't thou
    • another analogy which the sage Nagasena showed to King Milinda. The
    • King said: — ‘Thou sayest, O wise Nagasena, that of that
    • Suppose we imagine that King Milinda and the Sage are
    • of the carriage, and could now say, speaking of course, out of the
    • seen. The spirit which imbues the Christian way of thinking
    • arises from this way of thinking, so that we can say as follows: —
    • told that Gautama Buddha was born the son of King Suddhodana, and
    • living, right aspiration, right thinking, right contemplation.
    • the moment that human thinking, which embraces the outer world of the
    • the Kingdom of Heaven.’ Here it is not only said ‘blessed
    • they must beg for the Spirit, — for theirs is the Kingdom of
    • was gained by thinking. On the contrary, it rose up in their souls as
    • is used by John the Baptist when he proclaims that ‘The Kingdom
    • Thus, in linking mankind in true theosophical fashion
  • Title: Lecture: Buddha and Christ
    Matching lines:
    • esteem; and that is the questions which were put by King Milinda to
    • very spirit of the whole trend of Buddhistic thinking. The powerful,
    • spiritually-minded King Milinda desires to question Nagasena, the
    • sage. The King, who has never been at a loss in the presence of any
    • Nagasena asks the King: — ‘How dids't thou
    • another analogy which the sage Nagasena showed to King Milinda. The
    • King said: — ‘Thou sayest, O wise Nagasena, that of that
    • Suppose we imagine that King Milinda and the Sage are
    • of the carriage, and could now say, speaking of course, out of the
    • seen. The spirit which imbues the Christian way of thinking
    • arises from this way of thinking, so that we can say as follows: —
    • told that Gautama Buddha was born the son of King Suddhodana, and
    • living, right aspiration, right thinking, right contemplation.
    • the moment that human thinking, which embraces the outer world of the
    • the Kingdom of Heaven.’ Here it is not only said ‘blessed
    • they must beg for the Spirit, — for theirs is the Kingdom of
    • was gained by thinking. On the contrary, it rose up in their souls as
    • is used by John the Baptist when he proclaims that ‘The Kingdom
    • Thus, in linking mankind in true theosophical fashion
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Science and Speech
    Matching lines:
    • feelings and will-impulses flow out from us, linking us to our
    • compels us to a definite kind of thinking. Do we not all realise how
    • dependent our thinking is upon our speech? In more senses than one
    • character of a whole people speaking a common language is in a
    • working, from his Ego outwards, as it were, at the transformation of
    • and desires into virtues, has co-ordinated phantasmal thinking by the
    • basis of consciousness but taking their course entirely outside the
    • soul in the human being is, in the animal kingdom, at the basis of a
    • physical body of man astral body and Ego are working as well. And
    • what is inwardly working there correspondingly forms and transforms
    • elaboration of what is working and living in the inner being. And is
    • to our thinking; it is an instrument that moulds itself according to
    • the requirements of our thinking. But, if we observe to what extent
    • in the inner warmth, making our blood pulsate and thus bringing it to
    • activities are working within it. Through the blood warmth proceeding
    • speaking of the eye: “The eye has formed itself from the light,
    • the stage of thinking, feeling and willing as he does to-day. These
    • fired, and on waking find that a chair beside the bed has fallen
    • physical body, making man into an expression of the correspondence
    • the eye in movement in order to receive the light that is working
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Science and Speech
    Matching lines:
    • feelings and will-impulses flow out from us, linking us to our
    • compels us to a definite kind of thinking. Do we not all realise how
    • dependent our thinking is upon our speech? In more senses than one
    • character of a whole people speaking a common language is in a
    • working, from his Ego outwards, as it were, at the transformation of
    • and desires into virtues, has co-ordinated phantasmal thinking by the
    • basis of consciousness but taking their course entirely outside the
    • soul in the human being is, in the animal kingdom, at the basis of a
    • physical body of man astral body and Ego are working as well. And
    • what is inwardly working there correspondingly forms and transforms
    • elaboration of what is working and living in the inner being. And is
    • to our thinking; it is an instrument that moulds itself according to
    • the requirements of our thinking. But, if we observe to what extent
    • in the inner warmth, making our blood pulsate and thus bringing it to
    • activities are working within it. Through the blood warmth proceeding
    • speaking of the eye: “The eye has formed itself from the light,
    • the stage of thinking, feeling and willing as he does to-day. These
    • fired, and on waking find that a chair beside the bed has fallen
    • physical body, making man into an expression of the correspondence
    • the eye in movement in order to receive the light that is working
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Recovery of the Living Source of Speech
    Matching lines:
    • assumes a materialistic character, or whether in his speaking he
    • that the words that ring in his speaking, coming as they do from the
    • allows idealism to disappear altogether from his speaking, then he
    • days designated the plough. When anyone was listening to or speaking
    • a word, it was not so much his thinking that partook in the
    • schools. Generally speaking, however, it is possible to trace a
    • the Greeks. You could not have more striking evidence of this than
    • And so, if we are speaking of the Hierarchies as described in
    • was completely lacking in spirituality. It was really so. There you
    • language of will, and behold there the wonderful working and
    • weaving of the Divine Archangels, behold too how their working and
  • Title: The Recovery of the Living Source of Speech
    Matching lines:
    • assumes a materialistic character, or whether in his speaking he
    • that the words that ring in his speaking, coming as they do from the
    • allows idealism to disappear altogether from his speaking, then he
    • days designated the plough. When anyone was listening to or speaking
    • a word, it was not so much his thinking that partook in the
    • schools. Generally speaking, however, it is possible to trace a
    • the Greeks. You could not have more striking evidence of this than
    • And so, if we are speaking of the Hierarchies as described in
    • was completely lacking in spirituality. It was really so. There you
    • language of will, and behold there the wonderful working and
    • weaving of the Divine Archangels, behold too how their working and
  • Title: Lecture: Gnostic Doctrines and Supersensible Influences in Europe
    Matching lines:
    • fragment only of the world in which man lives and moves as a thinking
    • away from the sphere of human thinking. Man's thought to-day is
    • thinking had not begun to function in the mind of man. Knowledge came
    • and the building of logical connections in thinking denoted a later
    • of everything that is associated with the activity of thinking.
    • faculty of thinking was turned to practical application in the
    • activity is lacking in our present age, whereas in Scholasticism it
    • a veil. And in the case of which we are speaking, a decadent culture
    • rigidly to an inwardly pure, inwardly austere activity of thinking of
    • working of the faculty of pure reason now dawning in the human mind.
    • forces of this astute, keen thinking to the needs of material
    • of sense. In this way the realm of human thinking became easy of
    • life-breath is provided by the thinking of the West, permeated as it
    • Luciferic, rationalistic thinking of the West. And human beings on
    • West to East and from East to West forces are working and weaving in
  • Title: Lecture: Gnostic Doctrines and Supersensible Influences in Europe
    Matching lines:
    • fragment only of the world in which man lives and moves as a thinking
    • away from the sphere of human thinking. Man's thought to-day is
    • thinking had not begun to function in the mind of man. Knowledge came
    • and the building of logical connections in thinking denoted a later
    • of everything that is associated with the activity of thinking.
    • faculty of thinking was turned to practical application in the
    • activity is lacking in our present age, whereas in Scholasticism it
    • a veil. And in the case of which we are speaking, a decadent culture
    • rigidly to an inwardly pure, inwardly austere activity of thinking of
    • working of the faculty of pure reason now dawning in the human mind.
    • forces of this astute, keen thinking to the needs of material
    • of sense. In this way the realm of human thinking became easy of
    • life-breath is provided by the thinking of the West, permeated as it
    • Luciferic, rationalistic thinking of the West. And human beings on
    • West to East and from East to West forces are working and weaving in
  • Title: The Influence of the Dead on the Life of Man on Earth
    Matching lines:
    • new birth with what is taking place here in the physical world, and,
    • the Monism that is formed by the working together of the living and
    • an influence working downward from spiritual worlds, coming to us
    • We must however realise that this working together of the dead and
    • Luciferic and Ahrimanic forces are working in the most manifold ways.
    • dead are working as I have now described. And there is a constant
    • workings are contained in that which we bear within us as our soul;
    • are truly seeking but they are groping in the dark; they divine that
    • working. Notably it will go on working — so believe the
    • morass’ or slime of life working constantly upward to the
    • of thinking; we shall not seek for the ‘animal morass’ of
    • soul in this or that departed one, for whom we are making
    • system. Even astronomically speaking, they were right, for the other
    • Intuitive cognition. But in any event these influences are working
    • plant and animal kingdoms of nature, and of the physical human
    • kingdom, come into us along with other experiences of soul —
    • thinking the conditions are quite different.
    • to do with you, and now you must begin making great efforts to get
  • Title: The Influence of the Dead on the Life of Man on Earth
    Matching lines:
    • new birth with what is taking place here in the physical world, and,
    • the Monism that is formed by the working together of the living and
    • an influence working downward from spiritual worlds, coming to us
    • We must however realise that this working together of the dead and
    • Luciferic and Ahrimanic forces are working in the most manifold ways.
    • dead are working as I have now described. And there is a constant
    • workings are contained in that which we bear within us as our soul;
    • are truly seeking but they are groping in the dark; they divine that
    • working. Notably it will go on working — so believe the
    • morass’ or slime of life working constantly upward to the
    • of thinking; we shall not seek for the ‘animal morass’ of
    • soul in this or that departed one, for whom we are making
    • system. Even astronomically speaking, they were right, for the other
    • Intuitive cognition. But in any event these influences are working
    • plant and animal kingdoms of nature, and of the physical human
    • kingdom, come into us along with other experiences of soul —
    • thinking the conditions are quite different.
    • to do with you, and now you must begin making great efforts to get
  • Title: Ancient Myths: Cover Sheet
    Matching lines:
    • But it is only in our thinking that the Gods have deserted us. They are
  • Title: Ancient Myths: Contents
    Matching lines:
    • But it is only in our thinking that the Gods have deserted us. They are
    • The nature of mythical thinking. Egyptian, Greek and Hebrew way to
    • Looking back on the change of soul in development of consciousness.
  • Title: Ancient Myths: Note
    Matching lines:
    • But it is only in our thinking that the Gods have deserted us. They are
  • Title: Ancient Myths: Publishers Notes
    Matching lines:
    • But it is only in our thinking that the Gods have deserted us. They are
  • Title: Lecture I: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • But it is only in our thinking that the Gods have deserted us. They are
    • have frequently remarked that knowledge, that way of thinking
    • come again to such a thinking, such a grasp of the universe, as will
    • acquainted with the nature of that thinking which underlies the mode
    • mind the nature of the thinking employed in the myths, how deeply, or
    • thinking that still rules in the soul today is connected with the
    • preparation of food from the plant kingdom, the building of cities,
    • one can call it thinking! The Greeks related that Chronos had
    • than looking up to the connection with the stars, as Dupuis supposed,
    • with this ancient forefather, this ancient king in Thrace, or in
    • Epirus. The Greek had in fact this idea: There was once such a king
    • being of man — but who then went on working no longer as an
    • must have ordinary objective thinking. But the Gods have not ventured
    • thinking, so they have not descended to the earth, but kept to their
    • different, and that this looking back went hand in hand with the
    • understanding of the Greek consciousness! Thus the Greek in looking
    • overcome atavism, making use of sulphur atavistically. But Zeus and
    • speaking — it is the excrement of that which was understood
    • far beyond talking of sulphur processes in the cosmos when thunder
    • the Earth, who only belongs to the Kingdom of death.
  • Title: Lecture II: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • But it is only in our thinking that the Gods have deserted us. They are
    • scientific thinking. The realization of what each one can do, no
    • of looking back of mankind, and this looking back to other states of
    • could really say: we see them. Entirely abstract thinking has only
    • the course of mankind's evolution. We are there looking back to an
    • fact, expressed in the myths. Thinking gradually passed over to
    • nonsense.) In the air spiritual events are taking place around
    • but spiritual events are taking place. These spiritual events,
    • perceptive process and a thinking process spread out in time; whereas
    • sleep.’ Thus people connected perceiving and thinking with
    • man develops in perceiving and thinking of the kind that I have
    • perception and thinking with the day, with sunrise and sunset —
    • arrange social conditions in the Roman Kingdom. This, however, means
    • perceiving and thinking, according to the rising and setting of the
    • what can be the most impure, lowest way of thinking, as is shown from
    • taking place continually on a small scale. Think for a moment: words
    • taking place in humanity.
    • distinguishing marks of the Assyrian kings or of the Egyptian kings,
    • ancient kings had) were, for instance, these.
  • Title: Lecture III: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • But it is only in our thinking that the Gods have deserted us. They are
    • archetypal forces working in nature and in man. If the Egyptian was
    • peculiar situation of taking words in a false sense, not relating
    • them to their true reality, but taking them in their most superficial
    • itself a looking-glass (Spiegel). And it is related that Till
    • is depicted the owl with the looking-glass, was because another
    • speaking as we have spoken here today! There are a fair number of
    • however, another way of looking at the human being which
    • art of Education. This is not the looking back at having been
  • Title: Lecture IV: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • But it is only in our thinking that the Gods have deserted us. They are
    • today, the Egyptian, as too the Greek, at least the Greek thinking in
    • If things are understood rightly, talking of superstition has
    • corresponds in man to the thorax. So that, speaking macrocosmically
    • thinking with reality. This head-civilization, this Aries-culture,
    • shall be speaking of this immediately.
    • with all its forces, purely as physical thinking-instrument, as
    • one could say that in a certain respect Mars was the rightful King of
    • the rightful king of this world because nothing can really be
    • of making himself spiritual. No age has been so favourable to
    • of Brest-Litowsk. You know that various people are taking part in
    • them. The chief people from Russia taking part — to single that
    • if indeed these things men are taking part in are actualities. It is
    • and a looking-glass, then Till Eulenspiegel did not live! If I want
  • Title: Lecture V: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • But it is only in our thinking that the Gods have deserted us. They are
    • changes taking place in a single individual. The individual as the
    • of course speaking of the science, the political life of his time,
    • behaviour is any kind of proof that they are not seeking what is to
    • obvious, immense veneration for one who had grown old; a looking up
    • am not speaking of such things. But after he had grown so old, in his
    • not come naturally as a rule. And yet, unless a man is always taking
  • Title: Lecture VI: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • But it is only in our thinking that the Gods have deserted us. They are
    • thinking and feeling flow into such currents as are necessary
    • result of our always seeking to understand through abstract
    • understanding of man. One must put oneself in the position of taking
    • so indolent, so theoretic in our thinking as we now prefer. For you
    • this. Man is rooted with his being in the kingdom of the lower Gods,
    • in the kingdom of the Chthonic Gods.
    • man in the kingdom of the lower Gods then one must complete this
    • has but a slight feeling for what is taking place at the present
    • lacking for really giving to children today something that refreshes
    • and a supporting of life. Two things are lacking. The one is that,
    • depth, is precisely what is lacking to our life, what our life does
    • powers have taken part in working upon what is being accomplished in
    • seen externally. What is now taking place will be transformed into
  • Title: Lecture VII: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • But it is only in our thinking that the Gods have deserted us. They are
    • meditating over all these things one can gain great help by thinking
    • speaking lightly — that everyone has his own head. Man
    • special time at which one observes the stars. So that by taking the
    • we ourselves take part in working in the cosmos. And from the
    • work, namely, that the earth is working there. In the case of the
    • the animal kingdom is also to some extent involved — inasmuch
    • connected with a proper mutual action taking place between head and
    • furthered. A direct way of thinking — but one perhaps that has
    • be a straightforward, direct mode of thinking. But a thinking that is
    • appreciation for our Lenins and Trotskys’. (He is speaking of
    • which is nevertheless lacking in what man gains for himself today.
    • speaking.
    • confuses it with reality, one is not really looking for reality at
    • existence. Merely by making the statement ‘there is a
    • existence one actually proves that one is talking nonsense. For if it
  • Title: Contents: World of the Senses and the World of the Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • thinking to Wonder, Veneration and Harmony with the Universe
    • The working of the environment on the whole man. The end of
  • Title: World of the Senses and the World of the Spirit: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • thinking to Wonder, Veneration and Harmony with the Universe.
    • every side influences and workings which could at length flow
    • at the root of all human thinking. Is there a way by which man can
    • correct thinking. I recently cited a very simple example to
    • companion went to the baker's, taking with him ten kreuzer, and
    • reasoned, quite correctly, there was no fault in his thinking; but
    • this correct thinking did not accord with reality. We are obliged to
    • admit the correct thinking did not arrive at the reality, for reality
    • does not order itself in accordance with correct thinking. You may
    • most clever logical thinking that can possibly be spun out, you may
    • in the linking up of cause and effect when, for example, one applies
    • us suppose a man is walking along the bank of a stream. He comes to a
    • consequence of which, since he was walking at the edge of the stream,
    • thinking is quite incompetent to form a decision in respect of
    • if our thinking can be no sure guide for us, how are we ever to save
    • ourselves from sinking into doubt and ignorance? For it is a fact,
    • deeply with thinking, knows that one can prove and disprove
    • in making the acquaintance of people who have come to that particular
    • thought, and this had the effect, on the one hand, of making all the
    • and most intelligent man saw quite clearly that with his thinking he
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: World of the Senses and the World of the Spirit: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • thinking — if what is ordinarily called knowledge — is to
    • we named surrender. In other words, a thinking that has risen to the
    • conditions of soul we described before — a thinking, that is,
    • thinking be not able then to rise still further and enter the region
    • reality. Now this surrender is only to be attained by making the
    • expect that my thinking can give me knowledge of the truth, I ought
    • rather solely to expect of my thinking that it shall educate me. It
    • namely, that our thinking educates us. If you will really take this
    • one expects by thinking to come to conformity with some
    • by thinking or by the elaboration of concepts or, let us say, by the
    • situation demands a decisive pronouncement, thinking can come to no
    • instead to look upon thinking as a means to become wiser, as a means
    • human thinking with divine thinking. For we can say, can we not, that
    • it is impossible to conceive of divine thinking as having nothing to
    • do with reality. When we try to picture the thinking of the Gods, we
    • can only conceive of it — still speaking for the moment purely
    • a human being makes a mistake in his thinking, then it is a mere
    • have grown wiser. But now take the case of divine thinking. When
    • divine thinking thinks correctly, then something happens; and when it
    • annihilated. So that if we had a divine thinking, then with every
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: World of the Senses and the World of the Spirit: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • a certain difference in the workings of the will according as he was
    • physical workings of a camera obscura, of a photographer's
    • result of making man a receiver of coarse material nourishment. For
    • intimately interwoven with his thinking, feeling and willing. It is
    • is merely in his ego and not interwoven with thinking, feeling and
    • think this thought of the I apart from all thinking, feeling and
    • separating it in reality from thinking, feeling and willing. In the
    • is never for a moment separated from thinking, feeling and willing.
    • thinking, feeling and willing, and to look upon these as something
    • our thinking has for us the appearance of a process that goes on of
    • mixed up with his thinking, feeling and willing that it is an
    • who is like a kind of double. All my thinking, feeling and willing go
    • with me like three sacks, one filled with my thinking, one with my
    • stand in relation to thinking, feeling and willing if all were as
    • there on one side with thine ego and looking on at thy double, but
    • that he has to look on at his thinking. Man would always have
    • him, waited until the purpose and meaning of the thinking was
    • understanding things that have nothing to do with the working of
    • given to the I and the I got impurely mixed up with thinking, feeling
    • because while here Lucifer is striking in, Ahriman, in the physical
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: World of the Senses and the World of the Spirit: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • some external perception. You are looking at something, and a thought
    • continually been making outward what was first inward. The idea of
    • something else. That is to say, you are working at a continual
    • there is always the content of soul-life. From this symbol, making the
    • invisible visible, you can recognise the shrinking and the enlarging.
    • only possible through the form, as such, breaking up. And that is
    • arises through the breaking up of forms that are still super-sensible
    • spiritual form went on working in the separate scattered ruins. Where
    • it works strongly, then, after the breaking and scattering, the lines
    • we can still trace an after-working of the spiritual lines. There you
    • coming from endless world distances and finally breaking — like
    • understand the following. Suppose this breaking-up of spirit into
    • breaking-up takes place, so to say, in the void. If spirit breaks
    • breaking that takes place out of the spirit but finds a world already
    • prepared; a breaking in pieces that does not take place into the void
    • an etheric body, and the breaking material and the etheric body are
    • breaking spirit. And according as this or that meets it, the spirit
    • be permeated with what remained over in man from the creative working
    • outcome of the working of the Spirits of Will. Such would be the
    • Luciferic influence. Breaking-up spirit (that is to say, matter),
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: World of the Senses and the World of the Spirit: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • form, of form that is breaking and scattering and dispersing. When
    • that in these activities we have to do with breaking form, with a
    • Now the fact is, if these processes were not taking place there would
    • senses, glands and digestion — and is gradually working his way
    • workings of force which were due to the action of the Luciferic
    • all that he had acquired on the Moon as astral body — thinking,
    • such he is a walking Lucifer-Ahriman. He carries Lucifer-Ahriman
    • takes its course on earth in such a way that through the working of
    • through the working of the seven Elohim he is inclined more and more
  • Title: World of the Senses and the World of the Spirit: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • central point. The working of the environment on the whole man. The
    • evolution — looking back over the period from very ancient
    • times until to-day, and looking forward to what shall come for the
    • kingdoms of nature, and will learn to find — not through
    • the power of thinking and feeling — it can easily happen that
    • in the several kingdoms of nature, for those parts of the individual
    • whole. And as a matter of fact we are only speaking of a reality when
    • another end! In order to bring your thinking on in a certain
    • things in the world we are not thinking correctly when we ascribe to
    • standing opposite a man who is talking with another man. You are
    • standing there and making a third. In your dream you have a clear and
  • Title: Lecture: The Souls Progress through Repeated Earth Lives
    Matching lines:
    • whole great universe. In reality we participate in the making of the
    • Figuratively speaking, it approaches in the form of a hollow sphere,
    • development by making breathing a conscious process, and thereby also
    • are no longer interested in thinking in clear concepts — it is
    • actually a constant striking of the brain fluid against the nerve
    • system taking place which starts off those processes underlying the
    • have been speaking to you here, my dear friends, about the laws
    • talk. This is, however, nothing but materialistic thinking applied to
    • that, by being devoted to true spiritual research, one is working not
    • from a point of view lacking in reality, that is, according to
    • has taken place in social life, and especially what is taking place
    • peoples — speaking in terms of outer history. I refer to that
    • indeed, intend to speak disparagingly. For in speaking of repeated
    • in social thinking as the outcome of materialism. Slowly in the
    • customary thinking of today, often seem paradoxical. But anyone who
  • Title: Lecture: The Souls Progress through Repeated Earth Lives
    Matching lines:
    • whole great universe. In reality we participate in the making of the
    • Figuratively speaking, it approaches in the form of a hollow sphere,
    • development by making breathing a conscious process, and thereby also
    • are no longer interested in thinking in clear concepts — it is
    • actually a constant striking of the brain fluid against the nerve
    • system taking place which starts off those processes underlying the
    • have been speaking to you here, my dear friends, about the laws
    • talk. This is, however, nothing but materialistic thinking applied to
    • that, by being devoted to true spiritual research, one is working not
    • from a point of view lacking in reality, that is, according to
    • has taken place in social life, and especially what is taking place
    • peoples — speaking in terms of outer history. I refer to that
    • indeed, intend to speak disparagingly. For in speaking of repeated
    • in social thinking as the outcome of materialism. Slowly in the
    • customary thinking of today, often seem paradoxical. But anyone who
  • Title: The Forming of Destiny in Sleeping and Waking
    Matching lines:
    • The Forming of Destiny in Sleeping and Waking.
    • THE FORMING OF DESTINY IN SLEEPING AND WAKING
    • consciousness: waking life and sleep. The conception of sleep in most
    • waking, both the astral body and the Ego are present outside the
    • activities are, to say the least, as significant as those of waking
    • thinking of the beginning of man's life. During the very
    • to understand the workings of all that the human being brings from
    • cannot walk, who has to acquire this faculty. The second is speaking,
    • and the third, thinking. One faculty may take precedence
    • being learns to walk, to speak and to think. The faculty of thinking
    • follows that of speaking; the faculty to grasp also in thought what
    • is expressed in words develops, gradually, out of speaking. It is
    • The ordinary conception of walking is extremely inadequate. Walking
    • of gravity in the body, whether standing or walking, lies at the
    • of walking, man uses his legs, whereas his arms and hands are
    • The second faculty, that of speaking, is also acquired by
    • with walking, standing, equilibration, differentiation between hands
    • and feet. It can be said with truth, that speaking is not unconnected
    • with walking, — above all, with the use of the hand in its
    • differentiation. It is well known that speaking is connected with the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Forming of Destiny in Sleeping and Waking
    Matching lines:
    • The Forming of Destiny in Sleeping and Waking.
    • THE FORMING OF DESTINY IN SLEEPING AND WAKING
    • consciousness: waking life and sleep. The conception of sleep in most
    • waking, both the astral body and the Ego are present outside the
    • activities are, to say the least, as significant as those of waking
    • thinking of the beginning of man's life. During the very
    • to understand the workings of all that the human being brings from
    • cannot walk, who has to acquire this faculty. The second is speaking,
    • and the third, thinking. One faculty may take precedence
    • being learns to walk, to speak and to think. The faculty of thinking
    • follows that of speaking; the faculty to grasp also in thought what
    • is expressed in words develops, gradually, out of speaking. It is
    • The ordinary conception of walking is extremely inadequate. Walking
    • of gravity in the body, whether standing or walking, lies at the
    • of walking, man uses his legs, whereas his arms and hands are
    • The second faculty, that of speaking, is also acquired by
    • with walking, standing, equilibration, differentiation between hands
    • and feet. It can be said with truth, that speaking is not unconnected
    • with walking, — above all, with the use of the hand in its
    • differentiation. It is well known that speaking is connected with the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Address: The Spiritual-Scientific Basis of Goethe's Work
    Matching lines:
    • a new light is thrown upon the working and works of these men of
    • which can lead us to a full understanding of his working. He felt
    • to decipher the inner meaning of the workings of the spirit. The
    • the world. He regarded man as a compilation of the other kingdoms.
    • mineral and vegetable kingdoms to grasp the hidden spiritual unity
    • human nature is striking.
    • The passage of man through the mineral kingdom is then described.
    • Goethe makes his entrance into the vegetable kingdom particularly
    • taking place:
    • Without taking into account the spiritual-scientific foundation of
    • speaking to him of that world:
    • Deeper and deeper night is round me sinking;
    • tongue, shows its wholesome workings in a pleasant harmony of the
    • symbol of man's higher nature. In her kingdom, man must strive
    • where reign four kings, one golden, one silver, one bronze, and a
    • impart of his mystic experiences. The three kings represent the
    • evolution of man is represented by the mixed king. But when man has
    • that is to say, the astral plane — between the two kingdoms,
    • way of thinking did not agree with theirs, expressing rather, in
    • thinking which set up as an article of belief the existence of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Address: The Spiritual-Scientific Basis of Goethe's Work
    Matching lines:
    • a new light is thrown upon the working and works of these men of
    • which can lead us to a full understanding of his working. He felt
    • to decipher the inner meaning of the workings of the spirit. The
    • the world. He regarded man as a compilation of the other kingdoms.
    • mineral and vegetable kingdoms to grasp the hidden spiritual unity
    • human nature is striking.
    • The passage of man through the mineral kingdom is then described.
    • Goethe makes his entrance into the vegetable kingdom particularly
    • taking place:
    • Without taking into account the spiritual-scientific foundation of
    • speaking to him of that world:
    • Deeper and deeper night is round me sinking;
    • tongue, shows its wholesome workings in a pleasant harmony of the
    • symbol of man's higher nature. In her kingdom, man must strive
    • where reign four kings, one golden, one silver, one bronze, and a
    • impart of his mystic experiences. The three kings represent the
    • evolution of man is represented by the mixed king. But when man has
    • that is to say, the astral plane — between the two kingdoms,
    • way of thinking did not agree with theirs, expressing rather, in
    • thinking which set up as an article of belief the existence of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Goethe and the Evolution of Consciousness
    Matching lines:
    • thinking about the world and about life.
    • early life — how as a boy of seven he built an altar by taking
    • different kind of thinking, a different way of approaching the world,
    • the bent towards abstract thinking, the tendency of thought to work
    • fifteenth century that our thinking has been so influenced by our
    • speaking, of measure, number and weight. Students of Pythagorean
    • and word. When they were speaking it seemed to them that the idea
    • carried into the word itself. And their thinking was not abstract and
    • intellectualistic as our thinking is to-day. Something like the sound
    • his thinking, but to him speaking was thinking. Thinking was
    • instead of making calculations based on the results of experiments,
    • they observed the changes and transformations taking place
    • viewing the world has developed out of the Greek way of looking at
    • even only as an Italian, the world for which you are really seeking
  • Title: Lecture: Goethe and the Evolution of Consciousness
    Matching lines:
    • thinking about the world and about life.
    • early life — how as a boy of seven he built an altar by taking
    • different kind of thinking, a different way of approaching the world,
    • the bent towards abstract thinking, the tendency of thought to work
    • fifteenth century that our thinking has been so influenced by our
    • speaking, of measure, number and weight. Students of Pythagorean
    • and word. When they were speaking it seemed to them that the idea
    • carried into the word itself. And their thinking was not abstract and
    • intellectualistic as our thinking is to-day. Something like the sound
    • his thinking, but to him speaking was thinking. Thinking was
    • instead of making calculations based on the results of experiments,
    • they observed the changes and transformations taking place
    • viewing the world has developed out of the Greek way of looking at
    • even only as an Italian, the world for which you are really seeking
  • Title: On the Reality of Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • whole mode of thinking, the faculty of cognition, the power of
    • of thinking. Anthroposophy does not, however, content itself with the
    • faculty of thinking which comes to expression in ordinary memory, but
    • thinking in man is developed to a greater strength and intensity than
    • am speaking of pictures of which a complete survey can be maintained.
    • into this meditation or these exercises of thinking, we should be led
    • Thinking, Imagination.
    • I have called this development ‘Imaginative Thinking
    • kind of thinking that is usual in ordinary life and science, this
    • speaking of the colourlessness, the ‘pale cast’ of
    • abstract thought. And nearly all the thinking that goes on in
    • But one point must be quite clear. In this Imaginative Thinking we
    • Imaginative Thinking is gradually brought home to us, however,
    • now, by means of this living, pictorial thinking, I experience
    • relation of the thinking to what is now an objective perception is
    • unfolds the activity of thinking. He thinks about something or other;
    • thinking to what thus arises objectively before my consciousness.
    • but of the living forces which have been working at the upbuilding of
    • other than the forces working actively in the organism — in
    • reality to the now strengthened and enhanced power of thinking
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: On the Reality of Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • whole mode of thinking, the faculty of cognition, the power of
    • of thinking. Anthroposophy does not, however, content itself with the
    • faculty of thinking which comes to expression in ordinary memory, but
    • thinking in man is developed to a greater strength and intensity than
    • am speaking of pictures of which a complete survey can be maintained.
    • into this meditation or these exercises of thinking, we should be led
    • Thinking, Imagination.
    • I have called this development ‘Imaginative Thinking
    • kind of thinking that is usual in ordinary life and science, this
    • speaking of the colourlessness, the ‘pale cast’ of
    • abstract thought. And nearly all the thinking that goes on in
    • But one point must be quite clear. In this Imaginative Thinking we
    • Imaginative Thinking is gradually brought home to us, however,
    • now, by means of this living, pictorial thinking, I experience
    • relation of the thinking to what is now an objective perception is
    • unfolds the activity of thinking. He thinks about something or other;
    • thinking to what thus arises objectively before my consciousness.
    • but of the living forces which have been working at the upbuilding of
    • other than the forces working actively in the organism — in
    • reality to the now strengthened and enhanced power of thinking
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Prophecy -- Its Nature and Meaning
    Matching lines:
    • which we have been speaking in previous lectures and shall speak in
    • Thinking of all this, it seems
    • murder of Wallenstein. These things are at least striking!
    • 1559, was to the effect that King Henry II of France would succumb
    • reliance could be placed upon prediction — for a King was above
    • King was killed in a tournament. And it would be possible to quote
    • the making of celestial charts, how vastly he improved the charts
    • Hearing of this, the King of
    • I wanted to quote very striking
    • We can go still further, taking
    • thinking. A human being who at the age, say, of 15, lays into the
    • ultimately ready. Logical thinking will never say that the man
    • present earthly life, where the effects of earlier lives are working
    • Just as knowledge of the workings
    • obscure. Without actually seeking for laws of Nature, something in
    • starry heavens. Strikingly enough, if life is observed from this
    • certain sense determined by the stars. Without looking for actual
    • he would not, in predicting destiny, have been thinking of the
    • that loves fighting, but he also has a kind of melancholy making him
    • ancient Greek seeking everywhere for the manifestations of cosmic
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Prophecy -- Its Nature and Meaning
    Matching lines:
    • which we have been speaking in previous lectures and shall speak in
    • Thinking of all this, it seems
    • murder of Wallenstein. These things are at least striking!
    • 1559, was to the effect that King Henry II of France would succumb
    • reliance could be placed upon prediction — for a King was above
    • King was killed in a tournament. And it would be possible to quote
    • the making of celestial charts, how vastly he improved the charts
    • Hearing of this, the King of
    • I wanted to quote very striking
    • We can go still further, taking
    • thinking. A human being who at the age, say, of 15, lays into the
    • ultimately ready. Logical thinking will never say that the man
    • present earthly life, where the effects of earlier lives are working
    • Just as knowledge of the workings
    • obscure. Without actually seeking for laws of Nature, something in
    • starry heavens. Strikingly enough, if life is observed from this
    • certain sense determined by the stars. Without looking for actual
    • he would not, in predicting destiny, have been thinking of the
    • that loves fighting, but he also has a kind of melancholy making him
    • ancient Greek seeking everywhere for the manifestations of cosmic
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Supersensible Influences: Steiner Books
    Matching lines:
    • COSMIC WORKINGS IN EARTH AND MAN
  • Title: Lecture: Supersensible Influences: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • am speaking now, the process of inbreathing was extremely
    • now speaking, were able by way of these cosmic forms to pass from the
    • state of consciousness midway between waking and sleeping, it was
    • man during the night and during the clairvoyant periods of his waking
    • the whole character of the workings of the Spiritual on the earth
    • speaking. In a certain respect they were extraordinarily helpless and
    • meaning of a phenomenon as striking as that of the mummification of the
    • inbreathing and out-breathing. Looking back to those ancient times of
    • manifested, later on, in a more external form — looking back to
    • and whose head has a striking pose, the portrayal is good enough to
    • course, speaking metaphorically — perhaps he deliberately made
    • in studying history to picture the weaving and working of Spiritual
    • working in human deeds which have become increasingly free and we shall
  • Title: Lecture: Supersensible Influences: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • the human physical body. When the modern man is thinking, he has only
    • modern man is not conscious of the forces that are working in these
    • intellectualism, but he must spiritualise his thinking, he must bring
    • the intermediate state of consciousness between sleeping and waking to
    • Egypt by making use of the Spirits who had a dwelling-place in the
    • If, instead of speaking
    • that, when they are talking, their thoughts jostle to such an extent
    • that neither of them listens to the other; they are both always talking
    • anything at all is to result from it. The two men are really talking
    • to you, before speaking in the lecture tomorrow, about what must come
    • capable of looking into the spiritual world. He uses a strange picture
    • understandable, because in speaking of the spiritual we cannot speak as
    • been no Creation. Are you, therefore, taking your religion in earnest
  • Title: Lecture: Supersensible Influences: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • without taking history into account. You speak of what is happening
    • taking shape since primeval times.
    • nature, with the kingdoms of the animals, the plants and the minerals.
    • knowledge about these kingdoms of nature came to man from the Spirits
    • nature, on the kingdoms of the plants, animals and minerals, from the
    • kingdoms directly, but only indirectly, in this sense, that the
    • turn, obtained enlightenment about the kingdoms of the plants, animals
    • During the hours of night, however, when a man is not thinking, no
    • background, and are carried on more out of a liking to dabble in
    • Lodges working with ancient ceremonial forms, men of vision have been
    • thoughts naturally and need no such stimulus. But when they are working
    • when he was speaking of Goethe. Again and again when he was lecturing
    • on the works and biography of Goethe, a striking phrase would fall from
    • the first elements of intellectual thinking unfolded by mankind in the
    • though an angel were speaking. And in other domains too, in the
    • significance, taking place behind the veils of outer history, and they
    • making it possible, in this way, for forces from beyond the earth to
  • Title: Lecture: Supersensible Influences: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • SPEAKING to you about the secrets connected with the mummy and
    • Looking upwards to the world of stars, we see the moon as our nearest
    • in the mother's body through the combined working of the whole universe
    • would have spoken to his pupils just as I am speaking to you now,
    • organism, not in the brain itself. Whereas the working of the external
    • taking shape there as the breath passes onwards, is a form like the
    • waking life. Observation of the etheric body gives the feeling that
    • world seeing someone working with a machine or tool, say for cutting
    • rock and breaking his skull. If the real truth were told, one would, of
    • senses, everything that is present in the kingdoms of minerals, plants,
    • plants, animals, clouds, the forces working in wind and weather and
    • animal kingdoms will disintegrate in the universe, but the perfected
    • The kingdom of plants, of animals, of minerals, all that lives in wind
    • aspect and historical happenings must reveal to us the workings
  • Title: Lecture: Supersensible Influences: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • Modern Abstract Thinking and Living Thinking of Future Times, or
    • Thinking again of
    • namely, the theme of ordinary human thinking, how this thought-activity
    • is exercised by man, how he gradually unfolds the faculty of thinking
    • thinking, this intellectual activity, is a kind of inner corpse of the
    • soul. Thinking, as exercised by the human being in earthly life, is
    • thinking, of human thought, is that it cannot, of itself, have become
    • in the life of soul, is our human thinking. Those who have known best
    • deathlike character of abstract thinking. I need only remind you of the
    • comparison with this inwardly mobile, live thinking, which quickened
    • the abstract thinking of later times is veritably a corpse. Nietzsche
    • possible to experience thinking as a living reality and not believe in
    • the pre-earthly existence of man. To experience living thinking is just
    • experienced living thinking — and this applies to Greek
    • thinking of the East wherewith it was known that man comes down from
    • spiritual worlds into earth-existence, and the thinking that is a
    • in the East, men experienced living thinking. But the Egyptian sage was
    • experience of living thinking had faded away, was no longer within his
    • grasp, and abstract thinking had not yet begun. A substitute was
    • thinking. It was from the human corpse that dead thinking first came
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Supersensible Influences: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • Thinking, to begin with,
    • understanding what was working more or less unconsciously through human
    • undertaking linked, as they felt, with the most sacred concerns of the
    • about the birth of the Crusades, and we cannot help asking ourselves:
    • What impulses were working in the hearts and souls of Europeans at that
    • making their way, in a much modified and changed form, across Southern
    • coming of the three Magi or Kings from the East. With their knowledge
    • there by the noble King Titurel; he built a Temple for the Chalice and
    • Looking over to the East
    • thinking.
    • Looking from the Rome of Pope Nicholas I towards the West, danger
    • loomed. Looking towards the East, again danger. The stream outspread in
    • the East and making its way far into Europe was seen, in reality, as a
    • arose, taking hold of the religious and also the scientific life of
    • himself to the workings of his etheric body? — Just as in the
    • experience the inner nature and working of their own etheric
    • counterpart, the Round Table of King Arthur. There men did feel the
    • esoteric stream itself takes on a materialistic mode of thinking, that
    • mode of thinking which in later metamorphosis becomes the materialism
    • is what drives men over to Asia, seeking for what they had lost in the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Occultism and Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • The Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms
    • The Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms
    • kind of spiritual science subjected to scientific thinking and to the
    • insights which are thus advanced, those which I am talking about, are
    • that surround me in nature, upon the essence of all the kingdoms of
    • beings and facts of the kingdoms of Nature confront humans as
    • the moment of waking up to the moment of falling asleep, is greater
    • sleeping and waking. For those who wish to penetrate more deeply into
    • of sleeping and waking, this is only due to the fact that every
    • habitual thing in life has lost the power of making a strong
    • alternating states of sleeping and waking within twenty-four hours,
    • we wish to characterize the difference between sleeping and waking,
    • from the moment of waking up to the moment of falling asleep, the
    • sleep, during the transitory stage between falling asleep and waking
    • and waking is undoubtedly and obviously true; but if we reflect on
    • waking and sleeping, we must say that our whole daytime conscious
    • life, our whole waking life, must be a kind of destructive process,
    • reality, the peculiarity of our waking daytime life is that it does
    • all, it constantly consumes us, dissolves us. The waking life of day
    • which the waking process destroys and decays.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Occultism and Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • The Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms
    • The Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms
    • kind of spiritual science subjected to scientific thinking and to the
    • insights which are thus advanced, those which I am talking about, are
    • that surround me in nature, upon the essence of all the kingdoms of
    • beings and facts of the kingdoms of Nature confront humans as
    • the moment of waking up to the moment of falling asleep, is greater
    • sleeping and waking. For those who wish to penetrate more deeply into
    • of sleeping and waking, this is only due to the fact that every
    • habitual thing in life has lost the power of making a strong
    • alternating states of sleeping and waking within twenty-four hours,
    • we wish to characterize the difference between sleeping and waking,
    • from the moment of waking up to the moment of falling asleep, the
    • sleep, during the transitory stage between falling asleep and waking
    • and waking is undoubtedly and obviously true; but if we reflect on
    • waking and sleeping, we must say that our whole daytime conscious
    • life, our whole waking life, must be a kind of destructive process,
    • reality, the peculiarity of our waking daytime life is that it does
    • all, it constantly consumes us, dissolves us. The waking life of day
    • which the waking process destroys and decays.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Dual Form of Cognition During the Middle Ages and the Development of Knowledge in Modern Times
    Matching lines:
    • speaking, its contents were obtained through super-sensible vision,
    • eminently intellectual in his way of working.
    • thinking, evolved up to the fifteenth century. That human beings were
    • Catholic Church. If we observe the disorderly way of thinking which
    • spirit does not possess a real technique of thinking. How many things
    • thinking, that is to say, as a technique of intellectualism!
    • cannot accept, nevertheless it reveals a thinking activity which
    • Essentially speaking,
    • century was, therefore, the development of a technique of thinking.
    • This thinking activity has now adopted a definite attitude in regard
    • forth the position of man's thinking activity towards the contents of
    • technique of thinking in order to approach with it the contents of a
    • this: their intellect was grappling with Nature, it was seeking
    • struggle of the intellect that was seeking to gain a knowledge of
    • the same way in which the universities were, generally speaking, the
    • of the senses offered to them. Fundamentally speaking, just about the
    • as yet exist, for Darwin's first epoch-making book only appeared in
    • Generally speaking, the
    • made to apply this manner of thinking, which is contained in all the
    • Fundamentally speaking, materialism already existed; it had its
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Dual Form of Cognition During the Middle Ages and the Development of Knowledge in Modern Times
    Matching lines:
    • speaking, its contents were obtained through super-sensible vision,
    • eminently intellectual in his way of working.
    • thinking, evolved up to the fifteenth century. That human beings were
    • Catholic Church. If we observe the disorderly way of thinking which
    • spirit does not possess a real technique of thinking. How many things
    • thinking, that is to say, as a technique of intellectualism!
    • cannot accept, nevertheless it reveals a thinking activity which
    • Essentially speaking,
    • century was, therefore, the development of a technique of thinking.
    • This thinking activity has now adopted a definite attitude in regard
    • forth the position of man's thinking activity towards the contents of
    • technique of thinking in order to approach with it the contents of a
    • this: their intellect was grappling with Nature, it was seeking
    • struggle of the intellect that was seeking to gain a knowledge of
    • the same way in which the universities were, generally speaking, the
    • of the senses offered to them. Fundamentally speaking, just about the
    • as yet exist, for Darwin's first epoch-making book only appeared in
    • Generally speaking, the
    • made to apply this manner of thinking, which is contained in all the
    • Fundamentally speaking, materialism already existed; it had its
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Remedy for Our Diseased Civilisation
    Matching lines:
    • without taking into consideration the special definition which
    • to say, by speaking of Haeckel's neck-ties and the complaints of
    • intellectualism, a technique of thinking which Scholasticism had
    • “Riddles of the World” are, fundamentally speaking,
    • moment of waking up to the moment of falling asleep. Even then, he
    • may say: During his waking life, from the moment of waking up to the
    • waking up, it escapes your consciousness, you do not know anything
    • thinking part of man, the head of man. And we must ask: What
    • the time of falling asleep to the time of waking up?
    • the abstract thinking logic, which merely takes hold of the head, and
    • super-sensible knowledge is, fundamentally speaking, not a relation
    • anthroposophical spiritual science for speaking so little of God. But
    • I have often said: It seems to me that those who are always speaking
    • important than continually speaking of God. Perhaps, at first,
    • To begin with, we have the technique of thinking contained in
  • Title: Lecture: The Remedy for Our Diseased Civilisation
    Matching lines:
    • without taking into consideration the special definition which
    • to say, by speaking of Haeckel's neck-ties and the complaints of
    • intellectualism, a technique of thinking which Scholasticism had
    • “Riddles of the World” are, fundamentally speaking,
    • moment of waking up to the moment of falling asleep. Even then, he
    • may say: During his waking life, from the moment of waking up to the
    • waking up, it escapes your consciousness, you do not know anything
    • thinking part of man, the head of man. And we must ask: What
    • the time of falling asleep to the time of waking up?
    • the abstract thinking logic, which merely takes hold of the head, and
    • super-sensible knowledge is, fundamentally speaking, not a relation
    • anthroposophical spiritual science for speaking so little of God. But
    • I have often said: It seems to me that those who are always speaking
    • important than continually speaking of God. Perhaps, at first,
    • To begin with, we have the technique of thinking contained in
  • Title: Lecture: The Earth's Passage Through Its Former Planetary Conditions
    Matching lines:
    • usually described in occultism. When speaking of the soul's
    • found to-day, are those which pertain to the mineral kingdom.
    • Saturn a physical kingdom, which sent out into the world's spaces the
    • substance. When speaking of bodies in occultism, we speak of solid,
    • think that the men of olden times, when speaking of the “elements”,
    • compared with the present mineral kingdom. The Sun absorbed them as a
    • kind of subordinate kingdom of Nature, but at the same time another
    • kingdom was raised to the stage of plant-man.
    • Saturn kingdom of the beings who had remained behind, could be
    • kingdom which once existed upon the Sun. Hypothetically these spots
    • exerted all its thinking power and applied every conception in order
    • system. The kingdom which had reached the plant stage of development
    • describe, an intermediate kingdom between man and animal. Our present
    • vegetable, animal and mineral kingdoms only developed later; but even
    • an intermediate kingdom between plant and animal; plants with a kind
    • speaking, the Moon's foundation consisted of a mass resembling a mash
    • A peat bed of to-day would resemble the kingdom which existed at that
    • time as an intermediate kingdom between our plants and minerals.
    • There were no rocks, and anyone walking over the ground would have
    • Upon the Moon there was a kingdom
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Earth's Passage Through Its Former Planetary Conditions
    Matching lines:
    • usually described in occultism. When speaking of the soul's
    • found to-day, are those which pertain to the mineral kingdom.
    • Saturn a physical kingdom, which sent out into the world's spaces the
    • substance. When speaking of bodies in occultism, we speak of solid,
    • think that the men of olden times, when speaking of the “elements”,
    • compared with the present mineral kingdom. The Sun absorbed them as a
    • kind of subordinate kingdom of Nature, but at the same time another
    • kingdom was raised to the stage of plant-man.
    • Saturn kingdom of the beings who had remained behind, could be
    • kingdom which once existed upon the Sun. Hypothetically these spots
    • exerted all its thinking power and applied every conception in order
    • system. The kingdom which had reached the plant stage of development
    • describe, an intermediate kingdom between man and animal. Our present
    • vegetable, animal and mineral kingdoms only developed later; but even
    • an intermediate kingdom between plant and animal; plants with a kind
    • speaking, the Moon's foundation consisted of a mass resembling a mash
    • A peat bed of to-day would resemble the kingdom which existed at that
    • time as an intermediate kingdom between our plants and minerals.
    • There were no rocks, and anyone walking over the ground would have
    • Upon the Moon there was a kingdom
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Etheric Body as a Reflexion of the Universe
    Matching lines:
    • physical body, is, comparatively speaking, old, and in the course of
    • superficial manner of thinking, an untrained manner of thinking,
    • the following case: You see a man, who is walking along the bank of a
    • its Karma. Trivially speaking, we might say: The child's Higher Self,
    • speaking of normal conditions; when people are asleep during the
    • night and awake during the day, I am not speaking of the conditions
    • way that it can be used by the earth for it's thinking activity, when
    • physical body as an organ of thinking, because it is organised for
    • Indeed, I might mention striking cases, yet they would all be merely
    • events of our time are taking place, will be there — and these
    • we but find the possibility of recognising what is taking place now,
    • the intention of breaking Lucifer's wings and of causing him to fall.
  • Title: Lecture: The Etheric Body as a Reflexion of the Universe
    Matching lines:
    • physical body, is, comparatively speaking, old, and in the course of
    • superficial manner of thinking, an untrained manner of thinking,
    • the following case: You see a man, who is walking along the bank of a
    • its Karma. Trivially speaking, we might say: The child's Higher Self,
    • speaking of normal conditions; when people are asleep during the
    • night and awake during the day, I am not speaking of the conditions
    • way that it can be used by the earth for it's thinking activity, when
    • physical body as an organ of thinking, because it is organised for
    • Indeed, I might mention striking cases, yet they would all be merely
    • events of our time are taking place, will be there — and these
    • we but find the possibility of recognising what is taking place now,
    • the intention of breaking Lucifer's wings and of causing him to fall.
  • Title: Lecture: Salt, Mercury, Sulphur
    Matching lines:
    • Boehme spoke of the working of the salt, the mercury or the sulphur
    • in man, he was speaking of something absolutely real and concrete.
    • be outside man and in seeking thus to understand human nature by way
    • spectre the faculties of thinking, feeling and willing also come into
    • body, had been taking place since the beginning of the fifteenth
    • mystical meanings. Jacob Boehme connected the thinking — the
    • perception of the processes taking their course in the etheric body —
    • the Logos is working. The crystal-formations of the earth are the
    • working of the salts in etheric form must be thought of in a more
    • this airy element and by the breaking up of the etheric thoughts, by
    • from the working of the ‘astral man’ in the ‘air
    • spoke about ‘thinking’ he spoke of the salt-process just
    • times. If they had been confronted with our concepts of thinking,
    • of people when they speak of thinking, feeling and willing, consider
    • taking place in his image being. In outer nature there transpires
    • old Folk-Wisdom living in Jacob Boehm conceived as taking place
    • Kings. This story of the visit of the Three Kings to the Child Jesus
    • connected with this visit of the Three Kings from the East. These
    • Kings relate that they have come from regions where conditions were
    • World-King would appear whose coming would be heralded by a star.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Salt, Mercury, Sulphur
    Matching lines:
    • Boehme spoke of the working of the salt, the mercury or the sulphur
    • in man, he was speaking of something absolutely real and concrete.
    • be outside man and in seeking thus to understand human nature by way
    • spectre the faculties of thinking, feeling and willing also come into
    • body, had been taking place since the beginning of the fifteenth
    • mystical meanings. Jacob Boehme connected the thinking — the
    • perception of the processes taking their course in the etheric body —
    • the Logos is working. The crystal-formations of the earth are the
    • working of the salts in etheric form must be thought of in a more
    • this airy element and by the breaking up of the etheric thoughts, by
    • from the working of the ‘astral man’ in the ‘air
    • spoke about ‘thinking’ he spoke of the salt-process just
    • times. If they had been confronted with our concepts of thinking,
    • of people when they speak of thinking, feeling and willing, consider
    • taking place in his image being. In outer nature there transpires
    • old Folk-Wisdom living in Jacob Boehm conceived as taking place
    • Kings. This story of the visit of the Three Kings to the Child Jesus
    • connected with this visit of the Three Kings from the East. These
    • Kings relate that they have come from regions where conditions were
    • World-King would appear whose coming would be heralded by a star.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Entry of the Michael Forces
    Matching lines:
    • of Michael. We have accordingly considered the working of these
    • Intelligence. But Michael's impulses are strong and powerful. Taking
    • Hierarchies are working with man and upon him. It is thus that the
    • Working as they do upon the whole human being, they work also very
    • connected with him. Since then, Michael himself has been taking part
    • refined workings of karma he became incapable of using his
    • friend or someone else coming and taking him away to a different
    • and matter-of-fact way. He was prevented from partaking in what was
    • of Michael into the physical world was taking place in the last third
    • thinking, as we see him, where can this man belong? We think it a
    • and antipathies. Now all this is taking place already now in a
    • connection things are taking place which reach up into the next
    • kingdom of the Hierarchies. For you must see, there is a counterpart
    • learns to find his way still more deeply into the spiritual kingdoms
    • separation is taking place. To this, my dear friends, I would now
    • single and uniform kingdom of the Angeloi is being turned into a
    • twofold kingdom of Angeloi, a kingdom of Angeloi with an upward
    • Looking more deeply into the world to-day, one can perpetually
    • the intense conflict that is taking place, as between the things that
    • everyone is smoking his pipe or his cigar like a chimney-pot, and you
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Entry of the Michael Forces
    Matching lines:
    • of Michael. We have accordingly considered the working of these
    • Intelligence. But Michael's impulses are strong and powerful. Taking
    • Hierarchies are working with man and upon him. It is thus that the
    • Working as they do upon the whole human being, they work also very
    • connected with him. Since then, Michael himself has been taking part
    • refined workings of karma he became incapable of using his
    • friend or someone else coming and taking him away to a different
    • and matter-of-fact way. He was prevented from partaking in what was
    • of Michael into the physical world was taking place in the last third
    • thinking, as we see him, where can this man belong? We think it a
    • and antipathies. Now all this is taking place already now in a
    • connection things are taking place which reach up into the next
    • kingdom of the Hierarchies. For you must see, there is a counterpart
    • learns to find his way still more deeply into the spiritual kingdoms
    • separation is taking place. To this, my dear friends, I would now
    • single and uniform kingdom of the Angeloi is being turned into a
    • twofold kingdom of Angeloi, a kingdom of Angeloi with an upward
    • Looking more deeply into the world to-day, one can perpetually
    • the intense conflict that is taking place, as between the things that
    • everyone is smoking his pipe or his cigar like a chimney-pot, and you
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Dedication of an Anthroposophical Group
    Matching lines:
    • Thinking humanity is really divided into these two camps.
    • Man's manner of thinking would have become submerged ever deeper in
    • of all love, our thinking would have become; and the spirit
    • would not stir. But if instead of speaking, we get wood and coal and
    • Christ, Buddha lived. He lived in a king's palace. Then he went out
  • Title: Lecture: The Dedication of an Anthroposophical Group
    Matching lines:
    • Thinking humanity is really divided into these two camps.
    • Man's manner of thinking would have become submerged ever deeper in
    • of all love, our thinking would have become; and the spirit
    • would not stir. But if instead of speaking, we get wood and coal and
    • Christ, Buddha lived. He lived in a king's palace. Then he went out
  • Title: Lecture: It is a Necessity of Our Earnest Times to Find Again the Path Leading to the Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • From: Lectures on Spiritual Essence and Its Working
    • From: Lectures on Spiritual Essence and Its Working
    • That striking year to
    • intellect, the thinking, into our consciousness soul. That means a
    • took hold of his thinking, his life of representations and his
    • from the moment of falling asleep to the moment of waking up. That is
    • Yet we do not judge the waking state in the same way. The time of
    • of waking up, was really quite different in the fourth post-Atlantean
    • thinking, he said: The light, the sun thinks within me. The Greek of
    • so abstractly about thinking as we do to-day. He thought: The sun
    • thinking. And when a particularly cultured Greek ate, he indeed
    • experienced what was thinking within him as the sun's bright light,
    • earth; i.e. the taking in of food. Through the intimate way in which
    • not stand visibly before us, because we have conquered thinking for
    • through modern medicine, with its abstract way of thinking, even
    • sleep is, from the moment of falling asleep to the moment of waking
    • which we live from the moment of waking up to the moment of falling
    • kind of sleep during the time from falling asleep to waking up.
    • falling asleep to that of waking up. What does then take place with
    • moment of waking up. In these modern times, the human soul then
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: It is a Necessity of Our Earnest Times to Find Again the Path Leading to the Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • From: Lectures on Spiritual Essence and Its Working
    • From: Lectures on Spiritual Essence and Its Working
    • That striking year to
    • intellect, the thinking, into our consciousness soul. That means a
    • took hold of his thinking, his life of representations and his
    • from the moment of falling asleep to the moment of waking up. That is
    • Yet we do not judge the waking state in the same way. The time of
    • of waking up, was really quite different in the fourth post-Atlantean
    • thinking, he said: The light, the sun thinks within me. The Greek of
    • so abstractly about thinking as we do to-day. He thought: The sun
    • thinking. And when a particularly cultured Greek ate, he indeed
    • experienced what was thinking within him as the sun's bright light,
    • earth; i.e. the taking in of food. Through the intimate way in which
    • not stand visibly before us, because we have conquered thinking for
    • through modern medicine, with its abstract way of thinking, even
    • sleep is, from the moment of falling asleep to the moment of waking
    • which we live from the moment of waking up to the moment of falling
    • kind of sleep during the time from falling asleep to waking up.
    • falling asleep to that of waking up. What does then take place with
    • moment of waking up. In these modern times, the human soul then
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Some Conditions for Understanding Supersensible Experiences
    Matching lines:
    • One of his lectures on Spiritual Essence and its Working,
    • One of his lectures on Spiritual Essence and its Working,
    • an old Persian legend. “Djemjdid was a king who led his people
    • dead are perpetually working into our physical world. The forces of
    • which under the influence of the impulses working in men to-day are
    • order to reach them. What is lacking to-day is the application of
    • worst plight; it is healthy logic, really sound thinking, and above
    • speaking the truth at all about certain things, because of national
    • light itself, then for the first time he becomes aware that thinking
    • Thinking that is bound up with the body is proper to physical life
    • only. Directly we leave this body, our thinking loses definition; it
    • the moment our thinking is received into the light, it is no longer
    • just as here in earthly life he makes use of thinking in the physical
    • things through thinking.
    • possible when thinking is based on the bodily functions. This kind of
    • thinking is ingrained in them from their youth onwards. But healthy
    • in the element of thinking that is truly free. As long as such things
    • kingdoms of nature, is behind the ego that is an image only. We must
    • reversal of feeling has been experienced. Then, when thinking is
    • social thinking. When the ego is allowed to remain a mirror-image,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Some Conditions for Understanding Supersensible Experiences
    Matching lines:
    • One of his lectures on Spiritual Essence and its Working,
    • One of his lectures on Spiritual Essence and its Working,
    • an old Persian legend. “Djemjdid was a king who led his people
    • dead are perpetually working into our physical world. The forces of
    • which under the influence of the impulses working in men to-day are
    • order to reach them. What is lacking to-day is the application of
    • worst plight; it is healthy logic, really sound thinking, and above
    • speaking the truth at all about certain things, because of national
    • light itself, then for the first time he becomes aware that thinking
    • Thinking that is bound up with the body is proper to physical life
    • only. Directly we leave this body, our thinking loses definition; it
    • the moment our thinking is received into the light, it is no longer
    • just as here in earthly life he makes use of thinking in the physical
    • things through thinking.
    • possible when thinking is based on the bodily functions. This kind of
    • thinking is ingrained in them from their youth onwards. But healthy
    • in the element of thinking that is truly free. As long as such things
    • kingdoms of nature, is behind the ego that is an image only. We must
    • reversal of feeling has been experienced. Then, when thinking is
    • social thinking. When the ego is allowed to remain a mirror-image,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Relation of the Movement for Religious Renewal to the Anthroposophical Movement
    Matching lines:
    • taking of these steps which must bring blessing to the
    • about that in more recent years the way of working had necessarily to
    • thinking, feeling, and will. I remarked first of all to those who
    • came to me in this way for help in what they were seeking and could
    • only find where anthroposophical Spiritual Science is making its way
    • drawn into the forms of thinking and ideation prevailing in various
    • Taking for granted therefore that the Anthroposophical Movement will
    • Movement, and so on. Taking into account the fact that the opponents
    • were to do so, he would be working for two ends: firstly, for the
    • together as in one organic whole, but this working together must take
    • essential impulse of the Anthroposophical Movement — working
  • Title: Lecture: The Relation of the Movement for Religious Renewal to the Anthroposophical Movement
    Matching lines:
    • taking of these steps which must bring blessing to the
    • about that in more recent years the way of working had necessarily to
    • thinking, feeling, and will. I remarked first of all to those who
    • came to me in this way for help in what they were seeking and could
    • only find where anthroposophical Spiritual Science is making its way
    • drawn into the forms of thinking and ideation prevailing in various
    • Taking for granted therefore that the Anthroposophical Movement will
    • Movement, and so on. Taking into account the fact that the opponents
    • were to do so, he would be working for two ends: firstly, for the
    • together as in one organic whole, but this working together must take
    • essential impulse of the Anthroposophical Movement — working
  • Title: Lecture: The Ego-consciousness of the So-called Dead
    Matching lines:
    • great events of the present are taking place, to those who must stand
    • Spirits of their Souls, working Guardians!
    • Spirits of their Souls, working Guardians!
    • gradually be acquired by speaking of things repeatedly and throwing
    • our body. Spatially speaking, they are outside. Nevertheless,
    • formed our stomach, or everything that exists, spatially speaking,
    • this case we must set about thinking in an entirely different way of
    • world. Trivially speaking, I might say that this world is merely
    • together with another human being, we spoke with him and in speaking
    • vegetable, animal and human kingdom. It enables us to experience what
  • Title: Lecture: The Ego-consciousness of the So-called Dead
    Matching lines:
    • great events of the present are taking place, to those who must stand
    • Spirits of their Souls, working Guardians!
    • Spirits of their Souls, working Guardians!
    • gradually be acquired by speaking of things repeatedly and throwing
    • our body. Spatially speaking, they are outside. Nevertheless,
    • formed our stomach, or everything that exists, spatially speaking,
    • this case we must set about thinking in an entirely different way of
    • world. Trivially speaking, I might say that this world is merely
    • together with another human being, we spoke with him and in speaking
    • vegetable, animal and human kingdom. It enables us to experience what
  • Title: Lecture: Concerning the Origin and Nature of the Finnish Nation
    Matching lines:
    • working upwards from below, from the earth itself, so man’s
  • Title: Lecture: Concerning the Origin and Nature of the Finnish Nation
    Matching lines:
    • working upwards from below, from the earth itself, so man’s
  • Title: Esoteric Christianity: The Gospel of St. John and Ancient Mysteries
    Matching lines:
    • called in the Mysteries the Kingdom of Heaven, into which the Mystic
    • was led, was not in some other place. The Kingdom of the Spiritual
    • evolved upwards through the mineral kingdom, plant kingdom and animal
    • kingdom to the human kingdom and was then born anew out of the human
    • time in a condition between waking and sleeping. My spirit was light,
    • the consciousness which accompanies us through the waking condition,
    • kingdom. Man, who has attained to a higher stage of evolution, must
  • Title: Esoteric Christianity: The Gospel of St. John and Ancient Mysteries
    Matching lines:
    • called in the Mysteries the Kingdom of Heaven, into which the Mystic
    • was led, was not in some other place. The Kingdom of the Spiritual
    • evolved upwards through the mineral kingdom, plant kingdom and animal
    • kingdom to the human kingdom and was then born anew out of the human
    • time in a condition between waking and sleeping. My spirit was light,
    • the consciousness which accompanies us through the waking condition,
    • kingdom. Man, who has attained to a higher stage of evolution, must
  • Title: On The Gospel of St. John
    Matching lines:
    • the spiritual life have only been applied for the purpose of making
    • Individualities of whom we are speaking dominated everything around
    • 17:3 And, behold, there appeared unto them Moses and Elias talking with him. \
    • KingMatt. chap. 17, verses 1–13).
    • condition. The chasing and hurrying and thinking merely of material
    • presumption to place ourselves above the higher forces working in
    • like children, before the ancient sages, seeking there for the
    • Those who have gazed into the workings of the world from the
  • Title: On The Gospel of St. John
    Matching lines:
    • the spiritual life have only been applied for the purpose of making
    • Individualities of whom we are speaking dominated everything around
    • 17:3 And, behold, there appeared unto them Moses and Elias talking with him. \
    • KingMatt. chap. 17, verses 1–13).
    • condition. The chasing and hurrying and thinking merely of material
    • presumption to place ourselves above the higher forces working in
    • like children, before the ancient sages, seeking there for the
    • Those who have gazed into the workings of the world from the
  • Title: Awakening to Community - I
    Matching lines:
    • called its better days, something was taking place that almost
    • honest seeking will find, if he practices self-observation, that this
    • to be a special phenomenon of the present moment working its way to
    • objective mathematics, objective chemistry, that it is working toward
    • when a person seeking anthroposophy wants to escape from these will
    • its highest expression, he cannot help asking at the same time for a
    • behind but with the new world of his seeking. Since he has turned his
    • be a quite unthinking person to say, “I feel my humanity alien
    • everything that the striving for insight recognizes as its seeking,
    • can only be developed by rising above suffering and making it a
    • ferreted out the necessity of asking who selected them and authorized
    • manager and is therefore more involved in thinking, that thinking
    • escape from the direction the will is taking that it enters the
    • sectarian group thought it a most praiseworthy undertaking to meet
    • thinking and feeling people were moved to apply their wills to the
    • breaking his legs. It is much harder to pour good thoughts so
    • thus exerted one's humanness. Many an undertaking has suffered
    • thinking and feeling person one finds satisfaction there because one
    • making one dissatisfied. But that attitude doesn't last. In the long
    • practice. That means making one single whole again of the person
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Awakening to Community - I
    Matching lines:
    • called its better days, something was taking place that almost
    • honest seeking will find, if he practices self-observation, that this
    • to be a special phenomenon of the present moment working its way to
    • objective mathematics, objective chemistry, that it is working toward
    • when a person seeking anthroposophy wants to escape from these will
    • its highest expression, he cannot help asking at the same time for a
    • behind but with the new world of his seeking. Since he has turned his
    • be a quite unthinking person to say, “I feel my humanity alien
    • everything that the striving for insight recognizes as its seeking,
    • can only be developed by rising above suffering and making it a
    • ferreted out the necessity of asking who selected them and authorized
    • manager and is therefore more involved in thinking, that thinking
    • escape from the direction the will is taking that it enters the
    • sectarian group thought it a most praiseworthy undertaking to meet
    • thinking and feeling people were moved to apply their wills to the
    • breaking his legs. It is much harder to pour good thoughts so
    • thus exerted one's humanness. Many an undertaking has suffered
    • thinking and feeling person one finds satisfaction there because one
    • making one dissatisfied. But that attitude doesn't last. In the long
    • practice. That means making one single whole again of the person
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Perceiving and Remembering
    Matching lines:
    • that during the waking state we are both with our ego and astral body within
    • taking place in the inner light-body. But we do not see them as light
    • distant way what, for instance, is taking place amongst us here. Because
    • of the New Year is a kind of sign marking the progress of time generally; and
    • all thinking souls, things called into being by this black printers' ink
  • Title: Perceiving and Remembering
    Matching lines:
    • that during the waking state we are both with our ego and astral body within
    • taking place in the inner light-body. But we do not see them as light
    • distant way what, for instance, is taking place amongst us here. Because
    • of the New Year is a kind of sign marking the progress of time generally; and
    • all thinking souls, things called into being by this black printers' ink
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Cover Sheet
    Matching lines:
    • be answered on the basis of our experience or with our ordinary thinking.
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Contents
    Matching lines:
    • be answered on the basis of our experience or with our ordinary thinking.
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 1: Forgetting
    Matching lines:
    • be answered on the basis of our experience or with our ordinary thinking.
    • the etheric body. Perhaps we are justified in asking if there is any
    • right way on the free part of the etheric body we have been speaking
    • enjoyed and desired in life. And the breaking of habit is really
    • sculptors and overseers working on the form of the life to come. For
    • man largely spends his time in Devachan working on the new form he is
    • prototype of his next form. He forms this prototype by working into
    • images that he is always thinking about. This is something quite
    • working in the right way. A phlegmatic who only takes in trivial
    • at heart and is therefore intent on working for it — and also,
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 2: Different Types of Illness
    Matching lines:
    • be answered on the basis of our experience or with our ordinary thinking.
    • into things in all manner of ways, like the way it is now speaking
    • thinking. However, if we follow this or that slogan, or give special
    • scientific basis and is useful in many respects, we shall be making
    • understood. There have always been scientists in the world working
    • man, who, as it were, thrust forth the other kingdoms of nature: the
    • mineral kingdom was pushed out, certain specific inner organs arose.
    • way that he is taking in something that is not right for him. So we
    • experiences in his soul when he is habitually working behind a work
    • four hundred years ago clairvoyants observed materialistic thinking
    • nowadays to achieve anything with paracelsian thinking. For in those
    • opinions held today by the people working at the dissecting benches
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 3: Original Sin
    Matching lines:
    • be answered on the basis of our experience or with our ordinary thinking.
    • will start today by looking at an important moment in man's earthly
    • evolution. Those of you who have been working in the anthroposophical
    • will gradually accustom themselves to this way of thinking.
    • division of the sexes took place in the kingdom of man on earth. You
    • in the human kingdom. I want to emphasise that we are not speaking of
    • kingdoms that are around us. Phenomena that doubtlessly belong to
    • bisexuality occur earlier. But what we call the human kingdom did not
    • This is a childish way of looking at things and can only lead to our
    • thinking of a clock as having little demonic beings behind it wise
    • inter-working?
    • you are sitting facing someone and speaking to him. We are referring
    • are sitting together, one talking and the other just listening. It is
    • inwardly it is very clear, in fact striking, that the one who is
    • inter-working of the sexes. If there was only the female element,
    • the inter-working of the sexes is to be found in the fact that
    • compressed into the inter-working of the sexes, so that
    • human being at birth. That is the significance of the inter-working
    • to man, and we will begin by looking at the finer aspects.
    • the inter-working of the two sexes in particular this was lost more
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 4: Rhythm in the Bodies of Man
    Matching lines:
    • be answered on the basis of our experience or with our ordinary thinking.
    • observe man both in a waking and sleeping state.
    • this is only roughly speaking. A rough idea is sufficient for a
    • imagine the ego as it is nowadays, in the waking state, we have to
    • that we really have to speak of a kind of sinking down into a cosmic
    • between waking and sleeping, and the astral body in seven times
    • etheric body, symbolically speaking, revolves on its own axis, and
    • said, however, you will find a new way of looking at a thought I
    • spirits of the Sun. Through the working together of the various
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 5: Rhythms in the Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • be answered on the basis of our experience or with our ordinary thinking.
    • night, sleeping and waking, will be seen as a kind of unity. So when
    • of waking up in the morning; that is, you rise up out of the darkness
    • course speaking figuratively, for they are not really rotations but
    • is healthy and all his inner activities are working harmoniously,
    • moment, with the co-operation of these two positions working
    • these rhythms, these mysterious inner workings, man's whole being
    • working of his clock will not have changed, it will only have become
    • year because nature herself indicates this by making foods grow only
    • of man's being and their inter-working; and then on a higher level,
    • even if we have been working at it for many years. Today we could
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 6: Illness and Karma
    Matching lines:
    • be answered on the basis of our experience or with our ordinary thinking.
    • the period of breaking himself of his habits, or Kamaloca.
    • beautiful words of Christ, when He was speaking of man's entry into
    • the spiritual world or the kingdom of Heaven: ‘Except ye ...
    • become as little children, ye shall not enter into the kingdom of
    • Devachan or the kingdom of Heaven, and be in the spiritual world from
    • let us take a closer look at the working of karma, by examining a
    • looking at the brain.
    • another. Strictly speaking all our strength was acquired by the
    • capable of making use of the mid-brain. How can it acquire the
    • satisfied with remarking in a trivial sense: ‘If I get ill I
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 7: Laughing and Weeping
    Matching lines:
    • be answered on the basis of our experience or with our ordinary thinking.
    • distinctly different from the other kingdoms with whom he shares this
    • close to that of animals. The way of thinking that would so dearly
    • the ego is expanding and making a bulge in the astral body. Only
    • because the ego is active within man's being and not working as a
    • were just making comparisons. Speaking of them in general it could
    • himself that raises man above the other kingdoms.
    • taking an individual ego into himself and working from out of it on
    • already predestined to have an ego working within them when man
    • speaking this is what is really at the root of laughter. And this is
    • active in him seeking to raise him above all that is base. For
    • can only acquire by taking from the environment everything we
    • seeking the causes of laughter and weeping in himself but finding
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 8: The Manifestation of the Ego in the Different Races of Men
    Matching lines:
    • be answered on the basis of our experience or with our ordinary thinking.
    • working at in these group lectures this winter, and we will go on
    • Looking back into the ancient past, we see how the human soul and
    • phenomena taking place in the region of the air became dependent on
    • according to this way of thinking the idea of a personal God was
    • the mystery of the ego. Strictly speaking all evolution since
    • those who, without taking the trouble to go into all the details of
    • Such a way of thinking often arises, even in theosophical circles.
    • divine man to speak out of them, talking incessantly about the higher
    • were always taking in new things, and by so doing they really became
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 9: Evolution, Involution and Creation out of Nothingness
    Matching lines:
    • be answered on the basis of our experience or with our ordinary thinking.
    • twenty-second year, which is the time when strictly speaking the
    • distinct and vanish after a while. What is really taking place there?
    • the same thing that is making the sound’. Connecting-cords like
    • no longer working from outside but from within. What works from
    • go on working at the whole development of the growing human being
    • been working from outside passes into the brain, it develops under
    • although not free, is nevertheless working in him from the start. And
    • difficult concepts. But as we have been working for some years in
    • taking a fully developed plant, for instance a lily of the valley.
    • comprehensible by taking a simple example.
    • spot on the earth and looking up at the sky. He sees a particular
    • see something else. This looking at the sky creates in him a feeling
    • make the person a thief, it is a process taking place entirely within
    • speaking, any kind of logic is something added to things from
    • experiences that are free experiences are only slowly making their
    • bequeathed to you. You are taking a ride in this carriage when a
    • about in it, but strictly speaking it will be an entirely new
    • of three kinds. First, what we call thinking in accordance with law,
    • our logical thinking. This is something that man adds to things. If
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Contents
    Matching lines:
    • the body when waking from sleep. Between birth and death a human
    • during waking life. Processes of cognition lie within the field of
    • no logical thinking. In the Graeco-Latin epoch there was only
    • Ego which, basically speaking, passes through all the periods of
    • forces working from outside (see diagram). The work of the ‘regular’
    • past live on in the present mineral, plant and animal kingdoms, just
    • we behold what is hidden from waking life. Results of destructive
    • processes during waking life are repaired during sleep. Processes of
    • what is sub-sensory, e.g. vibrations, wave lengths, the working of
    • thinking in the third. Acting out of love rather than merely out of a
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • seriousness when speaking of the spiritual worlds. This, after all,
    • exactly the opposite holds good. I am speaking always of the present
    • from our Earth, something taking place on our Earth. It was necessary
    • activity when the spirit is not speaking. And quite certainly no
    • until evening during the waking life of day; from minute to minute
    • the same way we are surrounded after death, figuratively speaking, by
    • Homer, thus indicating his spiritual seership. In speaking of the
    • particular aspect of it had not struck me before. I am speaking now
    • But now let me say something else. Suppose we are looking at the
    • genuine moral quality has been lacking in us; we then become solitary
    • In the process of Initiation too, thinking is a real fact and if we
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • the body when waking from sleep. Between birth and death a human
    • observation, for instance, of the moment of waking will, however,
    • an earthly life that was unsociable and lacking in morality.
    • Taking the life between death and the new birth as a
    • Earth, also understanding of what is taking place in every individual
    • I said, I have to use trivial words in speaking of these two thrones;
    • the forces needed for the Sun sphere. I am making no intolerant
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • far rather have made a most striking impression upon you? If we knew
    • strange moments of transition from waking life to sleep or from sleep
    • to waking life, if you were to observe with greater exactitude
    • other means makes his thinking more mobile, will have moments in his
    • waking life during which he will feel that he is living in a world of
    • therefore, Anthroposophy succeeds in making a real effect upon
    • man's thinking is far too materialistic, even if he often believes in
    • relevant here: “If you are seeking for the highest and the
    • showing that right thinking can lead beyond the things of everyday
    • is not, properly speaking, criticism at all.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Four
    Matching lines:
    • during waking life. Processes of cognition lie within the field of
    • no logical thinking. In the Graeco-Latin epoch there was only
    • is making use of his senses, as long as he lets himself be guided and
    • during waking life are restored and man is not meant to witness this
    • waking life and is concealed from human consciousness. The Bible uses
    • destruction, of wear and tear. During waking life nothing in man's
    • being. What, after all, does he know about the processes working in
    • or less normal time. Objectively speaking, an afternoon nap is a
    • During the waking life of day there is a certain
    • twofold. During the waking state the Ego-aura holds together in the
    • human being; with the Ego-forces that permeate him in the waking
    • Figure A. Waking state. The physical body is indicated
    • the waking state, and below they are denser, more compact.
    • restoration of what has been used up during the waking hours, are
    • Speaking generally it can be said that the number of individuals who
    • the Egypto-Chaldean epoch, inasmuch as logical thinking — of
    • thinking such as is general today; the activities of men during
    • waking life were instinctive. They had acquired their knowledge —
    • that there is a rose in front of you but you are not looking at it;
    • is in our meaning of the word, for logical thinking did not yet
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Five
    Matching lines:
    • shall not be speaking today about the Christmas Festival as in
    • longer working in a human body but in the spiritual body in which he
    • every iota of spirituality and thinking only of the external
    • such a separation taking place in the further evolution of mankind on
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Six
    Matching lines:
    • Ego which, basically speaking, passes through all the periods of
    • individuality of whom we are now thinking lived on the Earth as
    • ‘I’ or Ego which, basically speaking, passes through all
    • soul during that period would be meaningless. Fundamentally speaking,
    • already present and manifests itself in a very striking way.
    • vertical position. And a third capacity is thinking. Remembrance does
    • faculties of speaking and thinking are still undeveloped. When the
    • walking upright, speaking and thinking. It is impossible to conceive
    • in his earliest years of speaking and thinking in the real sense, are
    • been achieved by the head in the way of ordinary thinking. In a
    • certain respect the strength of thinking lies in the ability of the
    • human being, while he is thinking, to bring the brain to rest even
    • thoroughly he can keep the brain at rest while he is thinking,
    • pictured during the waking state, in the period between death and the
    • the forces which, working from within, enable the human being to
    • thinker and mould the brain into becoming the organ of thinking
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Seven
    Matching lines:
    • forces working from outside (see diagram). The work of the 'regular'
    • one working from within and the other from without. The formative
    • working from without are not of the same kind. They come from Spirits
    • spiritual domain, whereas the forces working in the material sphere
    • inward, taking hold of the sentient soul and so on, in the
    • is to be a beggar in the upper world than a king in the realm of the
    • thinking that comes to expression as public opinion. The function of
    • death and rebirth. They have relinquished all possibility of working
    • solely for the purpose of hindering men from making progress towards
    • try to grasp material conditions by means of material thinking. When
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Eight
    Matching lines:
    • past live on in the present mineral, plant and animal kingdoms, just
    • we behold what is hidden from waking life. Results of destructive
    • processes during waking life are repaired during sleep. Processes of
    • what is sub-sensory, e.g. vibrations, wave lengths, the working of
    • thinking, we have before us only that which does not in any way
    • from then until the moment of waking he really sees nothing at all.
    • thinking. Hence we must use or at least activate the brain when in
    • we know from Spiritual Science, namely that the three kingdoms of
    • evolution. Mineral kingdom, plant kingdom, animal kingdom are,
    • fundamentally speaking, entities attributable to the fact that
    • period. When a man looks at the mineral, plant or animal kingdoms, he
    • applies to the mineral, plant and animal kingdoms in outer nature.
    • in these kingdoms and they continue into present existence, just as
    • mineral, plant and animal kingdoms or in the external aspects of the
    • human kingdom. But then we know that the essential realities which we
    • are there beholding are the creative, life-giving principles working
    • nothing except Man. What would never be seen by day, in the waking
    • human kingdom — that is to say, from the viewpoint of sleep we
    • see everything that is hidden from the ordinary perception of waking
    • weaving life and activity in the other kingdoms of nature. The body
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Nine
    Matching lines:
    • thinking in the third. Acting out of love rather than merely out of a
    • enlightened, one could often hear a way of speaking that is
    • As I said, this way of speaking could be heard time and
    • speaking, their hands are offering gifts which we do not receive
    • when faced with reality. Here is an example: A certain free-thinking
    • speak, for speech does not come of itself. So our free-thinking
    • this inadequate, pseudo-thinking is very widespread. If with the help
    • for sound thinking. Ahriman was his leader and it was Ahriman who
    • his thinking coming to a halt when confronting actual facts, and in
    • his inability to make his thinking exhaustive and valid. A large
    • who are incapable of genuine thinking today owe this to the fact that
    • there I may recognise God. But what he is seeking there is only his
    • kind of thinking.
    • looking down upon earthly life and co-operating with the forces that
    • to him from it; then he will learn. We have had a number of striking
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Ten
    Matching lines:
    • customary on Earth. This earthly thinking is discarded in the region
    • kingdom to appear as a purely material realm is due to the fact that
    • the Mars region in order to continue working there. (See Lecture
    • of any philosophical argument or reflective thinking, but of occult
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Back Cover
    Matching lines:
    • Steiner distinguishes between materialist and intellectual thinking,
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Contents
    Matching lines:
    • The working of the Christ Impulse in the depths of the
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • thinking in order to understand the secrets, the riddles, of the
    • which Greek culture and other deepened forms of thinking had achieved
    • through revolutions in our ways of thinking about the external world.
    • special attention to this triumph of human thinking at that time.
    • beyond what can be reached by the development of thinking. And the
    • to bring livingly before one's soul what thinking meant for
    • the ideas that sprang from their thinking, and then one comes to the
    • other people had thinking ever been like that! However sceptical
    • says to oneself: Yes, as this thinking flowers into idea, with Plato
    • dependent on those worlds; in thinking you take hold of something
    • in yourself; in your thinking you lay hold, as it were, of your own
    • refrain-from-thinking, think-no-more theory. But to anyone who
    • to immerse themselves, alone with their thinking, in the time when
    • geniuses lived. And they can best be encountered by looking at
    • Darwinism in terms of that mentality. Or, strictly speaking, at the
    • also the way in which your thinking as physical man tries to explain
    • certainly Maya, but with thinking we penetrate into a spiritual world
    • — and if one hopes that this thinking really can reach the
    • him, this thinking belongs to the thirty-first Aeon, to the physical
    • world. So not only sense perception, but human thinking, lies outside
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • one must say it — this working would have been in a sad way.
    • Now, fundamentally speaking, it is certainly not easy to
    • unravel the riddle I have been speaking of, and I avow that in the
    • as we start looking at the fairly detailed knowledge about the Sibyls
    • Prophets and the Sibyls. And in looking at these paintings we ought
    • similar, quietly taking into well-ordered minds whatever it is they
    • at rest in the spiritual and they are seeking to fathom the emergence
    • of humanity, from out of the spiritual. We see that in their thinking
    • lacking. They had everything for which the Gnostics, and the
    • the great Universe, and out of this working of the Cosmos on their
    • and fundamentally speaking upon the whole Indian culture of the first
    • world-spirit is thinking in me. As I have tried to show in
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • thinking, feeling and willing. If nothing further had happened, these
    • have been continually disturbed by thinking, feeling would have
    • through a hypertrophy of thinking, and so forth. This was the third
    • Now these three soul-powers, thinking, feeling and
    • working together of thinking, feeling and willing has to be kept in
    • and Earth, so that through the inter-working of Sun, Moon and Earth,
    • thinking, feeling and willing were on the way to becoming; and he
    • was still making itself felt at that later time.
    • Nazareth, but we are speaking now of an event that took place in
    • angelic Being. And the effect was that human thinking, feeling and
    • if thinking, feeling and willing were to be harmonised. And so there
    • drive out from thinking, feeling and willing the element which would
    • of song and string-music he brings thinking, feeling and willing into
    • thinking, feeling and willing into harmony. They did not say so
    • thereby brought harmony into thinking, feeling and willing. The art
    • It is remarkable that when a certain man — King
    • expression of harmony in thinking, feeling and willing. The Healer,
    • harmonising of sense perception, of the life-organs, of thinking,
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Four
    Matching lines:
    • workings of Time — Zervan Akarana. Not, however, the abstract
    • But while all this was breaking in over the Western
    • which bring about ebb and flow, the swelling and sinking of the
    • to prevent it from ever breaking out.
    • sinking himself into it and speaking through her. The Prophets wanted
    • Prophets to the element of Geology. A future kingdom which will
    • redeem the existing kingdom while remaining in all appearance an
    • earthly kingdom, a heaven on Earth — that is first of all what
    • clouds and found his kingdom on Earth. The distinctive inner
    • commandments, making a covenant with his people, speaking directly to
    • had formerly been done for the harmonising of thinking, feeling and
    • plant kingdom, the laurel has a strong connection with meteorological
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Five
    Matching lines:
    • Christ Impulse working below the surface. Then we shall understand
    • dreams, the activity which the Christ was undertaking in the depths
    • the son of Constantine Chlorus, was making war against Maxentius on
    • already on her knees. And under the after-effect of looking at this
    • Troyes. There we are shown how, after often mistaking the way,
    • Fisher-King, and presently he encounters the Fisher-King in the Grail
    • Castle. The Fisher-King is old and feeble and has to rest on a couch.
    • While conversing with Parsifal, the Fisher-King hands
    • which the Fisher-King's aged father is nourished in a separate
    • Fisher-King and Parsifal partake. These two nourish themselves with
    • the Fisher-King's aged father, whose only nourishment comes
    • bringing about something like a redemption for the Fisher-King by
    • asking questions about the miracles in the castle. And then he is
    • death of the old Amfortas, the Fisher-King. Then it is that the
    • future Ruler, the King of the Grail, for thy name shines out from the
    • Parsifal becomes the Grail King. And so the name,
    • “I once by Fisher-King did stand.
    • lap. And then, when I was not in the least looking for it, I came
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Six
    Matching lines:
    • say: In the dark part of the moon we are looking at the spiritual
    • as having arisen from the working of the Christ Impulse in the depths
    • entourage of the King whom the Maid of Orleans liberated. After
    • out and conquer them, but only after previous warning. For the King
    • of the city of Rheims in Champagne, whither the King has hastily set
    • King of the French and of the Duke of Orleans, Seneschal of Berry.”
    • super-sensible, in ideas as well as in things, in the kingdoms of
    • and from this place, as though from a focus or source, its workings
    • already the power of the Grail is working in him unconsciously. Thus
    • King Arthur, [See
    • the working of the stars had been permeated by the Christ, a man had
    • Parsifal, in whom the Christ Impulse was still working unconsciously,
    • by day and night, looking at Nature by day and with the symbol of the
    • the saga: that whenever a King of the Grail, a truly appointed
    • in our Anthroposophy as a renewed seeking for the Grail, and let us
    • Earth-evolution and its connection with the Cosmos, we are speaking
    • from a focus or source, its workings go out into the ocean and the
    • world-conception is seeking; we shall gradually press on further and
    • than is a great deal of talking about the unity of religions, which
    • Prester John, who had his kingdom on the far side of the lands
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Hidden Depths of Soul Life
    Matching lines:
    • consciousness — namely, what he controls from waking to falling
    • connection with what we consciously think, feel or will. In speaking
    • working in the organism, shaping this body that bears our soul into a
    • as of his thinking, feeling and willing. Among things that point to the
    • of time. The same idea of time expressed when looking back on our
    • waking life is no longer valid in regard to dreams. No doubt time
    • sleeping and waking than he does in the physical world, only these
    • cock's crowing plays into her waking, and she looks back on her
    • before waking. But when the moment for waking approaches, the impact of
    • the sleeping on the waking life indicates she has experienced not what
    • working on his faculty for drawing, no progress being visible,
    • working down in the hidden depths of the body so as gradually to
    • outwards, this same inner core that later goes on working in him
    • light of reason is working in the same way as in man. In this respect
    • Philosopher and the Human Soul”. I am thinking especially of
    • his various successive experiences have grown into something working as
    • consciously experienced the result. So we first see this working on the
    • working of soul forces which lie beyond the usual boundary of the
    • the working of the hidden forces of the soul and spirit appear to
  • Title: The Hidden Depths of Soul Life
    Matching lines:
    • consciousness — namely, what he controls from waking to falling
    • connection with what we consciously think, feel or will. In speaking
    • working in the organism, shaping this body that bears our soul into a
    • as of his thinking, feeling and willing. Among things that point to the
    • of time. The same idea of time expressed when looking back on our
    • waking life is no longer valid in regard to dreams. No doubt time
    • sleeping and waking than he does in the physical world, only these
    • cock's crowing plays into her waking, and she looks back on her
    • before waking. But when the moment for waking approaches, the impact of
    • the sleeping on the waking life indicates she has experienced not what
    • working on his faculty for drawing, no progress being visible,
    • working down in the hidden depths of the body so as gradually to
    • outwards, this same inner core that later goes on working in him
    • light of reason is working in the same way as in man. In this respect
    • Philosopher and the Human Soul”. I am thinking especially of
    • his various successive experiences have grown into something working as
    • consciously experienced the result. So we first see this working on the
    • working of soul forces which lie beyond the usual boundary of the
    • the working of the hidden forces of the soul and spirit appear to
  • Title: Perception of the Nature of Thought
    Matching lines:
    • life from Aries, Taurus, Gemini etc., we are then thinking in the
    • Earth are working. But it is active in what exists only in the mother
    • transition is found from a very remarkable ancient thinking to what
    • and that of ancient Greece. Our clumsy thinking believes that thought
    • must not speak of such a mode of thinking as is normal today, but of
    • thinking, where one draws the thoughts out of oneself, where one must
    • thinking in the modern sense might take root in the modern human
    • concerned with a thinking that is still not man's own
    • need arose to give certainty to thinking, — to prove thinking as was
    • see thoughts as perception. In the former Greek thinking that would
    • becoming aware of the subjectivity of thinking.
    • perceptive thinking, was still deeply influenced by the sentient
    • the external. The thinking of Thales, of the first philosopher was
    • Angeloi Thinking (Jupiter)
    • etheric bodies. And the laws of the Sun-existence, working from epoch
    • example of the working of the Sun-evolution in human earthly life. I
  • Title: Perception of the Nature of Thought
    Matching lines:
    • life from Aries, Taurus, Gemini etc., we are then thinking in the
    • Earth are working. But it is active in what exists only in the mother
    • transition is found from a very remarkable ancient thinking to what
    • and that of ancient Greece. Our clumsy thinking believes that thought
    • must not speak of such a mode of thinking as is normal today, but of
    • thinking, where one draws the thoughts out of oneself, where one must
    • thinking in the modern sense might take root in the modern human
    • concerned with a thinking that is still not man's own
    • need arose to give certainty to thinking, — to prove thinking as was
    • see thoughts as perception. In the former Greek thinking that would
    • becoming aware of the subjectivity of thinking.
    • perceptive thinking, was still deeply influenced by the sentient
    • the external. The thinking of Thales, of the first philosopher was
    • Angeloi Thinking (Jupiter)
    • etheric bodies. And the laws of the Sun-existence, working from epoch
    • example of the working of the Sun-evolution in human earthly life. I
  • Title: Lecture: The Spiritual Individualities of the Planets
    Matching lines:
    • Working, this lecture is also known as:
    • Working, this lecture is also known as:
    • this amounts to no more than making an image of — let us say —
    • speaking not in a very remote past — when the Moon was still
    • Thinker in our planetary system, and thinking is the activity
    • efforts to develop his capacities of thinking, he cannot, even if he
    • genuine activity of thinking. Jupiter is the Thinker in our universe.
    • of mankind. A man who has tried hard to apply clear thinking to some
    • that it is the Jupiter powers who imbue human thinking with mobility
    • slowly, very slowly, round his orbit, taking some 30 years. Jupiter
    • moves faster, taking about 12 years. Because of this quicker movement
    • many things concerning the past are revealed through thinking.
    • is why in ancient times, when active thinking was still at a very
    • dream. Mars has a great longing to be always talking, and whenever
    • Mars does little thinking. He has few thinkers, but many talkers, in
    • of the Masters of co-ordinative thinking; Jupiter, the habitation of
    • the Masters of wisdom-filled thinking.
    • The inner will-impulse contained in acts of free thinking is due to
  • Title: The Spiritual Individualities of the Planets
    Matching lines:
    • Working, this lecture is also known as:
    • Working, this lecture is also known as:
    • this amounts to no more than making an image of — let us say —
    • speaking not in a very remote past — when the Moon was still
    • Thinker in our planetary system, and thinking is the activity
    • efforts to develop his capacities of thinking, he cannot, even if he
    • genuine activity of thinking. Jupiter is the Thinker in our universe.
    • of mankind. A man who has tried hard to apply clear thinking to some
    • that it is the Jupiter powers who imbue human thinking with mobility
    • slowly, very slowly, round his orbit, taking some 30 years. Jupiter
    • moves faster, taking about 12 years. Because of this quicker movement
    • many things concerning the past are revealed through thinking.
    • is why in ancient times, when active thinking was still at a very
    • dream. Mars has a great longing to be always talking, and whenever
    • Mars does little thinking. He has few thinkers, but many talkers, in
    • of the Masters of co-ordinative thinking; Jupiter, the habitation of
    • the Masters of wisdom-filled thinking.
    • The inner will-impulse contained in acts of free thinking is due to
  • Title: Lecture: Man's Position in the Cosmic Whole, the Platonic World-Year
    Matching lines:
    • direction of a future scientific manner of thinking, but this
    • than our modern scientific thought, and this new manner of thinking
    • greatest life-element, namely, the alternating conditions of WAKING
    • sleeping and waking. Indeed, in a certain way, we may consider the
    • alternation of sleeping and waking in analogy with the breathing
    • sleeping and waking. For when we take up in ourselves our ego
    • in and out. Thus, we have a movement of the etheric, taking place in
    • falling pertaining to our waking up and our falling asleep.
    • marking the barometrical heights on one particular day. He then
    • scientific way of looking at things, and in order to make the right
    • the human beings. Those who are now working their way up to
    • and of waking up. When we fall asleep and when we wake up, in these
    • waking up, this moment will be the best one for entering into
    • communication with the dead — particularly the moment of waking
    • waking up. To gain full control of the moment of waking up, means, in
    • Mysteries, certain feelings were first cultivated, before taking into
    • a physical body, we really mean, when speaking of man's physical
    • manner of speaking which I have just now characterized. The Russian
    • present, distorted way of thinking of materialism. For this reason, I
    • from a methodical aspect, only in regard to its way of thinking,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Man's Position in the Cosmic Whole, the Platonic World-Year
    Matching lines:
    • direction of a future scientific manner of thinking, but this
    • than our modern scientific thought, and this new manner of thinking
    • greatest life-element, namely, the alternating conditions of WAKING
    • sleeping and waking. Indeed, in a certain way, we may consider the
    • alternation of sleeping and waking in analogy with the breathing
    • sleeping and waking. For when we take up in ourselves our ego
    • in and out. Thus, we have a movement of the etheric, taking place in
    • falling pertaining to our waking up and our falling asleep.
    • marking the barometrical heights on one particular day. He then
    • scientific way of looking at things, and in order to make the right
    • the human beings. Those who are now working their way up to
    • and of waking up. When we fall asleep and when we wake up, in these
    • waking up, this moment will be the best one for entering into
    • communication with the dead — particularly the moment of waking
    • waking up. To gain full control of the moment of waking up, means, in
    • Mysteries, certain feelings were first cultivated, before taking into
    • a physical body, we really mean, when speaking of man's physical
    • manner of speaking which I have just now characterized. The Russian
    • present, distorted way of thinking of materialism. For this reason, I
    • from a methodical aspect, only in regard to its way of thinking,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Geographic Medicine: Cover Sheet
    Matching lines:
    • Individual Spiritual Beings Working in the Human Soul.
  • Title: Geographic Medicine: Contents
    Matching lines:
    • Individual Spiritual Beings Working in the Human Soul.
  • Title: Geographic Medicine: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • Individual Spiritual Beings Working in the Human Soul.
    • in the further evolution of human thinking, sensing, and feeling. It
    • oriented spiritual science. Anyone speaking out of knowledge of this
    • have doubts about the justification for such a way of thinking, it is
    • of evolution, is based on the search for origins, looking for the
    • having no part in what is working and flourishing here in the sense
    • from that of the natural scientist, even when speaking about things
    • speaking about the results of his research, he is always obliged to
    • literature concerning the realm about which I will be speaking with
    • thinking and feeling. It must first be said that the spiritual
    • scientific thinking, from which the spiritual scientist makes his
    • of human cognition he cannot determine to go on from mere thinking,
    • mental images, with mere clever thinking and mental strategies, he
    • I am speaking only in an elementary way of how this sense of touch is
    • say that by ever greater application of inner work, working away from
    • border of knowledge, how he remained there, never making the
    • transition from being inwardly stirred to actually breaking through
    • from below upward; it is easy to speak mockingly of those who say
    • perfectly justified in their own field, a particular way of thinking
    • they are due to modern habits of thinking. If I may use another
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Geographic Medicine: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • Individual Spiritual Beings Working in the Human Soul.
    • transforming Europe into a social paradise! What is taking place now
    • however, the working together of the physical world with the
    • take root in the spiritual world. Spiritual science's undertaking is
    • we are surrounded by the world of the mineral kingdom, of the plant
    • kingdom, of the animal kingdom. When we have passed through the
    • super-sensible thinking as possible, since they can see everything. Or
    • kingdom of these beings. Up until now they have not attained it.
    • am now speaking has long been known to certain occult brotherhoods.
    • looking back this life must be entirely comprehensible. The worst
    • sufficient concepts to understand this life on looking back at it if
  • Title: Lecture: The Problem of Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • thinks. You have often heard me say that our thinking activity does
    • life lives in their memory. This is strictly and radically speaking
    • disconnected. Modern men are naturally very proud of their thinking
  • Title: Lecture: The Problem of Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • thinks. You have often heard me say that our thinking activity does
    • life lives in their memory. This is strictly and radically speaking
    • disconnected. Modern men are naturally very proud of their thinking
  • Title: On the Connection of the Living and the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • moment of our sleeping or waking life we are not in relation to the
    • etheric organism they are constantly taking place — we may
    • kingdom, as physical human beings, we receive few imaginations. We
    • While we are always, in a manner of speaking, akin to a large number
    • are. In a manner of speaking, we ourselves become an elemental being.
    • to his etheric body — as it were, making inscriptions in his
    • one has acquired a certain practice in making contact with an
    • into the feelings of the physical survivors, partaking in their grief
    • that which comes to us from them, and we can truly say: man's working
    • elemental world we are always connected in our waking life, and in
    • waking life — albeit then the connection, mediated as it is by
    • truly say to himself, ‘I am taking on his habits to such an
    • from taking conscious notice of our sympathies and antipathies, for
    • kingdoms, so do the dead interest themselves intensely in the human
    • an example of the way in which they go on working soon after their
    • actually sees Ahriman working upon the human being. On the other
    • hand, if a person on earth is vain, he sees Lucifer working at him.
    • working beyond the time when he passes through the Gate of Death,
    • dependent on this working of the dead into the life of earthly human
    • when, generally speaking, they divined far more of the reality of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: On the Connection of the Living and the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • moment of our sleeping or waking life we are not in relation to the
    • etheric organism they are constantly taking place — we may
    • kingdom, as physical human beings, we receive few imaginations. We
    • While we are always, in a manner of speaking, akin to a large number
    • are. In a manner of speaking, we ourselves become an elemental being.
    • to his etheric body — as it were, making inscriptions in his
    • one has acquired a certain practice in making contact with an
    • into the feelings of the physical survivors, partaking in their grief
    • that which comes to us from them, and we can truly say: man's working
    • elemental world we are always connected in our waking life, and in
    • waking life — albeit then the connection, mediated as it is by
    • truly say to himself, ‘I am taking on his habits to such an
    • from taking conscious notice of our sympathies and antipathies, for
    • kingdoms, so do the dead interest themselves intensely in the human
    • an example of the way in which they go on working soon after their
    • actually sees Ahriman working upon the human being. On the other
    • hand, if a person on earth is vain, he sees Lucifer working at him.
    • working beyond the time when he passes through the Gate of Death,
    • dependent on this working of the dead into the life of earthly human
    • when, generally speaking, they divined far more of the reality of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Perception of the Elemental World
    Matching lines:
    • WHEN SPEAKING
    • or less accustomed to the fact that the way of looking at and
    • been speaking about is a peculiarity of the human etheric body, which
    • perceive it. Nevertheless we have to allow the waking condition to
    • like a pendulum between waking and sleeping, so something similar is
    • that through his lively, flexible thinking he can dip down into other
    • thinking or imagination; for the opposite condition, the will.
    • is necessary; like the alternation of sleeping and waking In the
    • elemental world just as naturally as waking and sleeping are in the
    • passing so easily as waking here passes into sleep. After one has
    • elemental life. In a much more arbitrary way than with our waking and
    • our soul life. We must further consider that when thinking develops
    • right and healthy for the physical world. What is thinking like in
    • our thinking must become from what it is here. Imagine sticking your
    • head into an anthill, while your thinking comes to a stop — you
    • world our thinking can be completely stupid and this does not harm us
    • at all. But if we do foolish things with our thinking in the
    • world and failed to develop in ourselves sound thinking with these
    • is that in our usual way of speaking in the physical world we
    • that what we know as thinking in the physical sense world is really
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Perception of the Elemental World
    Matching lines:
    • WHEN SPEAKING
    • or less accustomed to the fact that the way of looking at and
    • been speaking about is a peculiarity of the human etheric body, which
    • perceive it. Nevertheless we have to allow the waking condition to
    • like a pendulum between waking and sleeping, so something similar is
    • that through his lively, flexible thinking he can dip down into other
    • thinking or imagination; for the opposite condition, the will.
    • is necessary; like the alternation of sleeping and waking In the
    • elemental world just as naturally as waking and sleeping are in the
    • passing so easily as waking here passes into sleep. After one has
    • elemental life. In a much more arbitrary way than with our waking and
    • our soul life. We must further consider that when thinking develops
    • right and healthy for the physical world. What is thinking like in
    • our thinking must become from what it is here. Imagine sticking your
    • head into an anthill, while your thinking comes to a stop — you
    • world our thinking can be completely stupid and this does not harm us
    • at all. But if we do foolish things with our thinking in the
    • world and failed to develop in ourselves sound thinking with these
    • is that in our usual way of speaking in the physical world we
    • that what we know as thinking in the physical sense world is really
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Elemental World and the Future of Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • — in all the kingdoms of nature, in every star, in every
    • explained yesterday, this has the effect that thinking, by no longer
    • rhythm of the external cosmos. We must go with our thinking out of
    • If one has in mind their physical aspect only, when speaking about
    • logical thoughts, but by uniting ourselves through our thinking with
    • eight, making out that two times two makes eight, or something like
    • Nothing is achieved by looking at these things merely from an
    • them to the recognition that a spiritual stream is seeking to enter
  • Title: The Elemental World and the Future of Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • — in all the kingdoms of nature, in every star, in every
    • explained yesterday, this has the effect that thinking, by no longer
    • rhythm of the external cosmos. We must go with our thinking out of
    • If one has in mind their physical aspect only, when speaking about
    • logical thoughts, but by uniting ourselves through our thinking with
    • eight, making out that two times two makes eight, or something like
    • Nothing is achieved by looking at these things merely from an
    • them to the recognition that a spiritual stream is seeking to enter
  • Title: Lecture: The Moment of Death and the Period Thereafter
    Matching lines:
    • speaking of things repeatedly and throwing light upon them from many
    • them on the surface of our body. Spatially speaking, they are
    • exists, spatially speaking, inside our body. What is inside our body
    • You see, even in this case we must set about thinking in
    • speaking, I might say that this world is merely rolled together and
    • we spoke with him and, in speaking with him, his thoughts
    • world: we face the mineral, vegetable, animal and human kingdoms.
  • Title: Lecture: The Moment of Death and the Period Thereafter
    Matching lines:
    • speaking of things repeatedly and throwing light upon them from many
    • them on the surface of our body. Spatially speaking, they are
    • exists, spatially speaking, inside our body. What is inside our body
    • You see, even in this case we must set about thinking in
    • speaking, I might say that this world is merely rolled together and
    • we spoke with him and, in speaking with him, his thoughts
    • world: we face the mineral, vegetable, animal and human kingdoms.
  • Title: Lecture: Relationships Between the Living and the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • in which we should imagine the dead, only by taking all that
    • everybody knows, roughly speaking, that when he looks upon a blue
    • looking at it, has something that attacks something which comes out
    • speaking about colours, in order to have an example.
    • Even the modern physiologist, working in the laboratories, knows that
    • When I am looking at it, it seems almost as if I had already seen it
    • dead are looking on these bodies. What the dead see of our world —
    • experience thoughts by looking at them as we look at the stars, or as
    • in the mineral, animal and vegetable kingdom and in the kingdom of
    • thinking than his own. The standpoint taken by the materialist
    • speaking: — “Oh, of course, in the past, men thought all
    • human head looking out above. He would then be painting out of the
    • explained. It is most striking and sublime; for it proves to us that
    • Museum and looking at this Paradise-picture of Master Bertram, he
    • vision, the old way of looking at the spiritual world had to
    • But our thinking is far too inadequate for a true
    • will be led to a different kind of thinking about eternity, through
    • an insight into the significance of what is taking place only when we
    • and sorrowful events taking place on the physical plane, here in
    • also in connection with these events now taking place. And human
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Relationships Between the Living and the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • in which we should imagine the dead, only by taking all that
    • everybody knows, roughly speaking, that when he looks upon a blue
    • looking at it, has something that attacks something which comes out
    • speaking about colours, in order to have an example.
    • Even the modern physiologist, working in the laboratories, knows that
    • When I am looking at it, it seems almost as if I had already seen it
    • dead are looking on these bodies. What the dead see of our world —
    • experience thoughts by looking at them as we look at the stars, or as
    • in the mineral, animal and vegetable kingdom and in the kingdom of
    • thinking than his own. The standpoint taken by the materialist
    • speaking: — “Oh, of course, in the past, men thought all
    • human head looking out above. He would then be painting out of the
    • explained. It is most striking and sublime; for it proves to us that
    • Museum and looking at this Paradise-picture of Master Bertram, he
    • vision, the old way of looking at the spiritual world had to
    • But our thinking is far too inadequate for a true
    • will be led to a different kind of thinking about eternity, through
    • an insight into the significance of what is taking place only when we
    • and sorrowful events taking place on the physical plane, here in
    • also in connection with these events now taking place. And human
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Son of God and the Son of Man
    Matching lines:
    • may say: In ancient, pre-Christian times, the possibility of working
    • they have imprinted into their brains, and their thinking is stiff,
    • man is looking back over his life, he can at most remember only as
    • the child who is speaking — but perhaps this applies now only
    • learn most from a child. It is not the child that is speaking, but
    • the angel is speaking out of the child.
    • Egohood, that Christhood, of which St. Paul is speaking when he calls
    • to look into the kingdom of Heaven we must become as children, but
    • the earth has evolved far beyond the point when the mineral kingdom
    • breaking up, is already involved in a process of destruction. Our own
    • that valleys have formed as the result of the working of certain
    • in which only forces of destruction are working. Let me refer you to
    • “The breaking
    • for example, to the activity taking place in a man when he is
    • thinking. The process of destruction was once introduced and as a
    • kingdom of heaven.”
  • Title: Lecture: The Son of God and the Son of Man
    Matching lines:
    • may say: In ancient, pre-Christian times, the possibility of working
    • they have imprinted into their brains, and their thinking is stiff,
    • man is looking back over his life, he can at most remember only as
    • the child who is speaking — but perhaps this applies now only
    • learn most from a child. It is not the child that is speaking, but
    • the angel is speaking out of the child.
    • Egohood, that Christhood, of which St. Paul is speaking when he calls
    • to look into the kingdom of Heaven we must become as children, but
    • the earth has evolved far beyond the point when the mineral kingdom
    • breaking up, is already involved in a process of destruction. Our own
    • that valleys have formed as the result of the working of certain
    • in which only forces of destruction are working. Let me refer you to
    • “The breaking
    • for example, to the activity taking place in a man when he is
    • thinking. The process of destruction was once introduced and as a
    • kingdom of heaven.”
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Synopses
    Matching lines:
    • abnormal Spirit of Personality working on Thought. The abnormal
    • archangel is really an abnormal spirit of Form working on speech.
    • astral body; in inner as thinking. The external physical body
    • These were normal archangels; but Villy and Ve, abnormal, working
    • German-Scandinavian, upon waking the Ego. Thor, son of Odin.
    • details of West Europe, Solovioff. Feeling, Thinking, Willing,
    • been working in the human soul. The Folk-spirit of Scandinavia has
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Preface
    Matching lines:
    • deal of light upon what is now taking place. Were I to give these
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • modern human thinking, but which nevertheless belongs to the most
    • as we are not now speaking about the path of knowledge — what
    • to-day — not taking into consideration the insignificant
    • working out the higher members, after the sentient-soul, the
    • the ‘ I ’ working with the forces of the
    • There is still something else to note, in speaking of
    • who are now working upon their etheric or life-body and are
    • working in the external world in a similar way to what in the future
    • evolved so far, that in addition he is also working at the
    • Try to form an idea of beings, working around our earth,
    • have been at work in those civilizations, working successively. We
    • words, ‘Change your attitude towards life, for the kingdom of
    • working at the transformation of the earth from its spiritual
    • again to their starting-point, and of working in cycles, they are
    • Egyptian-Chaldæan epoch, which is taking place in our own time. After
    • speaking the same language, out of this or that language of form, in
    • far the work of the Archangels, working down from above, from their
    • Spirit-self and is now working on the etheric or life-body of man, is
    • speaking the language of that people? That is not an individual
    • living and working, we must remember of what human progress consists,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • materialist we are only speaking of an abstraction. To clairvoyant
    • earth. But they also have their own paths to follow; for this working
    • suitable for working so intimately into man. They would act more
    • to a working with physical forces within our earth existence. You can
    • be on the earth, but are also only now working as Spirits of
    • delicately working Spirits of Personality who allow a man to do as he
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • man, Beings who are working at the transformation of their etheric
    • vegetable and mineral kingdoms. They are behind it all. So that a man
    • Therefore, when we look at a people, we are looking at
    • from the collective German people taking place externally; but the
    • so striking in this connection, namely, that a portion of a people
    • orders to the Archangel, taking a direct part in the history of the
    • four stages higher than man, and other Spirits working on the same
    • are certainly right in speaking of a German, a Dutch, a Norwegian
    • which he belongs, a member of the whole human kingdom, is brought
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • become capable of taking into himself an ‘ I ’.
    • be no sense according to the real meaning of the word in speaking of
    • being. And thus it is too with mankind in general. We are looking at
    • evolution. Here you are looking in an unique manner into the
    • work, the human kingdom is particularized, how then those other
    • being participates in the co-operative working of all these higher
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • man. (Below him are the three kingdoms of Nature, the animal,
    • vegetable and mineral kingdoms.) Above him come the Angels, then the
    • of the forces of certain Spirits of Motion, working inwards from
    • forms; so that we have to describe the co-operative workings of three
    • hears his mill when it is not working.
    • way of working. Each time a new incarnation appeared, such as the
    • being, his soul, you have there, willing, feeling, thinking; and
    • feeling and thinking.
    • astral body of man and human thinking are connected with that. So we
    • thinking — could so develop that man now possesses them as an
    • the working of Love outside our earth-planet; and we have been able
    • seen, is the astral world. But we can see the working of the
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • These have their centre in the other five planets, speaking of the
    • one such Mystery-Oracle the truths of which we are now speaking were
    • to the normal Spirits of Form, to the Elohim, he is looking up to
    • operate by attacking principally that which we call the reflection of
    • describe as Jupiter Spirits, working upon the senses. The Caucasians
    • senses working upon the nervous system, one or other of the senses
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • one who played a special part by working in a single people.
    • best understand this mission of the Semitic people by taking it in
    • beside the Christian Spirit of the Age, — who is the on-working
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • world, and could read in the Akashic Record what was taking place in
    • making a superficial study of comparative religion, we are merely
    • affairs of the Angels and the Archangels who were still working in
    • same time they saw the ‘ I ’ gradually awaking
    • had assumed the office of an Archangel when undertaking the important
    • mission of working into the souls of men. The Germanic Scandinavian
    • etheric body, whilst making itself at home in the physical body —
    • with those agitating and working Archangel-forces of Odin, which are
    • working in the wind outside. But one who still possessed the old
    • events have a past, which he himself can still see as a working of
    • and Moon, when it emerges again from pralaya, when the kingdoms of
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • impartially, but out of a philosophical way of thinking such as this,
    • of Lucifer, we are speaking of that which has caused man to sink
    • man if the Lucifer influence had not come in. The karmic working out
    • physical plane, just as one now alternates between waking and
    • the condition of waking day consciousness was there, one was blind to
    • knowledge of ancient times, and as a working out of the myths from
    • kingdom of Heaven is come nigh unto you.’ Over there, where
    • the words: ‘Change your view, for the kingdom of Heaven is come
    • kingdom of the heavens has descended even here to the physical plane,
    • not see into it, something was taking place through which it would
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • Egyptian-Chaldæan culture as working in the Sentient Soul. The
    • merely as the other side of idea. Take this on-working impulse, and
    • some ways lacking in history. Thus we have there something
    • nature, both really working together, so that they do not merely form
    • There you have a human feeling, thinking and willing into which the
    • divine Feeling, Thinking and Willing has immersed itself. The
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 11
    Matching lines:
    • his gradually evolving soul the workings of this old divine vision,
    • between day-waking and night-sleeping. Just as the human soul during
    • sleep and until the moment of waking is spread out in the macrocosm,
    • again be repeated, that materialistic thinking will transform the
    • and our thinking, and in our anthroposophical idea. The more we live
  • Title: Lecture: A Picture of Earth-Evolution in the Future
    Matching lines:
    • connection with the being of man, and with the kingdoms of Nature around him,
    • Saturn, Sun and Moon periods of evolution, during which no mineral kingdom
    • existed. The mineral kingdom as we know it today came into being for the first
    • separation of the moon and the incorporation of the mineral kingdom into the
    • kingdom into earthly existence. Man became a personality, and freedom was
    • century, super-earthly Beings have been seeking to enter the sphere of
    • But, speaking generally, what is the
    • earth-existence and seeking to gain a foothold there. And they will be able to
    • are speaking of concrete fact when we say: Spiritual Beings are seeking to come
    • even in the human kingdom itself all these thoughts which have no reality
    • and the plant kingdoms, and possessed of an overwhelming power of intellect.
    • I have been speaking today of a matter upon which we cannot form a
    • in the mineral kingdom itself or in the kingdoms of plant, animal and man. Even
    • when applied to the plant kingdom, science must become a form of art, and still
    • more so in the case of the animal kingdom. To think that the form and structure
    • have been seeking to come down to the earth since the last third of the
    • earth-sphere, would combine with the moon-substance to produce that new kingdom
    • with the brood of spidery creatures of which I have been speaking.
    • events of fundamental and incisive importance are taking place? I have already
  • Title: Lecture: A Picture of Earth-Evolution in the Future
    Matching lines:
    • connection with the being of man, and with the kingdoms of Nature around him,
    • Saturn, Sun and Moon periods of evolution, during which no mineral kingdom
    • existed. The mineral kingdom as we know it today came into being for the first
    • separation of the moon and the incorporation of the mineral kingdom into the
    • kingdom into earthly existence. Man became a personality, and freedom was
    • century, super-earthly Beings have been seeking to enter the sphere of
    • But, speaking generally, what is the
    • earth-existence and seeking to gain a foothold there. And they will be able to
    • are speaking of concrete fact when we say: Spiritual Beings are seeking to come
    • even in the human kingdom itself all these thoughts which have no reality
    • and the plant kingdoms, and possessed of an overwhelming power of intellect.
    • I have been speaking today of a matter upon which we cannot form a
    • in the mineral kingdom itself or in the kingdoms of plant, animal and man. Even
    • when applied to the plant kingdom, science must become a form of art, and still
    • more so in the case of the animal kingdom. To think that the form and structure
    • have been seeking to come down to the earth since the last third of the
    • earth-sphere, would combine with the moon-substance to produce that new kingdom
    • with the brood of spidery creatures of which I have been speaking.
    • events of fundamental and incisive importance are taking place? I have already
  • Title: Christ and the Human Soul: Contents
    Matching lines:
    • a Being of the kingdom of Heaven, not of the kingdom of the Earth.
  • Title: Christ and the Human Soul: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • Being. I have tried to meet this wish by undertaking to speak about
    • Christ? I am not asking whether the Jewish people knew the name of
    • asking whether those who really understand Christianity are justified
    • world than a king in the realm of the shades.” Here we have
  • Title: Christ and the Human Soul: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • But if we are thinking of this kind of reassurance from
    • become apparent only since death. While working faithfully with us
    • cosmic tableau. For the occult observer this is a most striking
    • case we are speaking of. Just as one never says in the presence of a
    • The personality of whom I have been speaking entered into this
    • world, how different is the working of that which is entrusted,
  • Title: Christ and the Human Soul: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • thou art in thy kingdom.” And Christ answered him: “Verily
    • a Being of the kingdom of Heaven, ye are of the kingdom of Earth.”
    • beyond the earthly kingdom. But just before death there comes to the
    • consciousness of the malefactor on the right: “Thy kingdom, O
    • Christ, is another; think of me when thou art in Thy kingdom.”
    • idea of the fact that Christ belongs to another kingdom, where a
    • kingdom, Christ can answer: “Verily, because thou hast some dim
    • foreboding of my kingdom, this day (that is, with death) thou shalt
    • be with me in my kingdom.” This indicates the super-earthly
    • kingdom. Earthly judgment, human judgment, must of course say: “As
    • and he can recover the lost ground only by making compensation for
    • it into His kingdom and He bears it further, so that when I look away
    • takes over the debt into His kingdom and bears it further. Christ is
    • that Being who, because He is of another kingdom, is able to blot out
    • in the world our debts and our sins, taking them upon Himself.
    • guilt would go on working there. Then at the end of the Earth period
    • kingdom wherein things proceed otherwise than in the mere earthly
    • kingdom. Man must fill his soul with the substance of the Christ
    • kingdom where man has, indeed, no power to make his Karma
    • We are looking into deep secrets of the Earth's
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Christ and the Human Soul: Lecture Four
    Matching lines:
    • soul becomes whole again for the first time by taking the Christ into
    • middle kingdom between the human kingdom and the animal kingdom on
    • be perfected only in his own ego, instead of making the whole Earth
    • our so-called “dead” are working with us.
    • While I have been speaking to the Norrköping Branch
  • Title: Brotherhood and the Fight for Survival
    Matching lines:
    • Spiritual World, if it is truly and totally taking hold of a person,
    • competition and strife, that our strength develops through working
    • people grow strong by working against a resistance? Is it really
    • for instance, the art of printing, engraving, papermaking, watch
    • making, and all the later inventions, prepared under the free
    • about and because of this intellectual thinking our life is split.
    • speaking of abstract things if they talk about folk-spirit or
    • personalities working in these communities. As the body has a soul,
    • one cuts off someone's speech one does something similar to kicking
    • it through our working together. In this way, to work in this Fight
    • help that working in a sisterly and brotherly way makes us strongest
  • Title: Brotherhood and the Fight for Survival
    Matching lines:
    • Spiritual World, if it is truly and totally taking hold of a person,
    • competition and strife, that our strength develops through working
    • people grow strong by working against a resistance? Is it really
    • for instance, the art of printing, engraving, papermaking, watch
    • making, and all the later inventions, prepared under the free
    • about and because of this intellectual thinking our life is split.
    • speaking of abstract things if they talk about folk-spirit or
    • personalities working in these communities. As the body has a soul,
    • one cuts off someone's speech one does something similar to kicking
    • it through our working together. In this way, to work in this Fight
    • help that working in a sisterly and brotherly way makes us strongest
  • Title: Search for the New Isis: Lecture I: A Christmas Lecture
    Matching lines:
    • Anyone speaking of the Christmas Mystery today must make
  • Title: Search for the New Isis: Lecture II: The Quest for Isis-Sophia
    Matching lines:
    • in this: that they are there in the present, working as seeds for the
    • to the wise men from the East This was the twofold working of the
    • luciferic. Of course if we are speaking of the inner aspect of the
    • Working in man:
  • Title: Search for the New Isis: Lecture III: The Magi and the Shepherds: The New Isis
    Matching lines:
    • Mystery of Golgotha. Speaking generally, however, what we are going
    • perception of the starry heavens. Looking at the starry heavens in
    • as the mineral and plant kingdoms in their spiritual reality. It was
    • and therefore of green looking different from what it does today, and
    • Guardian of the Threshold means that willing, feeling, thinking
    • Just as man, the knower, must realise that his thinking,
    • higher knowledge: Submit to the separation in thinking, feeling and
  • Title: Search for the New Isis: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • not only work into the lower kingdoms but also within the human
    • the earth kingdoms below him. And as in olden times man was much more
    • workings of the earth within him expressed themselves more in his
    • really be so, something else must, after all, be working in man,”
    • God. But then there arose this strong instinct: “Looking into
    • refrain, thinking of the famous speech in Shakespeare's Julius
    • earth with her covering). This same power-giving Being, working from
    • taking of certain substances. In the East, men tried to quicken
    • vision of the macrocosm by drinking certain juices from plants; in
    • external means, by the taking of substance which they called
    • of times, relatively speaking, not very long ago.
    • the workings of many substances we use in everyday life. We stand
    • within these workings and experience them. Modern scholarship does
    • intercourse between the banks and industrial undertakings and most
    • executant musicians. Self-seeking interests and rivalry have put off
    • cannot help asking: Where then are the cultural interests of the
    • practical life what can come out of Spiritual Science are working,
    • adheres to a way of thinking which rejects the Saviour. It is such
    • everything that he said. When I was speaking afterwards I said that I
    • me a few days ago and was talking to me about his studies. All that I
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mission of Spiritual Science: Afterword
    Matching lines:
    • a scientific way of looking at things. In order to penetrate into the
    • made with what now appears as the anthroposophical way of looking at
    • opinion an epoch-making book.
  • Title: Mission of Spiritual Science: Foreword
    Matching lines:
    • view. And the author of this pamphlet is far from thinking that what
  • Title: Mission of Spiritual Science and of Its Building at Dornach
    Matching lines:
    • into consideration. These books, in their way of looking at things,
    • And now, before speaking
    • investigator in natural science is correct in making such a statement,
    • the spiritual investigator has to do to gain the faculty of looking
    • with a certain manner of making life easier — I would even say,
    • investigator sets out from this mode of thinking. In my books, The
    • done with thinking in order that it may become something entirely
    • spiritual investigator develops his thinking; he makes it undergo a
    • details; these are described in the books I have named. When thinking,
    • This the statue cannot do; but human thinking, inner logical activity,
    • bringing logical thinking to life within him, becomes conscious of a
    • Just as thinking is so
    • from what comes through the development of thinking. If we desire to do
    • be experienced in itself alone. Thinking may be made active, so as to
    • higher sense than is the case with thinking. Through the development of
    • states, waking life and sleep. In waking life man lives, consciously;
    • conscious between the time of falling asleep and awaking. But they are
    • by developed thinking, is not visions, but spiritual sight of
    • inward processes. The spiritual investigator is not speaking in a
    • materialisations, or knockings and the like. That which can be
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Spiritual Communion of Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • Looking back into very ancient times
    • consciousness between those of full sleep and waking, in states where
    • the leaders of the Mysteries were working at the development of a
    • ascribes it to his own activity of thinking. He forms chains of
    • themselves the product of his own thinking. The man of olden times
    • the thoughts which in reality other Beings are thinking
    • thinking and he is then permeated by these powers. He can avoid this
    • Those who were capable of thinking in
    • When therefore we are looking at the
    • be understood in the right sense. By looking back over the evolution
    • In seeking for knowledge of the world
    • by looking upwards to the Sun and the starry heavens at the time of
    • But it once pleased a French King (whom even history acknowledges to
  • Title: Lecture: The Spiritual Communion of Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • Looking back into very ancient times
    • consciousness between those of full sleep and waking, in states where
    • the leaders of the Mysteries were working at the development of a
    • ascribes it to his own activity of thinking. He forms chains of
    • themselves the product of his own thinking. The man of olden times
    • the thoughts which in reality other Beings are thinking
    • thinking and he is then permeated by these powers. He can avoid this
    • Those who were capable of thinking in
    • When therefore we are looking at the
    • be understood in the right sense. By looking back over the evolution
    • In seeking for knowledge of the world
    • by looking upwards to the Sun and the starry heavens at the time of
    • But it once pleased a French King (whom even history acknowledges to
  • Title: Lecture: Leonardo da Vinci
    Matching lines:
    • We see what is taking place in each of these twelve souls, so closely
    • colors formerly used were not striking enough. He wanted to conjure
    • barbarisms, the painting-over, and the soaking could not
    • mankind, working everywhere with a fresh life force, contemplating
    • life joyfully and working joyously on life, taking up everything with
    • making the greatest artistic plans, constantly making new ones. He
    • instance, he would take a face and make the experiment of making the
    • but we also see him working out all sorts of military and other
    • Leonardo was engaged in making endless studies for the statue of the
    • After he had been working at the picture for years, he said he did
    • which he had intended to make a miracle of plastic art, as making a
    • which, in the transition stage between sleeping and waking, he looked
    • clairvoyance had remained. The whole of this old way of looking at
    • one combined in one's thinking all that had
    • little of Leonardo by looking at his external creations; we get the
    • from his fatherland, under the protection of the King of France,
    • into this countenance we feel the genius of humanity itself looking
    • looking out at us. Yes, from these embittered features there looks a
  • Title: Lecture: Leonardo da Vinci
    Matching lines:
    • We see what is taking place in each of these twelve souls, so closely
    • colors formerly used were not striking enough. He wanted to conjure
    • barbarisms, the painting-over, and the soaking could not
    • mankind, working everywhere with a fresh life force, contemplating
    • life joyfully and working joyously on life, taking up everything with
    • making the greatest artistic plans, constantly making new ones. He
    • instance, he would take a face and make the experiment of making the
    • but we also see him working out all sorts of military and other
    • Leonardo was engaged in making endless studies for the statue of the
    • After he had been working at the picture for years, he said he did
    • which he had intended to make a miracle of plastic art, as making a
    • which, in the transition stage between sleeping and waking, he looked
    • clairvoyance had remained. The whole of this old way of looking at
    • one combined in one's thinking all that had
    • little of Leonardo by looking at his external creations; we get the
    • from his fatherland, under the protection of the King of France,
    • into this countenance we feel the genius of humanity itself looking
    • looking out at us. Yes, from these embittered features there looks a
  • Title: Lecture: The Group Souls of Animals, Plants and Minerals
    Matching lines:
    • The Working of Natural Substance and
    • walking through them. He realizes this through his feeling, his
    • kingdoms of nature, learns about the beings in the mineral, plant,
    • and animal kingdoms. Then as he goes about in meadows and woods,
    • Looking at the other
    • beings it might at first be thought that those of the animal kingdom
    • closely connected, more compact limbs. We are walking about all the
    • these matters; speculation is of no avail. Looking at a quarry, and
  • Title: Lecture: The Group Souls of Animals, Plants and Minerals
    Matching lines:
    • The Working of Natural Substance and
    • walking through them. He realizes this through his feeling, his
    • kingdoms of nature, learns about the beings in the mineral, plant,
    • and animal kingdoms. Then as he goes about in meadows and woods,
    • Looking at the other
    • beings it might at first be thought that those of the animal kingdom
    • closely connected, more compact limbs. We are walking about all the
    • these matters; speculation is of no avail. Looking at a quarry, and
  • Title: Lecture: The Animal Soul
    Matching lines:
    • (animals) are like a man laid asunder, that the entire animal kingdom
    • Thus man says to all animal beings (speaking of himself), “All
    • horror-provoking than our present humanity, because these will go on
  • Title: Lecture: The Animal Soul
    Matching lines:
    • (animals) are like a man laid asunder, that the entire animal kingdom
    • Thus man says to all animal beings (speaking of himself), “All
    • horror-provoking than our present humanity, because these will go on
  • Title: Lecture: The Four Human Group Souls (Lion, Bull, Eagle, Man)
    Matching lines:
    • especially aggressive, courageous, attacking element was in them.
    • and working it over, you would have found the third class of people,
    • go on continually working, penetrating and transforming. The relation
  • Title: Lecture: The Four Human Group Souls (Lion, Bull, Eagle, Man)
    Matching lines:
    • especially aggressive, courageous, attacking element was in them.
    • and working it over, you would have found the third class of people,
    • go on continually working, penetrating and transforming. The relation
  • Title: Lecture: Death in Man, Animal, and Plant
    Matching lines:
    • every ending of life in the animal, vegetable or human kingdom is to
    • in one form or another, as poison phenomena making an end of life.
    • animal kingdom which make their appearance as enemies of life and at
    • the parts. Looking only at the external phenomena it is easy to speak
    • whole is the thinking — the judgment on such questions, not the
    • whoever is in real earnest feels in the depths of his thinking how
    • these, what in particular constitutes death in the human kingdom.
    • kingdom, in favor of the vegetable, animal and human kingdoms. But
    • processes taking place in man. We may indeed sometimes feel obliged
    • kingdom have, fundamentally, no more real significance than if we
    • and end of life in the animal, or the human, kingdom. We see that the
    • only during his waking day life, from waking up to falling asleep.
    • The process of falling asleep, the process of waking up, are
    • of our will into the darkness of sleep; at waking we become aware of
    • weariness or exhaustion we notice as the result of our waking life is
    • falling asleep and waking. It is self-knowledge in the widest sense
    • all reasoning and thinking in the light of Spiritual Science, we
    • moment of waking. This is wrong. It is not the waking, the return of
    • can follow consciously at the moment of waking how his ideas and all
    • rising of our ideas on waking in the morning, autumn conditions had
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Death in Man, Animal, and Plant
    Matching lines:
    • every ending of life in the animal, vegetable or human kingdom is to
    • in one form or another, as poison phenomena making an end of life.
    • animal kingdom which make their appearance as enemies of life and at
    • the parts. Looking only at the external phenomena it is easy to speak
    • whole is the thinking — the judgment on such questions, not the
    • whoever is in real earnest feels in the depths of his thinking how
    • these, what in particular constitutes death in the human kingdom.
    • kingdom, in favor of the vegetable, animal and human kingdoms. But
    • processes taking place in man. We may indeed sometimes feel obliged
    • kingdom have, fundamentally, no more real significance than if we
    • and end of life in the animal, or the human, kingdom. We see that the
    • only during his waking day life, from waking up to falling asleep.
    • The process of falling asleep, the process of waking up, are
    • of our will into the darkness of sleep; at waking we become aware of
    • weariness or exhaustion we notice as the result of our waking life is
    • falling asleep and waking. It is self-knowledge in the widest sense
    • all reasoning and thinking in the light of Spiritual Science, we
    • moment of waking. This is wrong. It is not the waking, the return of
    • can follow consciously at the moment of waking how his ideas and all
    • rising of our ideas on waking in the morning, autumn conditions had
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Origin of the Animal World in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • has proved his legitimacy, his qualification for speaking about
    • natural-scientific thinking has traced back all living to the
    • speaking of these original forms of life in such a way that he
    • this natural investigator, Darwin, working in the midst of the 19th
    • thinking, he must have realized at once the insufficiency of his
    • outwardly more and more accomplished, because by so thinking we are
    • making it logically plausible, if only to some extent, that the
    • Then we would arrive at the method of thinking of the Swedish
    • during the waking day life: the living life of the soul, which we
    • brings about the appearance of soul life itself during waking. What
    • else can we imagine, when we proceed to really logical thinking?
    • place, as the soul organ mediating our waking conscious state, the
    • moment of waking, likewise the oxygen flows into the lungs from
    • comparatively speaking, in sleeping man a living organism, and
    • waking man, but that could be compared with what has been, so to say,
    • working into flowing, living matter (substance). At first these
    • to this way of working in regard to the earth at its starting point —
    • be proved along the lines of our thinking today — it is to be
    • development the principle of nutrition — the taking in of
    • to speak, taking up the nonliving, which it had previously separated
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Origin of the Animal World in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • has proved his legitimacy, his qualification for speaking about
    • natural-scientific thinking has traced back all living to the
    • speaking of these original forms of life in such a way that he
    • this natural investigator, Darwin, working in the midst of the 19th
    • thinking, he must have realized at once the insufficiency of his
    • outwardly more and more accomplished, because by so thinking we are
    • making it logically plausible, if only to some extent, that the
    • Then we would arrive at the method of thinking of the Swedish
    • during the waking day life: the living life of the soul, which we
    • brings about the appearance of soul life itself during waking. What
    • else can we imagine, when we proceed to really logical thinking?
    • place, as the soul organ mediating our waking conscious state, the
    • moment of waking, likewise the oxygen flows into the lungs from
    • comparatively speaking, in sleeping man a living organism, and
    • waking man, but that could be compared with what has been, so to say,
    • working into flowing, living matter (substance). At first these
    • to this way of working in regard to the earth at its starting point —
    • be proved along the lines of our thinking today — it is to be
    • development the principle of nutrition — the taking in of
    • to speak, taking up the nonliving, which it had previously separated
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Michelangelo
    Matching lines:
    • come into human history as soon as we cease looking at it just as a
    • happened at the moment to be working on his David, so he decided to
    • when we are looking at his David.
    • can be seen waking out of a sort of world existence into that of man.
    • figures turning her curious glance to the just-waking Adam. According
    • Philosophy began in Ionia, and it was there that human thinking first
    • thinking to the highest level of clarity. The first of them appear in
    • purposes only by actual thinking by the conscious ego. They rejected
    • himself in the Medici Chapel, working in the night alone till he was
    • true spiritual being and working. That is supremely the case with
  • Title: Lecture: Michelangelo
    Matching lines:
    • come into human history as soon as we cease looking at it just as a
    • happened at the moment to be working on his David, so he decided to
    • when we are looking at his David.
    • can be seen waking out of a sort of world existence into that of man.
    • figures turning her curious glance to the just-waking Adam. According
    • Philosophy began in Ionia, and it was there that human thinking first
    • thinking to the highest level of clarity. The first of them appear in
    • purposes only by actual thinking by the conscious ego. They rejected
    • himself in the Medici Chapel, working in the night alone till he was
    • true spiritual being and working. That is supremely the case with
  • Title: Contents: Presence of the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • esoteric script. Ordinary and super-sensible thinking. The ancient
    • thinking as the precondition for spiritual science.
    • underlying the Dornach building. Developing the thinking processes
    • world. The enrichment of thinking. The Dornach building. The essence
    • Thinking becomes independent. The enhancement of logical thinking
    • religions and their task. Thinking that consumes and thinking that
  • Title: Presence of the Dead: Lecture One: Understanding the Spiritual World (Part One)
    Matching lines:
    • esoteric script. Ordinary and super-sensible thinking. The ancient
    • thinking as the precondition for spiritual science.
    • then, is not as clear in dreaming as it is in waking consciousness.
    • soul. This is what we remember after waking up. Some dreams remain in
    • them as dreams. In fact, most dreams are nothing else but looking at
    • depths of the soul, things we are not aware of in waking
    • death and not to be deaf and blind, figuratively speaking, to the
    • images that float past the soul. Now suppose you were thinking that
    • required for imaginative thinking. You must be aware that you are the
    • through the gate of death. The kind of thinking that serves us well
    • This kind of thinking is much too weak for writing anything into the
    • things have their origin in this weak thinking, which is useless
    • after death. We need a stronger kind of thinking, one that is
    • inwardly active of its own accord. We need thinking that forms
    • well prepared for developing the strength of thinking necessary after
    • thinking ability after death and therefore imagines winged dragons,
    • images, and to be able to develop inner strength of thinking in
    • images that would help them to develop a kind of thinking that would
    • science appeals to our understanding, making use of the opposite
    • the necessary power of thinking after death to consciously perceive
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Presence of the Dead: Lecture Two: Understanding the Spiritual World (Part Two)
    Matching lines:
    • understand how an ordinary citizen, a product of modern thinking, who
    • about them. However, we must never forget that in speaking about
    • perceive the world. By looking at things, we perceive the human
    • mineral kingdoms, clouds, mountains, rivers, oceans, stars, sun, and
    • working in Munich, whenever I had to make decisions about inner
    • individual was looking down on everything that is happening. It is,
    • inner deepening we can gain by taking up spiritual science, not just
    • temptations and seduction of materialistic thinking, particularly
  • Title: Presence of the Dead: Lecture Three: Awakening Spiritual Thoughts
    Matching lines:
    • underlying the Dornach building. Developing the thinking processes
    • working on the building will not have as many opportunities to attend
    • such meetings as they do when they are not working on our building.
    • anthroposophical thinking, feeling, and perception may think we
    • science — but with truly logical thinking. We actually spend
    • namely, our waking time. And even people who have not yet thought
    • fear of material beings, be they ever so small. Objectively speaking,
    • it is the basis for our actions between going to sleep and waking up.
    • between going to sleep and waking up, and continue to affect the
    • earth and others frolicking on it and revealing themselves to our
    • senses, we are looking at beings we can correctly describe as
    • tremendous difference between people who in their waking life are
    • life from the beings of the kingdoms of nature below us. We literally
    • making spiritual science ever more available to those who would
    • spiritual nourishment by taking spiritual thoughts into sleep? What
    • is our relationship with the dead in waking life?
    • thinking about him or her, one reads on a subject related to the
    • those things for your thinking and apply them to nothing but physical
    • profound thinking underlying the building that is growing outside on
    • on reason and systematic thinking. We have to take this progress in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Presence of the Dead: Lecture Four: The Presence of the Dead in our Life
    Matching lines:
    • and the spiritual world. The enrichment of thinking. The Dornach
    • very vivid dream image, looking every bit as we remember the person
    • above all, by looking at new ideas and concepts we will need if we
    • kingdoms, the realm of physical human beings, as well as clouds,
    • first hierarchy, the angels, we must be aware that strictly speaking
    • felt a specific spiritual impulse as I was working on the
    • Then our thinking changes and we no longer have thoughts in the sense
    • feel what we usually call “life.” Here life and thinking
    • at this particular moment. Speaking as a true occultist and not
    • the physical level and someone is sitting in a corner thinking, “I
    • hates the speaker. And the forces blocking that thought must be
    • space, looking at us with warmth.In the physical world, we
    • astral body has become so illuminated, comparatively speaking, that
    • soon as we can perceive the mildness looking down from the spiritual
    • vividly as possible your thinking in those years. Then concentrate on
    • acquire others and expand our thinking. People who honestly tell us
    • looking at it. They think the shapes there may be slightly more
    • how to see angels. A change in thinking is necessary, and the concept
    • understood if people stop asking what it symbolizes and instead think
  • Title: Presence of the Dead: Lecture Five: The Blessing of the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • Thinking becomes independent. The enhancement of logical thinking
    • science, and I am speaking to you today on that basis.
    • not speaking from the standpoint of the occult knowledge so often
    • logic, its mode of thinking, spiritual science belongs to the stream
    • of modern thinking that includes the natural sciences. The two differ
    • spirit, we first have to work with our thinking deep within us to
    • Clearly, just looking at people will tell us little about the nature
    • and upsets, sense impressions, will impulses, feeling, and thinking,
    • system and the brain. Thus, we learn to live in thinking and the
    • realization that in thinking we live as though outside our head. We
    • anything through our I, thinking, feeling, and willing to the course
    • thinking, so that it continues only in the soul-spiritual sphere.
    • of the soul we use in language, in speaking. As I am speaking to you
    • spiritual chemistry, so to speak, from our physical speaking. If we
    • control this hidden power, we can also detach our thinking and
    • physical body and continues with the freeing of our thinking and
    • much I exerted my thinking, my thoughts were not strong enough to
    • but lacking the strength to do so. I tried to define the issue as
    • by my looking at it, but exists independent of me and makes an
    • external feeling and willing fertilized my thinking. As a result,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Presence of the Dead: Lecture Six: Faith and Knowledge
    Matching lines:
    • and their task. Thinking that consumes and thinking that nourishes.
    • our thinking — in fact, our whole soul life as it takes its
    • cannot be put into practice directly. Lacking its knowledge, they can
    • But thinking based on philosophy will be of little use in the
    • Catholic priests came up to me and said that I was only speaking to
    • thinking, which is mirrored in the physical body. We can see from
    • thinking not limited to the physical plane. Otherwise we will remain
    • up by knocking on the door. We will notice that we were not conscious
    • during the night when we were asleep, but that on waking up we were
    • already living in the knocking. We ourselves have to enter into the
    • knocking sound. We use the other person to do the knocking because
    • We are not talking about
  • Title: Presence of the Dead: Lecture Seven: Robert Hamerling: Poet and Thinker
    Matching lines:
    • Praise for me is sadly lacking,
    • they were waking dreams and premonitions. Speaking about himself,
    • Trieste on the glorious Adriatic and taking his vacations in
    • realm of beauty to come” without looking into all the dark
    • Rome, a man always seeking life but unable to find it in sensual
    • poem “The King of Sion” where he describes a person who
    • kingdom of beauty will triumph in the human soul however much the
  • Title: Lecture: The Mystery of the Human Temperaments
    Matching lines:
    • anyone whose thinking is direct and logical that could at best prove
    • and the astral body — or speaking physiologically, between the
    • inner formative forces of the etheric body are especially working on.
    • with the sanguine child by working upon forces which it does not at
    • highest sense of the word. Here it is not a question of making
    • work itself out by seeking those things upon which we can in a
    • indeed, if we insisted upon shaking up a person so inwardly at ease,
    • what is lacking.
    • lacking. Those however who call themselves realists believe, for
  • Title: Lecture: The Mystery of the Human Temperaments
    Matching lines:
    • anyone whose thinking is direct and logical that could at best prove
    • and the astral body — or speaking physiologically, between the
    • inner formative forces of the etheric body are especially working on.
    • with the sanguine child by working upon forces which it does not at
    • highest sense of the word. Here it is not a question of making
    • work itself out by seeking those things upon which we can in a
    • indeed, if we insisted upon shaking up a person so inwardly at ease,
    • what is lacking.
    • lacking. Those however who call themselves realists believe, for
  • Title: Lecture: Technology and Art: Their Bearing on Modern Culture
    Matching lines:
    • creakings and rumblings of the wheels and machinery of the train. It
    • towards initiation, one can notice on waking from sleep how the Ego
    • passed just before waking.
    • The effects of all the discordant hubbub, the jerking
    • waking consciousness — is fully aware how little it conforms
    • Naturally I say this without making the slightest
    • implication, either general or specific, for in speaking of such a
    • During waking life, therefore, we are also entangled in
    • in such terms are speaking the language of Ahriman. We will try to
    • initiation brings back with him on waking the effects of what he has
    • to be truly Man only by seeking for it in his inner life, by being
    • and intellectual thinking, and now also, as we have seen, because
    • To face the waking life of day with dullness and
    • other sciences do. Speaking in the style of the other sciences, one
    • thinking that is customary in external life. There is really very
    • passions and emotions when speaking.
    • Rhine” they can be thinking of the river-bed, the indentation
    • or heard others speaking, something as yet undifferentiated in one
    • the Middle Ages or in antiquity without taking account of the fact
    • conception. Recall to your minds the shockingly homely simile I used
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Technology and Art: Their Bearing on Modern Culture
    Matching lines:
    • creakings and rumblings of the wheels and machinery of the train. It
    • towards initiation, one can notice on waking from sleep how the Ego
    • passed just before waking.
    • The effects of all the discordant hubbub, the jerking
    • waking consciousness — is fully aware how little it conforms
    • Naturally I say this without making the slightest
    • implication, either general or specific, for in speaking of such a
    • During waking life, therefore, we are also entangled in
    • in such terms are speaking the language of Ahriman. We will try to
    • initiation brings back with him on waking the effects of what he has
    • to be truly Man only by seeking for it in his inner life, by being
    • and intellectual thinking, and now also, as we have seen, because
    • To face the waking life of day with dullness and
    • other sciences do. Speaking in the style of the other sciences, one
    • thinking that is customary in external life. There is really very
    • passions and emotions when speaking.
    • Rhine” they can be thinking of the river-bed, the indentation
    • or heard others speaking, something as yet undifferentiated in one
    • the Middle Ages or in antiquity without taking account of the fact
    • conception. Recall to your minds the shockingly homely simile I used
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Mendelssohn's 'Overture of the Hebrides'
    Matching lines:
    • beneath, making melodious magical music.
    • working out of the spiritual world which directed them in battle.
    • “The king stood by the stone of Lubar. Thrice he reared his
    • the king of Morven to the warriors of his land. Often had he led them
    • “‘Come to battle,’ said the king, ‘ye
    • the king of Selma removed. Terrible is the light of his armor; two
    • the king. He came like a cloud of rain in the day of the sun, when
    • Swaran beheld the terrible kings of Morven. He stopped in the midst
    • the king. Then slowly he retired to the rising heath of Lena. His
    • streams, that pour from a thousand hills, be near the king of Morven!
    • Dermid, of the dark brown hair! Ossian, king of many songs! —
    • battle; the standard of the king! Each hero exulted with joy, as,
  • Title: Lecture: Mendelssohn's 'Overture of the Hebrides'
    Matching lines:
    • beneath, making melodious magical music.
    • working out of the spiritual world which directed them in battle.
    • “The king stood by the stone of Lubar. Thrice he reared his
    • the king of Morven to the warriors of his land. Often had he led them
    • “‘Come to battle,’ said the king, ‘ye
    • the king of Selma removed. Terrible is the light of his armor; two
    • the king. He came like a cloud of rain in the day of the sun, when
    • Swaran beheld the terrible kings of Morven. He stopped in the midst
    • the king. Then slowly he retired to the rising heath of Lena. His
    • streams, that pour from a thousand hills, be near the king of Morven!
    • Dermid, of the dark brown hair! Ossian, king of many songs! —
    • battle; the standard of the king! Each hero exulted with joy, as,
  • Title: Lecture: Past Incarnations of the Peoples of Today
    Matching lines:
    • of the present time. Men are utterly lacking in that understanding of
    • kind of thinking can explain certain phenomena of nature, it is
    • upon the thinking of the masses of the people. In speaking thus of
    • individuals who are working in or are in some other way connected
    • with particular branches of science. I am thinking of the masses of
    • working as well as the inherited physical characteristics. We must
    • not fall into the error of thinking that it will ever be possible to
    • friends, that I have no hesitation in speaking about certain results
    • It is, of course, quite true that most people fight shy of taking the
    • Being and their religion was thoroughly monotheistic. I am speaking
    • Broadly speaking, the souls once living in those exterminated Indian
    • realize that, broadly speaking, it was not a Christian impulse at all
    • and received Christianity in this form, are, speaking broadly,
    • people’s liking. At the bottom of their hearts they are afraid
    • by the souls of whom I am now speaking, but for all that they had a
    • order and had the effect of making them think that the spiritual
    • into very hard and dense material bodies. Fundamentally speaking what
    • they are seeking to do now is to let their earlier experiences of the
    • been speaking of today, but even in public lectures one has to go
    • impossible to find a point of contact with modern modes of thinking.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Past Incarnations of the Peoples of Today
    Matching lines:
    • of the present time. Men are utterly lacking in that understanding of
    • kind of thinking can explain certain phenomena of nature, it is
    • upon the thinking of the masses of the people. In speaking thus of
    • individuals who are working in or are in some other way connected
    • with particular branches of science. I am thinking of the masses of
    • working as well as the inherited physical characteristics. We must
    • not fall into the error of thinking that it will ever be possible to
    • friends, that I have no hesitation in speaking about certain results
    • It is, of course, quite true that most people fight shy of taking the
    • Being and their religion was thoroughly monotheistic. I am speaking
    • Broadly speaking, the souls once living in those exterminated Indian
    • realize that, broadly speaking, it was not a Christian impulse at all
    • and received Christianity in this form, are, speaking broadly,
    • people’s liking. At the bottom of their hearts they are afraid
    • by the souls of whom I am now speaking, but for all that they had a
    • order and had the effect of making them think that the spiritual
    • into very hard and dense material bodies. Fundamentally speaking what
    • they are seeking to do now is to let their earlier experiences of the
    • been speaking of today, but even in public lectures one has to go
    • impossible to find a point of contact with modern modes of thinking.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: On Chaos and Cosmos
    Matching lines:
    • in his way of thinking. He speaks of physical things, yet always
    • Godhead, working formatively into this space. Then we hear the words
    • the working of Chaos appears wherever animal excrements occur. The
    • return of beings into Chaos. Chaos is working in manure, in all that
    • what is working from the past. But something new must arise out of
  • Title: Lecture: On Chaos and Cosmos
    Matching lines:
    • in his way of thinking. He speaks of physical things, yet always
    • Godhead, working formatively into this space. Then we hear the words
    • the working of Chaos appears wherever animal excrements occur. The
    • return of beings into Chaos. Chaos is working in manure, in all that
    • what is working from the past. But something new must arise out of
  • Title: Lecture: Morality and Karma
    Matching lines:
    • The text of the lecture which preceded it was discovered on looking
    • Without taking into consideration the theosophical aspect it may be
    • observe the workings of Karma we should bear in mind that every
  • Title: Lecture: Morality and Karma
    Matching lines:
    • The text of the lecture which preceded it was discovered on looking
    • Without taking into consideration the theosophical aspect it may be
    • observe the workings of Karma we should bear in mind that every
  • Title: Lecture: The Inexpressible Name, Spirits of Space and Time.
    Matching lines:
    • ordinary way of looking at the world today does not really enable us
    • animal kingdom, and only during the 7th epoch the real kingdom of
    • The most striking fact of all is this change in humanity, this
    • cooking; i.e., in domestic economy, so that there they are truly
    • advertisements in all the local newspapers making propaganda for the
    • after him while he is working, but also when he ceases to work, by
    • On taking leave from you again for a couple of weeks, my dear
    • working in the world through our Building. For this Building is,
  • Title: Lecture: The Inexpressible Name, Spirits of Space and Time.
    Matching lines:
    • ordinary way of looking at the world today does not really enable us
    • animal kingdom, and only during the 7th epoch the real kingdom of
    • The most striking fact of all is this change in humanity, this
    • cooking; i.e., in domestic economy, so that there they are truly
    • advertisements in all the local newspapers making propaganda for the
    • after him while he is working, but also when he ceases to work, by
    • On taking leave from you again for a couple of weeks, my dear
    • working in the world through our Building. For this Building is,
  • Title: Lecture: The Etheric Being in the Physical Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • if he remains within this whole way of looking at the world,
    • The moment of waking up in the morning has often been compared
    • processes of sleeping and waking. The course of human life during
    • processes of waking up and falling asleep which take place within
    • waking life from the moment of waking up to the moment of falling
    • asleep with the summer season, for man's waking condition
    • whereas his waking condition would more or less correspond to
    • falls; it then begins to think and lives through its thinking,
    • waking condition. This is daytime for the Spirit of the Earth, in
    • described to you when speaking of the Impulse of Golgotha. We
    • cannot help taking on the character of religious immersion in the
    • unity. — A second element is what we call thinking, our
    • is not the essential point just now, but our thinking activity is
    • memory, thinking, feeling and will.
    • them; feeling is older, thinking still older, and the activity
    • with feeling; he was endowed with thinking during the Sun
    • activity which lies at the foundation of thinking is part of
    • thinking power they will not be able to unfold much in a
    • being endowed with will. If he had merely the power of thinking,
    • looking at ourselves and distinguishing between two kinds of
  • Title: Lecture: The Etheric Being in the Physical Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • if he remains within this whole way of looking at the world,
    • The moment of waking up in the morning has often been compared
    • processes of sleeping and waking. The course of human life during
    • processes of waking up and falling asleep which take place within
    • waking life from the moment of waking up to the moment of falling
    • asleep with the summer season, for man's waking condition
    • whereas his waking condition would more or less correspond to
    • falls; it then begins to think and lives through its thinking,
    • waking condition. This is daytime for the Spirit of the Earth, in
    • described to you when speaking of the Impulse of Golgotha. We
    • cannot help taking on the character of religious immersion in the
    • unity. — A second element is what we call thinking, our
    • is not the essential point just now, but our thinking activity is
    • memory, thinking, feeling and will.
    • them; feeling is older, thinking still older, and the activity
    • with feeling; he was endowed with thinking during the Sun
    • activity which lies at the foundation of thinking is part of
    • thinking power they will not be able to unfold much in a
    • being endowed with will. If he had merely the power of thinking,
    • looking at ourselves and distinguishing between two kinds of
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Editors Preface
    Matching lines:
    • involves, for our too stereotyped thinking, something like the learning
    • instead of as similes — attempts, that is, at making clear a purely
    • we have only a kind of appearance — a beam. It is like looking
    • thinking’ which is the first stage of higher knowledge. And he
    • strengthen your thinking the supra-terrestrial spatial world begins
    • maiming it by arbitrary selections such as I am making for the purpose
    • Steiner approaches the life after death by speaking of ‘four phases
    • where, after speaking of the nature of memory he emphasises that it is
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture I: Anthroposophy as What Men Long For Today
    Matching lines:
    • every thinking man.
    • if you understand the heart's language, hear it asking from its unconscious
    • the surging waves of thinking, feeling and willing confront him. So
    • he looks into himself, asking: How is Nature related to my soul? he
    • kingdoms of Nature, experiencing all this in his fluctuating inner world,
    • we are looking at a wide ocean. The waves rise and fall. There is a
    • On looking
    • matter, making this a vehicle for the radiant expression of the
    • the questions Anthroposophy has to answer. Human hearts are speaking
    • in the way we have described and asking where they can find that knowledge
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture II: Meditation
    Matching lines:
    • at all. Though we see how man, through eating, drinking and breathing,
    • of the different kingdoms of Nature. They are, today, just what they
    • different from those of today. What we see around us in the kingdoms
    • we may regard our physical organism as organised for taking in external
    • so to strengthen our power of thinking — the power whereby we form
    • ordinary thinking I am really quite passive. I allow something to happen
    • through the force of inner thinking itself. In this way our thinking
    • stronger if we use our arms. At length we notice that this thinking
    • When we have so strengthened ourselves within that our thinking has
    • same time, to perceive with our strengthened thinking the external things
    • my dear friends, I look at a stone with such strengthened thinking.
    • a crystal of salt or of quartz with this strengthened thinking, there
    • thinking. So we may say that, if a man takes trouble to develop such
    • thinking he perceives, besides the physical, the etheric in himself,
    • In the external, mineral kingdom alone it plays no part; still, it is
    • is only present in me in the waking state, not when I am asleep. If
    • going on during both waking and sleeping states. One might doubt this
    • my raising an arm can only take place in the waking state. The etheric
    • in order to strengthen our thinking, but eliminating again the strengthened
    • thinking so acquired — i.e. emptying our consciousness —
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture III: The Transition from Ordinary Knowledge to the Science of Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • that way of looking at things of which I spoke in the lecture before
    • On looking back on my life it seems as if every step had been so ordained
    • to say more than other people while talking just as they do; it really
    • — will say: True, I don't hear a person speaking within me, if
    • lives in the depths of our will is, indeed, like a waking dream; but
    • he hears those with whom he has a karmic connection speaking from within
    • him. Of course he remains sensible and does not walk about speaking,
    • we can deepen our consciousness on looking out into the wide spaces
    • of the cosmos, and on looking into man himself. And the more we look
    • there is no sense in merely speaking of abstract laws of Nature. These
    • speaking, actual events have nothing at all to do with the laws of Nature.
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture IV: Meditation and Inspiration
    Matching lines:
    • inner need of finding, or at least seeking, the paths of the soul to
    • one quite simple fact. You are looking, let us say, at some part of
    • life, i.e. our thinking, which can confront us fairly clearly, our feeling,
    • thinking, feeling and willing.
    • you bear within you your soul life — your thinking, feeling and
    • we fall asleep to the moment of waking, a certain time elapses; and
    • when, in the waking state, we look back on this interval of time, we
    • joy in life, no firm foundation, no security. With the form man's thinking
    • saying: True; man's thinking, in the form it has so far actually taken,
    • thinking.
    • we cannot, by mere thinking, influence our own ‘will-organism’.
    • To feel deeply the powerlessness of this thinking is to receive the
    • but thought; you cannot begin to think about the world except by thinking.
    • Our thinking, however, is not fitted for this. So we are unavoidably
    • — a way by which our thinking may penetrate more deeply into
    • we may say, consists in experiencing thinking in another way than usual.
    • in this way. We must begin to experience thinking. One does this by
    • taking a thought that is easily comprehended, letting it stay in one's
    • of my arm thereby. So, too, we strengthen our thinking when we exert
    • contain nothing but what one is actually thinking.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture V: Love, Intuition and the Human Ego
    Matching lines:
    • are working. Here is weaving the ether revealed to one in
    • ‘pictures’ when one has strengthened one's thinking in the
    • Here we have only a kind of appearance — a beam. It is like looking
    • there was once a Spanish king who was shown how complicated the structure
    • fact it is always there, working into man. The 3rd of January 1904,
    • stage was that of ‘strengthened thinking’ in which we
    • attained by emptying our consciousness after strengthened thinking.
    • stage in cognition is attained by making the power of love a cognitive
    • life on earth, working in subconscious depths, that is the ego proper.
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture VI: Respiration, Warmth and the Ego
    Matching lines:
    • expressed in the alternating states of waking and sleeping. It is from
    • the facts before us. In the waking man there is, first, the inner
    • during sleep; sense activity and the thinking based upon it are, however,
    • the active life of feeling that connects willing and thinking, standing
    • taking place between the psychical and the external world, cease in
    • waking life we are aware that our thoughts act upon our bodily
    • active, in sleep as in the waking state. Moreover, all the processes
    • a vitalising, but a devitalising element. Physically speaking, we take
    • the spiritual beings of the cosmos speaking ‘into’ him. He
    • we receive a striking impression. It is as if what confronts the sleeping
    • during waking life, initiating, with the help of the inhaled air, the
    • during waking life, begins to be very conscious in sleep. It comes before
    • warmth-processes, you perceive the real ego, working from times long
    • active within, working upon the breath provided by the mere respiratory
    • processes. You behold the real, active ego of man, working from primeval
    • state, or has returned to his former lives on earth. When talking simply
    • explained. It is this that manifests as the rhythmic alternation of waking
    • All this becomes quite different at death. The most striking change
    • is so. Thinking, feeling and willing live in our soul, but over and
    • sort of thing is a very model of confused thinking. For the whole belief
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture VII: Dream-life and External Reality
    Matching lines:
    • speak of the alternating states of sleeping and waking, which are known
    • waking state, when we have full use of our bodily organs and experience
    • is not a real experience; it is merely looking at them externally,
    • pictures of waking life — those pictures that it otherwise takes
    • body between falling asleep and waking up.
    • to the end, we can compare our result with a man's behaviour in waking
    • in life as in dreams; in the weak man instincts are working, and once
    • study the alternating states of waking and sleeping in this intimate
    • then advances beyond the ordinary more or less empty, abstract thinking
    • to a thinking inherently pictorial, called ‘imagination’.
    • through conception and birth — strictly speaking, from before
    • And we cannot help asking how this comes about.
    • making up his mind to do something, forming certain intentions.
    • dreams and, on waking, take these very seriously; indeed, they take
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture VIII: Dreams, Imaginative Cognition, and the Building of Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • with waking life. I have often emphasised that one who attains really
    • more painstaking, conscientious observer than without the faculty of
    • present I am only speaking of ‘imagination’ — is quite
    • more seriously. Indeed, only imagination justifies us taking our dreams
    • as follows: a countenance comparatively wise looking, perhaps even somewhat
    • One might also say, speaking paradoxically (one must begin to speak
    • really swing to and fro, as it were, between dreaming and waking if
    • life on earth. What he experiences in the waking state is the relic
    • imagination leads directly from a study of the waking and sleeping man
    • is preserved in memory occupies a quite special place in the waking
    • up to the present. Time becomes space. It is like looking down an avenue;
    • To take it for a reality is like taking a cross-section of a tree trunk
    • to the other kingdoms of Nature, has another side. Let us assume that
    • though he calls the lion the king of beasts, he still feels himself,
    • as a human being, superior. Man feels the creatures of the other kingdoms
    • to judge him. He is above the other kingdoms of Nature.
    • the inferior kingdoms of Nature, but kingdoms of the spiritual world
    • that are superior to him. He feels himself as the lowest kingdom, the
    • man's life on earth. There are waking states interrupted again and again
    • what the gods think about the deeds and thoughts of our waking life,
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture IX: Phases of Memory and the Real Self
    Matching lines:
    • man experiences in concrete, everyday life, in thinking, feeling and
    • we may say that, after all, all learning consists in linking new
    • method depends on finding the most rational way of linking the new things
    • and, strictly speaking, only our unsatisfying, painful or sorrowful
    • the ordinary kingdoms of external Nature — mineral, plant and
    • animal kingdoms — for these belong to the earth. But in that world
    • external kingdoms of Nature, so now, with spiritual beings of different
    • is taken from us. Through our body we hold together what is really seeking
  • Title: Roman Catholicism: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • year 1875, thus in this very period of which I am now speaking. In
    • fulfillment of what men were seeking in the time now past, in the
    • illuminating circumstances making possible the present untrue fight
    • his regiment. I am not making polemics, I am simply citing a
    • awake, and it was out of their waking consciousness that such things
    • waking consciousness, the latest inevitable achievement, the
    • not making polemics, I am merely stating historic facts. But these
  • Title: Roman Catholicism: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • declared all modern thinking to be heretical. Then on top of that
    • fact is awake and is working systematically against the approaching
    • the difficulties of working on the faithful in modern times and
    • Pope Clement XIV, who had a great liking for the Jesuits and was at
    • world history, history made by Frederick II, King of Prussia, and by
    • never states whether he is speaking ‘ex cathedra’ or
  • Title: Roman Catholicism: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • But really the dream differs far less from ordinary thinking than is
    • same as what underlies one’s thoughts, only that in thinking
    • thinking ordered in accordance with quite external relationships, is
    • Century has certainly been sufficient for the making of technical
    • have something to do, and just as the statesman is always making
    • the purpose of making of it a dull communal consciousness. Now one of
    • seeking to emerge as individual consciousness in the souls of men. It
    • is a fine undertaking so to work under authority as to write articles
    • from rancor, one is making a great mistake. Naturally, we must fight
    • is a mighty and diabolical undertaking.
    • means of working on human beings. These magical means do exist. And
    • investigate such things, and I set myself the task of making certain
    • did not spend their time in the way they do but were working at
    • undertaking which in a certain sense they had been given. But I was
  • Title: Lecture: Conscience and Astonishment as Indications of Spiritual Vision in Past and Future
    Matching lines:
    • those to whom he was speaking; and he was hardly ever able to revise
    • explained without taking the presence of a spiritual world into
    • events. In waking life we are even astonished if somebody leaps high
    • all. So we are faced with the fact that while in waking life we are
    • conscience if we did them in waking life. Anyone can confirm this
    • the earlier, shadowy clairvoyance into our present clear, waking
    • ‘I’ in waking consciousness. But what did men acquire
    • waking consciousness and the consciousness of dreams.
    • enter the life of dreams. We have them in the waking consciousness,
    • something which one has not felt before in waking life; it is as if
    • they acquired their own weight, their own heaviness. In waking life
    • one is walking, or a hand, which one raises, have for us no weight.
    • asking for explanations. If you even begin to speak about
    • while the other is prepared to enjoy life simply without seeking any
    • lives, or to be concerned much with seeking explanations. Very many
    • walking in a street together at the present time. One is a
  • Title: Lecture: Conscience and Astonishment as Indications of Spiritual Vision in Past and Future
    Matching lines:
    • those to whom he was speaking; and he was hardly ever able to revise
    • explained without taking the presence of a spiritual world into
    • events. In waking life we are even astonished if somebody leaps high
    • all. So we are faced with the fact that while in waking life we are
    • conscience if we did them in waking life. Anyone can confirm this
    • the earlier, shadowy clairvoyance into our present clear, waking
    • ‘I’ in waking consciousness. But what did men acquire
    • waking consciousness and the consciousness of dreams.
    • enter the life of dreams. We have them in the waking consciousness,
    • something which one has not felt before in waking life; it is as if
    • they acquired their own weight, their own heaviness. In waking life
    • one is walking, or a hand, which one raises, have for us no weight.
    • asking for explanations. If you even begin to speak about
    • while the other is prepared to enjoy life simply without seeking any
    • lives, or to be concerned much with seeking explanations. Very many
    • walking in a street together at the present time. One is a
  • Title: Lecture: The Coming Experience of Christ
    Matching lines:
    • which conflicts with their habitual thinking, they would soon see
    • second decade of the twentieth century by talking about the
    • blood relationship; consequently all that has happened is the making
    • ‘My kingdom is not of this world.’” For man will
    • have to say to himself: — “My Kingdom is not of this
  • Title: Lecture: The Coming Experience of Christ
    Matching lines:
    • which conflicts with their habitual thinking, they would soon see
    • second decade of the twentieth century by talking about the
    • blood relationship; consequently all that has happened is the making
    • ‘My kingdom is not of this world.’” For man will
    • have to say to himself: — “My Kingdom is not of this
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Knowledge: A Way of Life
    Matching lines:
    • impulse, it drives him — spiritually speaking — to feed
    • accordance with their laws, looking in them for cause and effect and
    • not expecting to find in them any ethical working. We boast that we
    • to see his life as the working out of a plan; he recognises how, when
    • do, though it may seem to result from the working of earthly physical
    • at all without our personality taking part in it. And as we grow into
    • the plant, animal, and mineral kingdoms we begin to behold beings,
    • kingdom of reality, where the ethical impulses that inhere in our
    • make in the physical world, the nearest approach to moral working is
    • understand it here, is, comparatively speaking, a new thing in our
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Knowledge: A Way of Life
    Matching lines:
    • impulse, it drives him — spiritually speaking — to feed
    • accordance with their laws, looking in them for cause and effect and
    • not expecting to find in them any ethical working. We boast that we
    • to see his life as the working out of a plan; he recognises how, when
    • do, though it may seem to result from the working of earthly physical
    • at all without our personality taking part in it. And as we grow into
    • the plant, animal, and mineral kingdoms we begin to behold beings,
    • kingdom of reality, where the ethical impulses that inhere in our
    • make in the physical world, the nearest approach to moral working is
    • understand it here, is, comparatively speaking, a new thing in our
  • Title: Lecture: How Can the Destitution of Soul in Modern Times Be Overcome?
    Matching lines:
    • undertakings depended to the greatest possible extent upon personal
    • terms of intercourse are such that, fundamentally speaking,
    • others depends upon the working out of individual karma. For we have
    • group-soul element. We find its peoples making part of a social
    • start from this age must consist in making it clear that in the first
    • in the sphere of religion, its own liberty of thinking and scope to
    • the fifth post-Atlantean epoch of free thinking, because from
    • of the heart. For the impulse for this new world-working must be
    • connections in human evolution, but the way of thinking peculiar to
    • fosters the freedom and independence of our thinking. Spiritual
    • mankind; He forsook their world. Speaking for themselves they could
    • looking one day into a shop window my eye was caught by the title of
    • earthwards, and which we offer up again in our thinking about Christ;
    • from the sphere of human thinking.
  • Title: Lecture: How Can the Destitution of Soul in Modern Times Be Overcome?
    Matching lines:
    • undertakings depended to the greatest possible extent upon personal
    • terms of intercourse are such that, fundamentally speaking,
    • others depends upon the working out of individual karma. For we have
    • group-soul element. We find its peoples making part of a social
    • start from this age must consist in making it clear that in the first
    • in the sphere of religion, its own liberty of thinking and scope to
    • the fifth post-Atlantean epoch of free thinking, because from
    • of the heart. For the impulse for this new world-working must be
    • connections in human evolution, but the way of thinking peculiar to
    • fosters the freedom and independence of our thinking. Spiritual
    • mankind; He forsook their world. Speaking for themselves they could
    • looking one day into a shop window my eye was caught by the title of
    • earthwards, and which we offer up again in our thinking about Christ;
    • from the sphere of human thinking.
  • Title: Lecture: Modern and Ancient Spiritual Exercises
    Matching lines:
    • kingdoms of nature, the men of those times beheld spirit and soul. They
    • was walking along a river bank. If someone today walks along a river bank
    • depend only on our senses and nervous system as instruments of thinking.
    • rhythm. We never think without this whole process taking place, of which
    • element in his thinking within the rhythm of breathing.
    • thinking, which he had hardly felt as a function of the head at all, streamed
    • thinking to be merely a shadowy, logical process; he rather felt how
    • thinking followed the breath. When he inhaled he felt he was taking
    • the breath into his thinking. With his thoughts he took hold, as it were,
    • his thinking pervading his whole being. This made him aware of his thinking
    • the physical world he quite rightly does not pay attention to his thinking
    • soul-filled thinking pulsated through his inner being with the result that
    • but along the more inward path of thinking itself. The right path for man
    • logical thought sequence; it is a thinking that is much more
    • achieved to that of the yogi in ancient times. He blended thinking
    • thinking from breathing. Thinking is not on this account torn out of
    • rhythm, because as thinking becomes separated from the inner rhythm of
    • breath it is gradually linked to an external rhythm. By setting thinking
    • towards separating thinking from the breath and letting it dive down into
    • Thinking must pass over into
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Modern and Ancient Spiritual Exercises
    Matching lines:
    • kingdoms of nature, the men of those times beheld spirit and soul. They
    • was walking along a river bank. If someone today walks along a river bank
    • depend only on our senses and nervous system as instruments of thinking.
    • rhythm. We never think without this whole process taking place, of which
    • element in his thinking within the rhythm of breathing.
    • thinking, which he had hardly felt as a function of the head at all, streamed
    • thinking to be merely a shadowy, logical process; he rather felt how
    • thinking followed the breath. When he inhaled he felt he was taking
    • the breath into his thinking. With his thoughts he took hold, as it were,
    • his thinking pervading his whole being. This made him aware of his thinking
    • the physical world he quite rightly does not pay attention to his thinking
    • soul-filled thinking pulsated through his inner being with the result that
    • but along the more inward path of thinking itself. The right path for man
    • logical thought sequence; it is a thinking that is much more
    • achieved to that of the yogi in ancient times. He blended thinking
    • thinking from breathing. Thinking is not on this account torn out of
    • rhythm, because as thinking becomes separated from the inner rhythm of
    • breath it is gradually linked to an external rhythm. By setting thinking
    • towards separating thinking from the breath and letting it dive down into
    • Thinking must pass over into
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Meaning of Easter: St. Paul and the Christ Impulse
    Matching lines:
    • world-history it shall be possible for him, through the working of the
    • not an event that can be grasped by any thinking concerned entirely
    • mankind through the working of the Christ Impulse.
    • those times which possess to a striking degree the characteristic
    • the words: “My kingdom is not of this world.” He was not to
    • divine and spiritual kingdom that could be reached only by inward
    • for man in a new kingdom of light,
    • [KingRomans 13:12]
    • knew that he must be giving himself up to delusions, he must be mistaking
    • bring men out of the habit of looking to the spirits of air and of
    • [4:9 But now, after that ye have known God, or rather are known of God, how turn ye again to the weak and beggarly elements, whereunto ye desire again to be in bondage?KingGal. 4:3,9]
    • working of the Event of Golgotha, He is here. But you must find Him; He must come again
    • rest content with looking at life in any superficial way; it is
    • festival, all their thinking about Easter runs along the lines of old
    • with thinking at all, and go on repeating the words they have learned from
  • Title: Lecture: The Meaning of Easter: St. Paul and the Christ Impulse
    Matching lines:
    • world-history it shall be possible for him, through the working of the
    • not an event that can be grasped by any thinking concerned entirely
    • mankind through the working of the Christ Impulse.
    • those times which possess to a striking degree the characteristic
    • the words: “My kingdom is not of this world.” He was not to
    • divine and spiritual kingdom that could be reached only by inward
    • for man in a new kingdom of light,
    • [KingRomans 13:12]
    • knew that he must be giving himself up to delusions, he must be mistaking
    • bring men out of the habit of looking to the spirits of air and of
    • [4:9 But now, after that ye have known God, or rather are known of God, how turn ye again to the weak and beggarly elements, whereunto ye desire again to be in bondage?KingGal. 4:3,9]
    • working of the Event of Golgotha, He is here. But you must find Him; He must come again
    • rest content with looking at life in any superficial way; it is
    • festival, all their thinking about Easter runs along the lines of old
    • with thinking at all, and go on repeating the words they have learned from
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Address by Dr. Rudolf Steiner
    Matching lines:
    • more than organic, and involves working with the cosmos, earth, and
    • it only too well, especially in working with our scientific Research
    • and love it, making it the content of their lives. Generally, though
    • good and devoted anthroposophists working with us in Medicine (with
    • What is the value of speaking only in vague and general terms of such
    • What you are seeking will first have to be composed from the indications
    • way of working — say, between his twenty-ninth and his thirtieth
    • know that it is not the momentary success that matters; it is the working
    • is here making itself felt is the foundation of a rather intimate mutual
    • it, and how the two are working together. If our indications are to
    • about their things far wiser than what the scientists were thinking.
    • and a common thinking. Let us then have this common feeling and thinking;
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Contents
    Matching lines:
    • more than organic, and involves working with the cosmos, earth, and
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Cover Sheet
    Matching lines:
    • more than organic, and involves working with the cosmos, earth, and
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Discussion after Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • more than organic, and involves working with the cosmos, earth, and
    • a bucketful. Then we began again, taking a whole bucketful and two cow-horns.
    • when it is all taking place in a comparatively small circle, he brings
    • so as to get a definite proportion. Speaking of half a bucketful, did
    • I took a Swiss bucket, the ordinary bucket they use for milking in Switzerland.
    • chaos is complete. You could do it, of course, by making the soil more
    • quarter after taking them out of the earth?
    • Nature as the stirring of which we were speaking just now. Just as
    • of which you are thinking. Nature herself, in any case, sees to it
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Discussion after Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • more than organic, and involves working with the cosmos, earth, and
    • You cannot decide by hard-and-fast rules. Generally speaking, rain-water
    • occur in the plant kingdom. The combatting of weeds, on the other hand,
    • layers, and taking advantage of the spontaneous generation of warmth,
    • purposely refrained from speaking of what is already being done on rational
    • speak of fruit- and vine-growing. Generally speaking, what I have given
    • — the inner consistency of the earth kingdom and also the watery
    • in baking bread. A thing that even can act as a poison when consumed
    • taking them out of the earth?
    • which was lacking. There must therefore be a relation between the actual
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Discussion after Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • more than organic, and involves working with the cosmos, earth, and
    • leading to grave catastrophes. Generally speaking, we can only say that
    • them above. They simply be there; they be working. That which is
    • Generally speaking, all that I have said applies to fruit culture also.
    • so striking as it will be if you avoid using sheep and pig dung to excess.
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Discussion after Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • more than organic, and involves working with the cosmos, earth, and
    • generally speaking, for the liquid manure. Every Ego — even the
    • The necessary calculations cannot be done in a moment. Broadly speaking,
    • Speaking of full Moon and new Moon, do you mean the actual day of the
    • speaking (Diagram 22). This picture is there; then it vanishes. And
    • foodstuffs to the parts of the organism where they should be working,
    • the optimum in the method used. Generally speaking, the souring will
    • mineral kingdom of the earth.
    • animals can stand it; I cannot say which at the moment. Generally speaking,
    • mechanical means, or by these cosmic workings — whether that makes
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Preface
    Matching lines:
    • more than organic, and involves working with the cosmos, earth, and
    • way of stirring it. As the author's walking-stick was the only
    • occasion marking the birth-hour of a world-wide agricultural movement.
    • of working. He never proceeded from preconceived abstract dogma, but
    • agricultural course was given. He had been speaking of the need for
    • Then came the thought-provoking and surprising answer: “This is
    • can no longer be built from thinking to will and action. Food plants
    • to understanding spiritual, cosmic forces and making them effective
    • Steiner set forth the basic new way of thinking about the relationship
    • he gave for treating soil, manure and compost, and especially for making
    • working both practically and scientifically at this task kept on growing;
    • school of thought and a chemically-minded agricultural thinking confronted
    • thinking to-day. But it does Liebig an injustice. He himself expressed
    • thinking advanced by Rudolf Steiner, have been forced by facts brought
    • and of building it up where it is lacking — all this has become
    • unanswered. The biological way of thinking has been adopted,
    • of scientific thinking. Exploration of the process of photo-synthesis
    • that the author of this work rates knowledge of the interworking of
    • science, white ranking organic substance (humus) second on the list
    • had insisted on my taking courses and attending lectures in political
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Supplement
    Matching lines:
    • more than organic, and involves working with the cosmos, earth, and
    • of shaking it a little in his hand and throwing it gently, sprinkling
    • When walking
    • Dr. Steiner gave the astonishing reply that once it was all in working
    • said we should begin by making this experiment. It would be very interesting
    • about plant-diseases, Dr. Steiner answered: Properly speaking, there
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • more than organic, and involves working with the cosmos, earth, and
    • us. He was speaking especially of the eurhythmists; though it may be
    • intentions, in the economic undertakings which grew out of the
    • These undertakings were created by industrialists, business men, but
    • explain it in the case of Agriculture, so that we may not be speaking
    • takes up, would be talking nonsense. You can only understand the
    • We, however, speaking
    • happens on the Earth is but a reflection of what is taking place in
    • every tilled field: Therein are working the silicious and the
    • that as a creature of a comparatively lower kingdom of Nature, the
    • plant can serve as nourishment for those of the higher kingdoms.
    • for animal and man, then Mars, Jupiter and Saturn, working via the
    • colossal is taking place on Earth. These forces spring up and shoot
    • it is not only working when it shines down upon the Earth; it is also
    • the working of these forces in the plant's life? We see it, not so
    • materialistically, the working of all Nature.
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • more than organic, and involves working with the cosmos, earth, and
    • Properly speaking, any manures or the like which you bring into the
    • this inner life of the earthly soil (I am speaking of fine and
    • Taking our start from
    • again and working directly in the air and water over the Earth. The
    • the Earth is essentially a kind of digestion. All that is thus taking
    • substances must emancipate themselves from what is working
    • upward the influences which should be working upward in this winter
    • out in all manner of directions. For that which is working above the
    • that live and abound in the distant planets are working, as we have
    • working upward, so here the earthly nature is working downward.
    • form, whereas in highly ramified roots we have a working of the
    • working-upward of the cosmic nature into the flower.
    • cosmic and the earthly are working there.
    • re-discovered if we wish to go on working on the Earth at all.
    • working. Such things must be penetrated once more with clear
    • farm, properly speaking we should only use it as a remedy — as
    • working above all the radiation of the Sun, the direct radiant
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • more than organic, and involves working with the cosmos, earth, and
    • speaking.
    • of Nature wherein nitrogen is working, nor can they do so, so long as
    • working we must learn to know at the same time if we would understand
    • phosphorus — which have to do with the working of light into
    • significance in the working of the Cosmos as a whole. The knowledge
    • our time when speaking about carbon. It is quite true, carbon occurs
    • so-to-speak with sulphur, and working as a plastic artist —
    • finds there its physical expression. More accurately speaking,
    • carbon, so in a manner of speaking the Ego of the Universe lives as
    • framework such as the Spirit builds, working always with the help of
    • working). What is the physical carrier which is so permeated by the
    • carbon framework, wherein are manifested the workings of the highest
    • or the cosmic spiritual Being which is working in the plants. Observe
    • Everywhere — in the animal kingdom and in the plant and even in
    • of sulphur is working thus in nitrogen, is that which we are wont to
    • environment. For as you know, there too the astral is working
    • speaking we have the astral placed between the oxygen and the carbon,
    • and this astral impresses itself upon the physical by making use of
    • nitrogen from the air that fills the space, thus making the air
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • more than organic, and involves working with the cosmos, earth, and
    • and the working of the Spirit throughout Nature must be recognised on
    • speaking of the experiments. What science says of the experiments is
    • working of the substances and forces, and of the Spiritual too. Such
    • a mound of earth, with humus entering into it, working in the earthly
    • to the manure, especially to the task of working with the manure. It
    • as I showed you. That is to say: in manuring we must bring to the earth-kingdom
    • the earth-kingdom to which it must be carried — under the plant,
    • Taking
    • We should have strange-looking cows if this were all. They would be
    • striking fast. It had no longer any smell, though naturally it began
    • thirty-four years, the methods of making and applying the Preparations
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • more than organic, and involves working with the cosmos, earth, and
    • Science no longer knows the working of this all-embracing life. Insight
    • our farms, we are taking forces away from the earth — nay, even
    • in this respect. They are at pains to investigate the working of bacteria
    • the room is dirty. Nor should we clean the room by thinking out devices
    • can only do by working with organic matter, bringing it into
    • circumference of Nature's workings — that is the talk of
    • wider workings of Nature.
    • all around the Earth — actively working, though in the finest
    • then assist the working of the manure itself. We add these forces, so
    • as to assist the working of the manure, which, apart front these homoeopathic
    • (or potash, generally speaking) carry the growth rather into those regions
    • working of yarrow in the animal or human organism —if you know
    • tubes as they are commonly used for making sausages, make them into
    • as in all things, it is simply a question of breaking down prejudice.
    • for in the world outside — in its marvelous inner working and
    • diseases. I am speaking in general terms at the moment. Nowadays
    • once before. It restores order when the ether-body is working too strongly,
    • withdraw in a regular manner — so that its shrinking is beautiful
    • a short time ago. Are not they themselves already speaking frankly of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • more than organic, and involves working with the cosmos, earth, and
    • not want to have there. You know, one sometimes has strange harkings-back
    • only answer this question by taking into account what we have dealt
    • sphere, from that which is over the earth, we must perceive the workings
    • Moreover, speaking in a
    • near planets are influenced by the chalk-or limestone-workings
    • influenced by the workings of silica. Although the silica influences
    • and ray back again, working upward from below. Everything that works
    • in a particular way. It is only by taking these varied forces into account
    • as weeds — are greatly influenced by the workings of the Moon.
    • this way. Quite generally speaking, you have far-reaching possibilities
    • have all made this mistake of looking to external methods to verify
    • But it proves nothing in reality. If you are working exactly, you must
    • try to get at these happy, simple-looking little creatures in untold
    • bring about the reproductive process. In the animal kingdom, on the
    • for the animal kingdom the Moon influence does not need to be considered
    • very much. For the animal kingdom conserves the lunar forces; it emancipates
    • itself from the Moon. The Moon-force is developed in the animal kingdom
    • speaking, we may say (Diagram 12), if this be
    • plant — the cosmic forces which should be working up above are
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • more than organic, and involves working with the cosmos, earth, and
    • one is always working on the other.
    • to these coarse interactions, finer ones, too, are constantly taking
    • working in the atmosphere, and by the life-ether.
    • in Nature's household (I am speaking now of such fruit as grows on trees).
    • speaking, it is even separated from its root — only it is united
    • yesterday when speaking of human Karma). That which is poorer in ether,
    • whole animal kingdom. Take, for example, the insect larvae: truly, they
    • will reveal, quite generally speaking, the relation of plant to animal-nature,
    • Sun and Moon are working through the air. But the animal cannot relate
    • speaking, the plant is in all respects an inverse of the animal —
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • more than organic, and involves working with the cosmos, earth, and
    • process, and yet, fundamentally speaking, that is how they think. In
    • combustion-process in the Body. (The materialists are fond of making
    • the body” is only speaking loosely — in a slipshod way,
    • if you will. If he has the true facts in mind, his speaking loosely
    • what at first was only a slight slipshod way of talking into a brilliant
    • what is actually taking place in Nature. In this domain especially,
    • for instance, seeking its food for itself in the open air; following
    • activity in this finding and taking of the food.
    • as it may be, objectively speaking this is the truth. It is none other
    • too. Thus, in a Sense, you mar the working of Nature when you take your
    • cosmic forces working plastically through the head may find the proper
    • If this co-operation is taking place, so that the streaming from behind
    • the way to become sexual secretion is met by the head-forces working
    • for foodstuffs working less towards the head than the roots, which latter
    • only proceed rationally by taking your start from a way of thought such
    • is quite correct. It is only unsystematic, lacking in precision. Precisely
    • process, by all such processes as cooking, burning, heating, drying,
    • herbs, where through the cooking process of the Sun, working towards
    • the limbs by artificial treatment, notably if it is anything like cooking,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Significance of the Mass
    Matching lines:
    • human being are: Atma, Buddhi, Manas. Formerly in speaking
    • Regnum The Kingdom
    • Kingdom.
    • “Thy Kingdom.” The whole is a symbol for the
  • Title: Lecture: The Significance of the Mass
    Matching lines:
    • human being are: Atma, Buddhi, Manas. Formerly in speaking
    • Regnum The Kingdom
    • Kingdom.
    • “Thy Kingdom.” The whole is a symbol for the
  • Title: Lecture: Parsifal
    Matching lines:
    • the other hand that one can be in danger of looking in
    • active in such a striking manner in and since the last
    • kingdoms of nature; minerals, plants, animals and human
    • beings. We regard the human kingdom as the highest of the
    • four. But now just as man has thus around him kingdoms that
    • England and Wales; all the stories that are told of King
    • recognize in the animal and human kingdoms is also to be
    • seen in the plant kingdom. In the springtime of the year
    • soul. The process that is taking place out there in nature
    • animal kingdom, only in nature it takes place without
    • sun. Between the plant kingdom and the divine kingdom stand
    • the two other kingdoms — the animal kingdom and the
    • pathway leading from the plant kingdom to the divine
    • kingdom. In the divine kingdom we have again a kingdom of
    • innocence and chastity, as in the plant kingdom. In the
    • animal and human kingdom we have kingdoms of desire and
    • behind the mysteries of which we have been speaking, one
    • relationship was replaced by the partaking of two spiritual
    • of John the Baptist, making mock in this way of the
    • the Knights of King Arthur
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Parsifal
    Matching lines:
    • the other hand that one can be in danger of looking in
    • active in such a striking manner in and since the last
    • kingdoms of nature; minerals, plants, animals and human
    • beings. We regard the human kingdom as the highest of the
    • four. But now just as man has thus around him kingdoms that
    • England and Wales; all the stories that are told of King
    • recognize in the animal and human kingdoms is also to be
    • seen in the plant kingdom. In the springtime of the year
    • soul. The process that is taking place out there in nature
    • animal kingdom, only in nature it takes place without
    • sun. Between the plant kingdom and the divine kingdom stand
    • the two other kingdoms — the animal kingdom and the
    • pathway leading from the plant kingdom to the divine
    • kingdom. In the divine kingdom we have again a kingdom of
    • innocence and chastity, as in the plant kingdom. In the
    • animal and human kingdom we have kingdoms of desire and
    • behind the mysteries of which we have been speaking, one
    • relationship was replaced by the partaking of two spiritual
    • of John the Baptist, making mock in this way of the
    • the Knights of King Arthur
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Universe
    Matching lines:
    • by saying: With his whole thinking, insofar as it is
    • looking back, as it were, into his own self. For when we
    • the world with his thinking that is connected with his
    • as it were. By looking back upon ourselves, we discover the
    • are taking hold of something which is your own self. You
    • a tiny bit poisonous. For life consists in taking in
    • inorganic world and seeking the balance.
    • taking his place culturally in the external life on earth.
    • pouring out water, by walking over the fields with urns and
    • contained in man, best be symbolized? Perhaps by taking the
    • always looking back; this gesture of Aries looking back is
    • Aries in the human being who is looking back on himself, on
    • characteristic lies in the gesture of looking back.
    • Taurus, you will find that he is always looking sideways
    • thing, the gesture of looking around and activating the
    • looking upon the human form: In regard to the shape of the
    • to obtain metabolic man with his limbs, seeking to become a
  • Title: Lecture: The Universe
    Matching lines:
    • by saying: With his whole thinking, insofar as it is
    • looking back, as it were, into his own self. For when we
    • the world with his thinking that is connected with his
    • as it were. By looking back upon ourselves, we discover the
    • are taking hold of something which is your own self. You
    • a tiny bit poisonous. For life consists in taking in
    • inorganic world and seeking the balance.
    • taking his place culturally in the external life on earth.
    • pouring out water, by walking over the fields with urns and
    • contained in man, best be symbolized? Perhaps by taking the
    • always looking back; this gesture of Aries looking back is
    • Aries in the human being who is looking back on himself, on
    • characteristic lies in the gesture of looking back.
    • Taurus, you will find that he is always looking sideways
    • thing, the gesture of looking around and activating the
    • looking upon the human form: In regard to the shape of the
    • to obtain metabolic man with his limbs, seeking to become a
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Cover Sheet
    Matching lines:
    • elemental beings, and the working of the great planetary beings and the
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Contents
    Matching lines:
    • elemental beings, and the working of the great planetary beings and the
    • Working of the Saturn spirits through the sense organs; (Perfumes).
    • plant, and mineral kingdoms. Origins of light and air, heart,
    • for the Angels: the plant kingdom; for the Archangels: the animal
    • kingdom. Angels are guardian spirits of individual men, Archangels
    • lowest kingdom of their scale of consciousness. Satan, the unlawful,
    • beings. According to man's behaviour during the waking state,
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Note
    Matching lines:
    • elemental beings, and the working of the great planetary beings and the
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Publisher's Note
    Matching lines:
    • elemental beings, and the working of the great planetary beings and the
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • elemental beings, and the working of the great planetary beings and the
    • Working of the Saturn spirits through the sense organs; (Perfumes).
    • pointed out from the outset, although in such a working group it might
    • taking part in the forces which are there at work. That is nourishment
    • of the chyle. Here you have the connection of these fluids taking their
    • in all the plants and naturally also in the animal kingdom. The influences
    • when he is working and creating to show him what is secretly working
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • elemental beings, and the working of the great planetary beings and the
    • speak, into the intricate workings of the cosmos.
    • of “Saturn.” And looking forward we see prophetically that
    • with the substances and forces contained in our Earth and then, taking
    • between waking and sleeping. This is connected with the separation from
    • evolutions in an age which, speaking in the sense of occult astronomy,
    • express it. Speaking in analogy, however, we can say that the forces
    • long and greatly differing periods of evolution; the forces working
    • in the Zodiac remain, relatively speaking, fixed and permanent. These
    • The difference is always relative, only relative. As far as human thinking
    • only once. Fundamentally speaking, what is happening continuously is
    • speaking, in the five constellations of Scorpio, Sagittarius, Capricorn,
    • in the middle of those phases of evolution of which we are speaking.
    • preponderate. If we were speaking of the proportion of forces descending
    • connected with all this. You must realize that in speaking of these
    • cosmic processes, we are not speaking of physical or etheric bodies
    • the heavens and perceive the interworking of heavenly forces and beings
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • elemental beings, and the working of the great planetary beings and the
    • in its way of thinking and feeling. This will make it more difficult
    • the waking activity is a destructive one, you have again a proof of
    • the human kingdom, so that there were then two kingdoms on the Sun.
    • with what Spiritual Science has to say, it is only a matter of looking
    • were beings of Venus and Mercury, and they went on working far beyond
    • of man we have the working of the three cosmic bodies, of Mars in the
    • they had to intervene again and help in its development. What is working
    • perceive. We have not fallen into the illusion of thinking that if we
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • elemental beings, and the working of the great planetary beings and the
    • live like that. Today with our mineral kingdom, fluid kingdom, etc.,
    • substances, only the lowest members of the Spirits of Form working in
    • Moon — the ego working towards all sides, that ‘trickled’
    • only served to guide man in taking his direction.
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • elemental beings, and the working of the great planetary beings and the
    • plant, and mineral kingdoms. Origins of light and air, heart,
    • would have gone into a sort of baking oven. You would have felt that
    • no other kingdom. Man is the first-born of the Earth condition. At the
    • beginning of our earthly evolution there was no plant kingdom, no animal
    • kingdom, no mineral kingdom. Our Earth at the beginning of its evolution
    • your own heart is and taking its course in separate arteries —
    • for making use of the surrounding air. This was further developed later
    • of the moon that what today we call the mineral kingdom arose, that
    • Earth we are speaking of such a warmth as arises when you strike a match.
    • That is mineral-fire and mineral-warmth. We are speaking of the fire
    • What is lacking in these
    • last in the course of the earth's development and the other kingdoms
    • under the wonder-working of world music. Then only was the whole impregnated
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • elemental beings, and the working of the great planetary beings and the
    • lecture given here has been carefully thinking it over, and remembering
    • are continually taking place. Evolution is very complicated and one
    • of love. For the animal kingdom has developed forms of love which have
    • into the kingdoms of the Earth, were on the Earth, as such, uninterested
    • having a connection with the Christ Being. Looking towards, feeling
    • into a Kingdom of Love. If we would characterize the great ideal that
    • hovers before us as a Kingdom of Love we can do so in the following
    • Christianity exists for the purpose of breaking through all forms of
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • elemental beings, and the working of the great planetary beings and the
    • for the Angels: the plant kingdom; for the Archangels: the animal
    • kingdom. Angels are guardian spirits of individual men, Archangels
    • lowest kingdom of their scale of consciousness. Satan, the unlawful,
    • man and how it includes the four kingdoms of nature. He can perceive
    • mineral beings, plant beings, animal beings and the human kingdom itself.
    • its contents these four kingdoms perceptible to the outer senses. Everything
    • to one of these four kingdoms. If we now ask: What is the consciousness
    • consciousness since it does not reach down to the mineral kingdom; the
    • beings together with its own kingdom of Angels which there plays the
    • same role as the human kingdom does for us. We can say then that the
    • Angels are also aware consciously of four kingdoms, the kingdoms of
    • plant, animal, man and the kingdom of the Angels.
    • So that wherever the physical kingdom is here, the Angels perceive a
    • his astral body so that it gradually becomes spirit-self. He is working
    • every situation of life the world requires man to share in working on
    • together with the plant and animal kingdoms. In a new incarnation therefore
    • reaches down to the plant kingdom which the earth bears. There they
    • to the plant kingdom but only to the animal kingdom. The plants, so
    • to speak, do not exist for them, the plant kingdom is too subordinate,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • elemental beings, and the working of the great planetary beings and the
    • understand what is meant if we realize that taking part in the life
    • with a certain inner credence without looking on them as fantastic dreams.
    • and a spiritual part, which broadly speaking make up the threefold being
    • responsibility in man is entirely lacking in them; what they do, they
    • working purely mechanically. We must picture to ourselves that all the
    • as instrument of the thinking ego. You will best realize what is meant
    • animal kingdom in possessing a finer material organization, namely,
    • nature-sense are not unjustified in making their heads a special characteristic.
    • developed their higher principles by making use of earthly life. They
    • working invisibly. Just the same occurred in the case of our present
    • developed in the animal kingdom by the group souls. Man creates his
    • something else takes place in the animal kingdom. This is very important
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • elemental beings, and the working of the great planetary beings and the
    • of the animal kingdom with the plant kingdom. This has not a general
    • is a contact between the animal kingdom and the plant kingdom, but that
    • kingdoms come in touch with one another these beings are present and
    • great change since that time, namely, the alternation of waking and
    • you would not have experienced the same alternation of waking and sleeping
    • lights up. This condition of daily waking in consciousness, nightly
    • a centre once more give beings the opportunity of working as a kind
    • earlier kingdoms are very useful for our orderly course of nature, the
    • normal relations sometimes exist between the human and the animal kingdoms.
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • elemental beings, and the working of the great planetary beings and the
    • beings. According to man's behaviour during the waking state,
    • kingdoms of nature that surround us. We saw especially how in the place
    • where the beings of different nature-kingdoms come together, where the
    • of the animal, plant, mineral kingdoms, have their “ego soul”
    • waking life. We know further that the beings which we call animals are
    • so conditioned that — speaking loosely — similarly-formed
    • by night, from going to sleep to waking up, the man of the present evolutionary
    • was as yet no mineral kingdom, on the Sun there was no plant world in
    • our sense, and on Saturn no animal kingdom — there was solely the
    • assimilated the laws and substances of the mineral kingdom, which permeate
    • The physical body which today has assimilated the mineral kingdom was
    • on ancient Saturn a nexus of physical laws. We are physical laws working
    • power of working in the right way on his physical and etheric bodies.
    • beings working in from the spiritual worlds and these likewise are now
    • working from soul to soul which again so influence these souls that
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • elemental beings, and the working of the great planetary beings and the
    • as you know, we have pointed out that in the waking man the physical
    • or mind soul, and consciousness soul; with the waking man all this is
    • are all continued into the members which in waking consciousness are
    • for the forces working in space. You could see in the work of such a
    • have the three forms of art which work with external means, taking their
    • one today speaking broadly calls naturalism, where man merely imitates
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Contents
    Matching lines:
    • Thinking.
    • human beings are working together something takes place as
    • waking, of the Spiritual working and weaving in external
    • waking the whispered language of the spiritual worlds
    • souls working from above and those who were below on
    • cosmic thunderstorm were taking its course. Such an event
    • community is being formed here on earth, the kingdom of
    • the Angeloi is being turned into a twofold kingdom, a
    • kingdom of Angeloi with an upward tendency, and one with
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Introduction
    Matching lines:
    • speaking of them now. It is in any case very difficult to
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture I: Introduction to these Studies on Karma
    Matching lines:
    • intellect, the life of thought, making the intellect the
    • things subsequently discovered. (For roughly speaking, this
    • personalities of whom I am now speaking, the ‘I
    • personalities of whom I am now speaking, it was a profound
    • speaking did indeed imagine the receiving of thoughts as a
    • Spiritual Soul. The human beings of whom I am now speaking,
    • quasi-Arabian philosophers who, working from the West of
    • Speaking of the
    • working into my soul. I cannot rise against it — I am
    • generally aware of the speaking of the dead, at least for
    • conscious of fatigue in thinking even as in hewing wood, if
    • I may use the trivial comparison. Today the thinking of
    • fundamentally speaking, to this day. The one — albeit
    • now only working from the spiritual world, yet all the
    • things that are taking place outwardly at the surface of
    • taking into account the idea of reincarnation and leading
    • said, ‘Thinking takes hold of men. Thought, the
    • indeed. Thinking itself is not to be attacked, but only the
    • thinking.’
    • replied, ‘In Thinking, through the very fact that man
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture II: Forces of Karmic Preparation in the Cosmos
    Matching lines:
    • been speaking to you, those with whom we elaborate our
    • absolute consistency of this instinctive working with human
    • addition, all that took place instinctively in the working
    • By merely thinking in theories — enumerating so many
    • so by thinking the realities that are enacted there.
    • aspect of the Sun he beholds what is now taking place. He
    • Thinking thus we
    • out into this new kingdom: — ‘All that took
    • what this means, my dear friends. We are thinking truly of
    • death and new birth, They bear it into the kingdom of
    • thinking rightly if to the first and the second saying we
    • similar to the weaving of thought. Looking up into the
    • witness to the immense importance of what is taking place
    • he did and experienced on earth go working on — and
    • as soon as two human beings are working together, something
    • more arises, — more than the working out of
    • working-together of men on earth, is for ever in connection
    • oneself: — Here you are speaking to a human being of
    • age. This is one of the more intimate workings of karma
    • of Ahriman are working today in a more than usually evil
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture III: The Spiritual Foundations of Anthroposophical Endeavour
    Matching lines:
    • as the heart is an expression of all that man feels working
    • wide universe. We see this human life taking its course on
    • earth is to be found on the one hand by looking round about
    • without thinking of some star which the human being as it
    • will yourselves perceive that what is taking place here in
    • Society must be seeking for Anthroposophy. And the
    • the world today, and of whom — looking at their
    • that a soul finds its way into Eurhythmy out of the working
    • all the domains of life. Souls are there today, seeking the
    • (I am speaking in an introductory way today, hinting at
    • as a kind of longing and expectant feeling. Working out
    • when it observes what was taking place in mankind,
    • returning had shared in all that was taking place as
    • violent opponents. Let us observe the working of karma in
    • attacking especially the larynx, — and (this being a
    • Christian teachings are spread abroad; they are taking hold
    • with the greedy longing to make gold, and, with the making
    • time if one had been successful in making gold. On the
    • that entered into him from the time when he was seeking to
    • speaking, having become a person again in earthly life,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture IV: The Soul's Condition of Those Who Seek for Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • in the epoch of which I am now speaking, the possibility of
    • thinking of Kant (“das kantige Kant'sche
    • whom I am now speaking — could not find his way into
    • the ‘angular thinking of Kant.’ Yet everything
    • old Pagan impulses had still been working in them strongly,
    • imagine this a very learned kind of thinking. They may
    • thinking has little meaning for them until a certain age.
    • approaching such realities as these and thinking a little
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture V: Spiritual Conditions of Evolution Leading up to the Anthroposophical Movement
    Matching lines:
    • now speaking of the karma of the Anthroposophical Society,
    • Looking at the
    • waking life becomes very different from the experiences
    • which we have in our waking life today.
    • not so in the times of which I am now speaking. The Ego did
    • they were only pictures, something was taking place there.
    • waking. It was delicate, it was light and intimate, but it
    • that all the souls, of whose life I was speaking the other
    • waking life man looked out upon Nature differently. He saw
    • light was working in a rather gentle way; — but seen
    • the spiritual, working and weaving.
    • speaking. And when man beheld these things directly after
    • Word of the Father-God is speaking. My etheric body is
    • be heard in the waking state. And on awakening man had the
    • world of Nature in his waking life, he felt this world of
    • in truth: the innocence in the kingdom of Nature. He spoke
    • of the pure and innocent spirituality in all the working of
    • good spirits and evil spirits too were speaking. Of the
    • I am here speaking, had been to a greater or lesser degree
    • waking and sleeping. Recognising one another by these
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture VI: The School of Chartres
    Matching lines:
    • in the first Christian centuries, partaking in that former
    • lives in the animal and human kingdoms. And they saw,
    • creative power of the Goddess Natura, working creatively in
    • kingdoms of the four Elements which pour themselves in all
    • Christianity, speaking still of Natura the handmaid of
    • seven Liberal Arts. All these things were working in the
    • was still making itself felt. It was still to some extent
    • much of this was still working at the University of
    • of significance. But they were working mightily, helping in
    • principle of that time. Such was the spiritual working,
    • flow together the workings of those who were on the earth,
    • this working from the other side, but those who were
    • working on the other side were all the more conscious. It
    • sent down its Sun-rays thence upon all that was working on
    • pupil of Alanus ab Insulis of whom I am speaking, —
    • lifted into the spiritual world and went on working there:
    • working in individual human beings in the most varied
    • For the speaking of the Spirit of the Time was a great call
    • who were working in the great School of Chartres in the
    • world — today again they are working together. The
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture VII: The New Age of Michael
    Matching lines:
    • he attain to that independent Thinking which we may call:
    • we are surrounded here by the three kingdoms of outer
    • Nature, the mineral, plant and animal kingdoms in the
    • spiritual world by the higher kingdoms of which we have
    • spoken in so many connections as the kingdoms of the
    • Hierarchies. Even as we descend into the kingdoms of
    • kingdom, so, as we ascend to the super-sensible, we come to
    • the kingdom of the Angeloi. The Angels have the task of
    • kingdom of Angeloi.
    • to the kingdom of Archangeloi, who have the most varied
    • the Beings of the kingdom of Archangeloi has the spiritual
    • that region where civilisation is predominantly taking
    • Alexandria. It was a great cosmopolitan movement, seeking
    • Mystery of Golgotha was taking place.
    • they know how to value what is taking place, as they
    • witnessed what was then taking place for the World, from
    • was called by a different name. We are making use of the
    • Michael was working in him and giving him the thoughts.
    • — looking down on to the earth — they saw this
    • clarity as to its meaning. Looking down from the spiritual
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture VIII: Ahriman's Fight Against the Michael Principle. The Message of Michael
    Matching lines:
    • Mystery of Golgotha? Christ at that time was taking His
    • our gaze to all the leading Spirits in the kingdom of
    • some sort of reflection of what was taking place in the
    • the wondrous crystal shapes of the mineral kingdom, in the
    • amorphous mineral kingdom, in the hundred-and-thousand fold
    • forms of the plant kingdom, in the forms of the animal, all
    • seeking to cultivate the message of Michael. There are some
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture IX: Entry of the Michael Forces. Decisive Character of the Michael Impulses
    Matching lines:
    • Michael. We have accordingly considered the working of
    • powerful. Taking their start from the spiritual, they work
    • working with man and upon him. It is thus that the karma of
    • Working as they do upon the whole human being, they work
    • has been taking part in the battle even in the outer world,
    • workings of karma he became incapable of using his
    • prevented by a friend or someone else coming and taking him
    • prevented from partaking in what was karmically set before
    • physical world was taking place in the last third of the
    • thinking, as we see him, where can this man belong? We
    • sympathies and antipathies. Now all this is taking place
    • this connection things are taking place which reach up into
    • the next kingdom of the Hierarchies. For you must see,
    • kingdoms than he could do before, while the Angel who
    • taking place. To this, my dear friends, I would now direct
    • single and uniform kingdom of the Angeloi is being turned
    • into a twofold kingdom of Angeloi, a kingdom of Angeloi
    • above it the ascending and the descending Angeloi. Looking
    • intense conflict that is taking place, as between the
    • meeting-rooms where everyone is smoking his pipe or his
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture X: The Michaelites: Their Karmic Impulse Towards the Spiritual Life  The Working of Ahriman into the Once Cosmic and Now Personal Intelligence
    Matching lines:
    • The Working of Ahriman into the Once Cosmic and Now Personal Intelligence
    • THE SPIRITUAL LIFE — THE WORKING OF AHRIMAN
    • age of materialism. All that is taking place, by forces of
    • taken hold of in their souls by a power that is seeking to
    • talking in public meetings. As we cannot escape becoming
    • it will be a question of making no mistakes, even in such a
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture XI: Evolution of the Michael Principle Throughout the Ages. The Split in the Cosmic Intelligence
    Matching lines:
    • we have been speaking of the karmic facts and conditions
    • through Africa to Spain and went on working there, in the
    • would have been their answer, cosmologically speaking.
    • passed through the gate of death, and looking back upon his
    • was actually taking place. And now transplant yourselves
    • beings we must first consider the kingdom that is nearest
    • to us, concretely speaking the Cosmic Intelligence will be
    • Angeloi. If we are speaking concretely we cannot say
    • and who had been united formerly with the Michael kingdom
    • — went out and left the kingdom of Michael. Such
    • they leave the kingdom of the Sun and become no longer
    • facts. Certain Angeloi remained in the kingdom of Michael.
    • who were then in the kingdom of Michael. To all the souls
    • of human beings who lived in the kingdom of Michael and of
    • remained in Michael's kingdom. But there were others who
    • Michael Angels to leave the kingdom of Michael? It does not
    • reflections on that which is taking place, even to
    • other way. We observe the things that are taking place
    • into all the future that which is Eternal in his working,
    • Angeloi work together; and in their working together karma
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Fifth Gospel: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • with the working of the spirit; I have only to point to the
    • time. Aristotle's thinking, his scholarliness is so
    • in human thinking which has not been improved upon until
    • and in a primitive way, using ordinary ideas, speaking to
  • Title: The Fifth Gospel: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • waking in the morning remembers the last events before
    • what is revealed when looking into the consciousness of
    • when looking back in time. Clairvoyant observation is drawn
    • contemporary materialistic thinking. When one opens a book
    • speak of miracles in the usual sense, of the breaking of
    • of deep sleep. Looking back, however, the time between the
    • had really taught them about the kingdom of the spirit. And
    • one, was with us. He had taken us into his kingdom without
    • secrets of his kingdom, which now, after the
    • That led to my speaking to you for the first time about
  • Title: The Fifth Gospel: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • mean? It means, anthroposophically speaking, that that
    • you are the king of the Jews? The way of the Passion went
    • longer admired him, but stood in front of the cross mocking
  • Title: The Fifth Gospel: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • listened without speaking to what the others said. At the
    • not – shocking things. It may sound fantastic, but I
    • For man deserted your kingdom,
    • be told – One day when Jesus of Nazareth was talking
    • overmuch, for they are too shocking. One also soon feels
    • speaking to Moses and the prophets; for at Sinai the
    • was in the kingDaniel 4:28)
    • KingMatt. 3:17;
    • saying, Thou art my beloved Son, in whom I am well pleased.KingMark 1:11;
    • KingLuke 3:22
    • KingMatt. 17:5;
    • KingMark 9:7;
    • KingLuke 9:35
    • saying, I have both glorified it, and will glorify it again.KingJohn 12:28
    • KingActs 9:4;
    • King22:7;
    • it is hard for thee to kick against the pricks.King26:14;
    • 10:15 And the voice spake unto him again the second time, What God hath cleansed, that call not thou common.King10:13,15;
    • prophecy was clearly lacking — perhaps even because
  • Title: The Fifth Gospel: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • console him by speaking about the things which had become
    • For man deserted your kingdom,
    • Gospels: Look at me! The other kingdoms in which man
    • are old. I want to found a new kingdom; I will give you
    • kingdoms if you will enter into my new kingdom. But you
    • Jesus went at first from inn to inn, working with the
    • [plural] kingdom,” he inverted to: “Thy kingdom
    • lacking in today's educated milieu and, what is
    • other person. Then someone goes around saying asking what
    • people think today. Therefore this thinking must be changed
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Back Cover
    Matching lines:
    • taking place in our time. Our task as human beings is to learn to read
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Foreword
    Matching lines:
    • grateful that these lectures of 1907 and 1909 to the English-speaking
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Introduction
    Matching lines:
    • in the New Testament. The thinking behind it derives from a source either
    • of science, exact thinking and observation, are applied to spiritual
    • the working of Sorat, the two-horned beast described in chapter 13 of
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Appendix: Cosmogony
    Matching lines:
    • (Thomas, because thou hast seen me, thou hast believed: blessed are they that have not seen, and yet have believed.KingJohn 20:29)
    • being together with all the kingdoms of nature have arisen, is called
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Appendix: Cosmogony
    Matching lines:
    • (Thomas, because thou hast seen me, thou hast believed: blessed are they that have not seen, and yet have believed.KingJohn 20:29)
    • being together with all the kingdoms of nature have arisen, is called
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Part 1: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Part 1: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • (Thomas, because thou hast seen me, thou hast believed: blessed are they that have not seen, and yet have believed.KingJohn 20:29)
    • Eli, Eli, lama sabachthani? that is to say, My God, my God, why hast thou forsaken me?KingMatt. 27:46
    • Eloi, Eloi, lama sabachthani? which is, being interpreted, My God, my God, why hast thou forsaken me?KingMark 15:34)
    • individual words if we adopt the way of thinking of one who has
    • (Verily, verily, I say unto you, Before Abraham was, I am.KingJohn 8:58)
    • thinking cannot even imagine. We cannot now imagine the perfection of
    • thinking, the purity of feeling, and so forth in the future bodies of
    • (be unto you, and peace, from him which is, and which was, and which is to come; and from the seven Spirits which are before his throne;KingRev. 1:4)
    • faithful witness, the first born of the dead and the ruler of kings
    • blood and made us a kingdom, priests to his God and Father, to him be
    • (who is the faithful witness, and the first begotten of the dead, and the prince of the kingRev. 1:5,6)
    • priests and kings gradually cease to exist. A final state is pointed to
    • wherein everyone is a priest and a king, a state wherein all distinctions
    • Apocalypse speaks of: “... a Kingdom, priests to his God and
    • (be glory and dominion for ever and ever. Amen.KingRev. 1:6)
    • (there was a rainbow round about the throne, in sight like unto an emerald.KingRev. 4:3)
    • (there was a sea of glass like unto crystal: and in the midst of the throne, and round about the throne, were four beasts full of eyes before and behind.KingRev. 4:6)
    • lacking from the beginning of the human race until ‘Christ
    • suffocates Siegfried after a hunt while Siegfried is drinking at
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Part 1: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • soul freed itself from her physical body. Even now she is working as
    • through their devotion, is making a great sacrifice for the world. All
    • to her wishes; by taking this liberty we esteem her the most.
    • moment for attacking the evolution of humankind. Those elemental beings
    • ages of future spirituality the opening up, the breaking of the seals
    • (KingRev. 12:1)
    • (He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches; To him that overcometh will I give to eat of the hidden manna, and will give him a white stone, and in the stone a new name written, which no man knoweth saving he that receiveth it.KingRev. 2:17)
    • who pray for spirit, for they find through themselves the Kingdom of
    • Blessed are the poor in spirit: for theirs is the kingMatt. 5:3)
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Part 1: Lecture Four
    Matching lines:
    • of the Lord did, then you first experience what is taking place on the
    • (He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches; To him that overcometh will I give to eat of the hidden manna, and will give him a white stone, and in the stone a new name written, which no man knoweth saving he that receiveth it.KingRev. 2:17)
    • human beings have been working to form and develop their astral body
    • (I know thy works and where thou dwellest, even where Satan\'s seat is: and thou holdest fast my name, and hast not denied my faith, even in those days wherein Antipas was my faithful martyr, who was slain among you, where Satan dwelleth.KingRev. 2:13)
    • his army that rushes here and there, then we are speaking of the Odem,
    • (And he shall rule them with a rod of iron; as the vessels of a potter shall they be broken to shivers: even as I received of my Father.2:28 And I will give him the morning star.KingRev. 2:27,28)
    • (I know thy works: behold, I have set before thee an open door, and no man can shut it: for thou hast a little strength, and hast kept my word, and hast not denied my name.KingRev. 3:8)
    • — then the esotericist, when speaking of this, will refer to the
    • (And unto the angel of the church of the Laodiceans write; These things saith the Amen, the faithful and true witness, the beginning of the creation of God;KingRev. 3:14)
    • (KingRev. 6:5)
    • (KingRev. 6:9)
    • (were, should be fulfilled.KingRev. 6:11)
    • (11:11 And after three days and an half the Spirit of life from God entered into them, and they stood upon their feet; and great fear fell upon them which saw them.KingRev. 11:10,11)
    • (was upon his head, and his face was as it were the sun, and his feet as pillars of fire:KingRev. 10:1)
    • of the body of Christ, it is speaking of the planetary body of the earth.
    • (I speak not of you all: I know whom I have chosen: but that the scripture may be fulfilled, He that eateth bread with me hath lifted up his heel against me.KingJohn 13:18)
    • (also which pierced him: and all kindreds of the earth shall wail because of him. Even so, Amen.KingRev. 1:7)
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Part 2: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • even the establishment of a heavenly kingdom in the physical sense in
    • in a more inner way. At that time people began to see the kingdom of the
    • church itself became the expression of this kingdom of the Antichrist;
    • (But if ye believe not his writings, how shall ye believe my words?KingJohn 5:47)
    • then we must begin by thinking of the human being as the human being
    • common with the plant kingdom; an astral body in common with the animal
    • kingdom; and finally with an I or I-bearer. Standing before us, the
    • working at night. When a normal person of the present day falls asleep
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Part 2: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • the power of judgment or logical thinking. They had none of the mental
    • limited to the three lower kingdoms, Atlantean wisdom stretched over
    • limits itself to the three kingdoms that do not go beyond the earth.
    • individual spiritual capacities of thinking and judgment in their first
    • body for themselves, but in certain states of consciousness their speaking
    • wisdom of the pre-Vedantic age. We are looking into an age much more
    • it in the flags by the river\'s brink.KingExodus 2:3
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Part 2: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • similar in appearance. They broke down into groups of striking similarity.
    • group souls, and a clairvoyant perceives them by looking back into those
    • seed forces properly, they were in harmony with the working of the forces
    • (But I have a few things against thee, because thou hast there them that hold the doctrine of Balaam, who taught Balac to cast a stumblingblock before the children of Israel, to eat things sacrificed unto idols, and to commit fornication.KingRev. 2:14)
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Part 2: Lecture Four
    Matching lines:
    • Looking at the cultural epoch that saw the outer world as maya or illusion,
    • must look into the future. Because he is speaking to the descendants
    • into thinking there is nothing but physical matter he calls Ahriman,
    • are seeking the spirit call back to the materialists: “In your
    • (Fear none of those things which thou shalt suffer: behold, the devil shall cast some of you into prison, that ye may be tried; and ye shall have tribulation ten days: be thou faithful unto death, and I will give thee a crown of life.KingRev. 2:10)
    • stage to stage we acquire the concept of history. A thinking human being
    • on earth than a king in the kingdom of shadows.”
    • kingdom of the dead begins to become brighter and brighter. To the extent
    • (KingRev. 1:8)
    • (And to the angel of the church in Pergamos write; These things saith he which hath the sharp sword with two edges;KingRev. 2:12)
    • (when I come unto the children of Israel, and shall say unto them, The God of your fathers hath sent me unto you; and they shall say to me, What is his name? what shall I say unto them?KingExodus 3:13)
    • (He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches; To him that overcometh will I give to eat of the hidden manna, and will give him a white stone, and in the stone a new name written, which no man knoweth saving he that receiveth it.KingRev. 2:17)
    • (his hairs were white like wool, as white as snow; and his eyes were as a flame of fire;KingRev. 1:14)
    • (KingRev. 1:15)
    • (And I will kill her children with death; and all the churches shall know that I am he which searcheth the reins and hearts: and I will give unto every one of you according to your works.KingRev. 2:23)
    • KingRev. 3:1–6)
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Part 2: Lecture Five
    Matching lines:
    • thinking these people all stood at the highest level.
    • (it, and brake it, and gave it to the disciples, and said, Take, eat; this is my body.KingMatt. 26:26)
    • (For this is my blood of the new testament, which is shed for many for the remission of sins.KingMatt. 26:28)
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Part 2: Lecture Six
    Matching lines:
    • warmth substance was present at that time; there was no mineral kingdom,
    • of the sun and the moon working alternately from outside. If the moon
    • from the internal. In this way the difference between waking and sleeping
    • aspect of the thinking and feeling of that epoch.
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Part 2: Lecture Seven
    Matching lines:
    • as it may sound to modern thinking, to a clairvoyant a personality such
    • occult process taking place here. Christ lived, of course, for only
    • after the Christ event we see how Christian writers were still working
    • Christ.” Meister Eckhart and Johannes Tauler were speaking out
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Part 2: Lecture Eight
    Matching lines:
    • KingGenesis 9:12–17)
    • of his I. There are forces again working outward in human beings today.
    • (KingGal. 2:20)
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Part 2: Lecture Nine
    Matching lines:
    • with the scales, with which all thinking and human intelligence are
    • most beautiful age of the kingdom of earth. But for the souls themselves
    • opposed to this is working, through a certain cultivation of the I,
    • looking into an age when humanity will intrude in large measure into air
    • (KingRev. 6:12)
    • beings equipped with modern logical thinking who have also become
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Part 2: Lecture Ten
    Matching lines:
    • We are speaking of the time when the human being will already have begun
    • 12:10 And I heard a loud voice saying in heaven, Now is come salvation, and strength, and the kingdom of our God, and the power of his Christ: for the accuser of our brethren is cast down, which accused them before our God day and night. \
    • 13:5 And there was given unto him a mouth speaking great things and blasphemies; and power was given unto him to continue forty and two months. \
    • KingRev. 12:1–13:10)
    • to the Christ being, who has been working in the central regions of
    • the earth from the event of Golgotha onward. After working on the earth
    • demon of the sun. Certain forces that are constantly working on the
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Part 2: Lecture Eleven
    Matching lines:
    • substances in the lower kingdoms enter with human beings into a kind
    • and the lower astral world. This lower astral world is also working
    • (of the dust of the ground, and breathed into his nostrils the breath of life; and man became a living soul.KingGenesis 2:7)
    • 12:10 And I heard a loud voice saying in heaven, Now is come salvation, and strength, and the kingdom of our God, and the power of his Christ: for the accuser of our brethren is cast down, which accused them before our God day and night. \
    • 13:5 And there was given unto him a mouth speaking great things and blasphemies; and power was given unto him to continue forty and two months. \
    • KingRev. 12:3–13:10)
    • 17:2 With whom the kings of the earth have committed fornication, and the inhabitants of the earth have been made drunk with the wine of her fornication. \
    • 17:10 And there are seven kings: five are fallen, and one is, and the other is not yet come; and when he cometh, he must continue a short space. \
    • 17:12 And the ten horns which thou sawest are ten kings, which have received no kingdom as yet; but receive power as kings one hour with the beast. \
    • 17:14 These shall make war with the Lamb, and the Lamb shall overcome them: for he is Lord of lords, and King of kings: and they that are with him are called, and chosen, and faithful. \
    • 17:17 For God hath put in their hearts to fulfil his will, and to agree, and give their kingdom unto the beast, until the words of God shall be fulfilled. \
    • 17:18 And the woman which thou sawest is that great city, which reigneth over the kings of the earth. \
    • 18:3 For all nations have drunk of the wine of the wrath of her fornication, and the kings of the earth have committed fornication with her, and the merchants of the earth are waxed rich through the abundance of her delicacies. \
    • 18:9 And the kings of the earth, who have committed fornication and lived deliciously with her, shall bewail her, and lament for her, when they shall see the smoke of her burning, \
    • KingRev. 17–18)
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Part 2: Lecture Twelve
    Matching lines:
    • (7:3 Saying, Hurt not the earth, neither the sea, nor the trees, till we have sealed the servants of our God in their foreheads.7:4 And I heard the number of them which were sealed: and there were sealed an hundred and forty and four thousand of all the tribes of the children of Israel.7:5 Of the tribe of Juda were sealed twelve thousand. Of the tribe of Reuben were sealed twelve thousand. Of the tribe of Gad were sealed twelve thousand.KingRev. 7:2–5)
    • are preparing themselves by taking in Theosophy will take in new forms
    • has always been opposed to making the esoteric exoteric. Hence, Christ
    • [“And there are seven kings: five are fallen, and one is, and the
    • (and the other is not yet come; and when he cometh, he must continue a short space.KingRev. 17:10)
    • (KingRev. 11:9)
    • (KingGal. 2:20)
    • (were as a flame of fire, and on his head were many crowns; and he had a name written, that no man knew, but he himself.KingRev. 19:12)
    • (is the light thereof.KingRev. 21:23)
    • understand ancient religious texts literally, taking them at their word.
  • Title: Lecture: The Templars
    Matching lines:
    • in their I, but also in all their feeling and thinking, in their very being
    • spiritual kingdoms and want to bring Man down and lead him into evil, who are
    • hatred and mocking and irony against the Good, with all these the Templars
    • thinking leads also to the very extreme of intellectual
    • Working alone,
    • unconscious and takes its course there in a good and healthy way, working
    • Fundamentally speaking, seen from a deeper aspect, we all
    • hand, what happened through the working of Mephistophelian-Ahrimanic forces
    • has actually been taking place in modern times.
    • impulse one has recognized as proceeding from it and working on in European
    • working in the world; and those who were responsible for the French
    • then is one speaking in a sense and meaning that is in accord with the inner
    • workings are focused in a point, the point of the I. There we are alike, and
    • spiritually, between the workings of the nerves and the blood. They were
    • the influence of the inspirations of which I have been speaking to you today,
    • the sole influence working in history, quite a different evolution would have
    • recognize this principle of which I am here speaking.
    • speaking. “Person,” did I say? Here we must remind ourselves that
    • good forces are working, but others also. And a man like Goethe uttered in
    • and with whose working the working of the other stream is united. And what
  • Title: Lecture: The Templars
    Matching lines:
    • in their I, but also in all their feeling and thinking, in their very being
    • spiritual kingdoms and want to bring Man down and lead him into evil, who are
    • hatred and mocking and irony against the Good, with all these the Templars
    • thinking leads also to the very extreme of intellectual
    • Working alone,
    • unconscious and takes its course there in a good and healthy way, working
    • Fundamentally speaking, seen from a deeper aspect, we all
    • hand, what happened through the working of Mephistophelian-Ahrimanic forces
    • has actually been taking place in modern times.
    • impulse one has recognized as proceeding from it and working on in European
    • working in the world; and those who were responsible for the French
    • then is one speaking in a sense and meaning that is in accord with the inner
    • workings are focused in a point, the point of the I. There we are alike, and
    • spiritually, between the workings of the nerves and the blood. They were
    • the influence of the inspirations of which I have been speaking to you today,
    • the sole influence working in history, quite a different evolution would have
    • recognize this principle of which I am here speaking.
    • speaking. “Person,” did I say? Here we must remind ourselves that
    • good forces are working, but others also. And a man like Goethe uttered in
    • and with whose working the working of the other stream is united. And what
  • Title: An Occult Physiology: Lecture 1: The Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • reverence is lacking, they lack also the capacity to see into the
    • Taking a side view, we observe that what belongs to these two systems
    • or ribbon-shaped formations, pictorially speaking, which must first
    • about the brain and the spinal cord, taking perhaps the following
    • kinds, one of which takes place in our ordinary waking
    • organism, in what, roughly speaking, is called the “human
  • Title: An Occult Physiology: Lecture 2: Human Duality
    Matching lines:
    • attain this goal, to sustain the effort of looking upon the exterior
    • the connection between the life which we call our waking life of day,
    • other hand the waking day life, which is endowed with the capacity to
    • of the term, and for the purpose of taking over from it in a
    • recall that the human heart is an organ which, properly speaking,
    • whole process of working over this nutritive matter.
    • part of the organism, is a working over of those impressions which
    • working over of the outer impressions, into the upper organs of the
    • working-in of the external world through these sense-organs upon the
    • that we may say: At one moment the world is working from outside,
    • our interior in such a way that what is working from all directions
    • and the gallbladder, an inner Mars. Let us begin by thinking
    • through the organism it shows us, even taking into account the
    • there is a certain justification in looking upon the blood system as
    • successful, ought, properly speaking, to be really lofty, moral or
    • of waking consciousness, that he takes complete control of the nerve
    • the blood, it now permits what it contains within itself as working
    • being, when, without coining phrases, but rather looking only at
  • Title: An Occult Physiology: Lecture 3: Co-operation in the Human Duality
    Matching lines:
    • waking day consciousness, we have a normal connection between the
    • inside. Both times we see this world working in such a way that it
    • such a thing. But the facts are otherwise. For, in making an
    • see at all the same things that one sees when looking from outside;
    • of the child — namely, the rhythm of eating and drinking. Any
    • connection with eating and drinking — there is not the
    • irregularity, and that in our drinking especially we are so
    • irregularities in the taking of nutritive matter had necessarily to
    • inflated for hours at a time after the partaking of a heavy meal; and
    • out of it. Hence this is a process of isolation, a making the human
    • any being, making it independent, is called in occultism saturnine,
    • within itself, thus making it possible for the solar system to
  • Title: An Occult Physiology: Lecture 4: Man's Inner Cosmic System
    Matching lines:
    • determining factor. Just as we find in looking at a pendulum that its
    • super-sensible influences working in force and form — with this
    • system of forces working in it which have in the physical spleen only
    • working over some indifferent material, but working in opposition to
    • being, so that it is not only a case of working over neutral building
    • however, in all its working as a totality and with all its members,
    • seen, toward the impressions of this outer world, taking the outer
    • himself. (We are not now speaking of the consciousness, but of those
    • is a non-physical one, taking place through the process of perception
    • reality, for anyone would have to be remarkably lacking in
    • taking place in his physical organism. The perception, “I see
    • not working with our soul experiences only in our ego. We first
    • see currents developing everywhere in the ether-body, taking a very
  • Title: An Occult Physiology: Lecture 5: The Systems of Supersensible Forces
    Matching lines:
    • is the significance in general of taking in something, whether it be
    • forward our thinking to the essential nature of a process of
    • the blood in one direction by taking in oxygen, and if we see in this
    • from corresponding forces of a similar kind, which, working from the
    • process, we have there, first, the taking in of external nutritive
    • consciousness, we have a breaking through from the other direction
  • Title: An Occult Physiology: Lecture 6: The Blood as Manifestation and Instrument of the Human Ego
    Matching lines:
    • the human ego, taking account, at the same time, of a remark which
    • we are looking down from the blood into the organ-systems which
    • Still more striking,
    • outline of its form, for the purpose of making us into physical man;
    • strictly speaking, already dead!” Our bony system is like a
    • reincarnation and says: “That is something which, speaking
  • Title: An Occult Physiology: Lecture 7: The Conscious Life of Man
    Matching lines:
    • restrain the working of the external laws natural to what we take in
    • of the categories of our thinking, feeling, or willing life, are
    • thinking, what occurs in thought. And here I wish to call attention
    • corresponding process of thinking is a salt-depositing process, so to
    • the thinking process for example that one part of our organisation,
    • must have been forecast for us as thinking beings, and here again
    • again, two opposite poles. Man is a thinking being, and it is the
    • “Thinking is a process of salt-formation”; for people
    • influence of processes working up from the lower depths of our
    • working from the other direction. And we shall have to understand,
    • system, must be most of all protected in order that in our thinking
    • by taking them over as they are conveyed into the digestive canal and
  • Title: An Occult Physiology: Lecture 8: The Human Form and its Co-ordination of Forces
    Matching lines:
    • process of taking in nutritive substances.
    • To be sure, there is a certain difficulty in taking such a view. But
    • working behind it in such a way that these same nutritive substances
    • For the performance of its manifold undertakings it must work as a
    • taking place. And these secretory processes again do manifest
    • nutritional process, the taking in of nutritive substances which
    • working downward, as it were, into the other. And whoever has the
    • this outward-looking ego into relationship with what he experiences
    • that what is inhaling the air and taking in nutritive substances is
    • the same as the being which is working in him. It is possible for him
    • and the inner planets, working inwards from the sun to our earth, are
    • seized upon by the ether-body, signifying too intense a taking up, a
    • sucking up of salt out of everything, the process is combated through
    • taken up by the human organism in such a way that it goes on working
    • out of plant-nature but capable of working in only as far as the
    • sense-world, would ultimately lead to a breaking up, a failure to
    • unfolding of the senses and taking up of the outer world, than is the
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • a seer has described the pictures he experienced on looking into the
    • be quite clear as to the point of time in evolution we are speaking
    • what was taking place at that moment we cannot make use of any of the
    • while, then waking up, and, without opening your eyes to things
    • thinking, try to imagine cosmic thinking-then you have the content of
    • desire. Thus instead of thinking of the musing' human soul, we think
    • that at the time we are now considering they were working as a group
    • not yet there. The unit at which they are working lives to begin with
    • Beings working within it, the two complexes, one of desire quickening
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • science.” I am thinking more of people in the outside world
    • is an ascent to the light element. Thus, speaking of the transition
    • it should rather be regarded as making known their presence
    • to describe what is taking place? One cannot more fittingly express
    • such as we have, standing upright on two legs, making use of hands,
    • working within it. Thus the highest spirituality of the Elohim takes
    • experience them not merely as sound, but as form-making; then you
    • describe as a pricking or penetrating. That is a thoroughly objective
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • asking ourselves what were the special characteristics of each of
    • same laws which obtain today in the solid mineral kingdom. So that
    • elements of warmth and air as rule in the plant kingdom today, those
    • mineral kingdom are repeated and the laws of the plant world are
    • poverty-stricken, abstract thinking of today, plant species are just
    • yesterday when speaking of the rarefaction of light. That is a very
    • in other words the group-souls of the plant kingdom.
    • taking place on the fourth “day.” What was the result of
    • has a different capacity, but all of whom are working towards a
    • That sounds as if the Seven were taking counsel together, as one does
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • my speaking of a cosmic body consisting only of warmth, I must refer
    • shall not get anywhere near it by striking a match or lighting a
    • find the Saturn warmth working as an expression of a soul-spiritual.
    • activity of the Elohim is four stages higher than human thinking, it
    • taking over from another. It was only very much later that the purely
    • groups of Beings working in Sun, Moon, Mars and so on. Let us then
    • (For by him were all things created, that are in heaven, and that are in earth, visible and invisible, whether they be thrones, or dominions, or principalities, or powers: all things were created by him, and for him:KingColos. 1:16
    • Far above all principality, and power, and might, and dominion, and every name that is named, not only in this world, but also in that which is to come:KingEph. 1:21).
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • and darkness, working together as two real polaric entities in the
    • Genesis speaks of darkness, it is speaking of the manifestation of
    • to consider the rhythmic alternation of sleeping and waking. What
    • that we develop in our thinking and feeling, all the ebb and flow of
    • the soul unfolds as its inner life in the waking state continuously
    • its fluctuant inner life is outside it. Whereas in waking life there
    • which take place during waking life, processes of renewal which take
    • waking life of day we are connected with the destructive forces of
    • our physical bodies which goes on during the waking life of day could
    • is it anything which need lead to myth-making. It is simply the name
    • nature until after we have been told of forces working upon the earth
    • not a question of signs, but of the activity of living Beings making
    • refers, when not only is something taking place in the body of the
    • earth, but when forces are working into the earth from without, it
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • means of making existence comprehensible. We must be clear that when
    • within it, the very spirits whom we have been speaking of for days as
    • subsists in the fact that watery, aeriform and solid are working one
    • talking about. We have been describing what is in the super-sensible
    • making manifest what we call matter, it announces itselfas the
    • abstract way of looking at things everything gets mixed up. The seers
    • activity of the hierarchies is engaged in what is there taking place,
    • possible. That is why the Bible begins by speaking simply of the
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • the rose was outside, and that you were making a mental image of it,
    • within you; suppose your consciousness was taking hold of it in amore
    • mineral, the human kingdoms as sense-objects, was not there. What was
    • projection into space, of what is actually taking place in himself.
    • outer world was working upon his inner being. And he made no
    • felt themselves weaving and working in the light which streamed from
    • word “beauty” we are thinking most truly when we hold
    • making of Genesis.” And when he finds that the astounding thing
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • vegetable and mineral kingdoms existed. These were added after the
    • human kingdom was already there. Hence we have to ask ourselves how
    • kingdom is the all-important one, that the other kingdoms are, as it
    • you come back from the sleeping to the waking state you have absorbed
    • enable us on its return to continue our waking life in the physical
    • the earth. When we turn to the kingdom next to man, to the animal
    • kingdom, a question may arise which we have often touched upon before
    • evolved from the animal kingdom, as the crude materialism of today
    • that Genesis indicates it in a most wonderful way by speaking first
    • And out of the ground the LORD God formed every beast of the field, and every fowl of the air; and brought them unto Adam to see what he would call them: and whatsoever Adam called every living creature, that was the name thereof.KingCh. II, v.19
    • And God said, Let us make man in our image, after our likeness: and let them have dominion over the fish of the sea, and over the fowl of the air, and over the cattle, and over all the earth, and over every creeping thing that creepeth upon the earth.KingCh. I, v.26,
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • removing themselves from the terrestrial scene and working upon it
    • kingdom visible to the external eye did not develop until much later
    • it belonged to the astral being of man. It is the forces working in
    • different from that of the earth. The astro-physicist speaking from
    • world-creative powers? Looking up to these, they said to themselves:
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • animal kingdom. This small concession may be made to Darwinism. But
    • superficially speaking, man has the same bodily functions as the
    • speaking of the Jahve-men as the descendants, the subsequent
    • speaking of the descendants of the heaven-and-earth beings who were
    • account there — thus making his Rainbow Bible really complete!
    • speaking of these things at all. Nevertheless I think I may say that
    • duty of taking more and more into our own being the spiritual Being
    • go on working as power in our souls. I may perhaps be allowed to say
    • living without taking this knowledge as a germinal force of blessing
  • Title: Paths to Knowledge of Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • should be developed first of all are the forces of thinking. This is
    • must be made with a particular exercise in thinking.
    • The kind of thinking to which we are accustomed in ordinary life and
    • Anthroposophy must deviate from this way of thinking which is
    • that we completely surrender to such concepts, our thinking power
    • This intensification of the forces of thinking must of course be
    • mathematical thinking. If such a “mathematizing” culture
    • treading the path to higher knowledge, is that our thinking, which is
    • Then one comes to quite a new way of thinking. The old way of
    • thinking which is used in ordinary life and in ordinary science,
    • remains. But a new way of thinking is added to it, if we do the
    • might describe this new way of thinking which is added to the old way
    • of thinking in the following way.
    • cannot penetrate into the way of thinking which is employed in this
    • thinking which must be gained by systematic practice in order to
    • Ordinary thinking (it suffices to bear in mind the true nature of the
    • ordinary way of thinking, in order to see that my remarks are
    • justified)—ordinary thinking really consists of spatial
    • perceptions. In our ordinary thinking everything is arranged
    • come to the conclusion that ordinary thinking is a combining way of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Paths to Knowledge of Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • should be developed first of all are the forces of thinking. This is
    • must be made with a particular exercise in thinking.
    • The kind of thinking to which we are accustomed in ordinary life and
    • Anthroposophy must deviate from this way of thinking which is
    • that we completely surrender to such concepts, our thinking power
    • This intensification of the forces of thinking must of course be
    • mathematical thinking. If such a “mathematizing” culture
    • treading the path to higher knowledge, is that our thinking, which is
    • Then one comes to quite a new way of thinking. The old way of
    • thinking which is used in ordinary life and in ordinary science,
    • remains. But a new way of thinking is added to it, if we do the
    • might describe this new way of thinking which is added to the old way
    • of thinking in the following way.
    • cannot penetrate into the way of thinking which is employed in this
    • thinking which must be gained by systematic practice in order to
    • Ordinary thinking (it suffices to bear in mind the true nature of the
    • ordinary way of thinking, in order to see that my remarks are
    • justified)—ordinary thinking really consists of spatial
    • perceptions. In our ordinary thinking everything is arranged
    • come to the conclusion that ordinary thinking is a combining way of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Errors in Spiritual Investigation
    Matching lines:
    • this starting point, by taking into the soul those mental processes
    • investigation. An unsound power of judgment, lacking ability to
    • By taking such elements along into the spiritual world, the
    • soul-shaking event called the Meeting with the Guardian of the Threshold.
    • person to another, taking place within consciousness, actually can be
    • spiritual world. One could say mockingly that fear-mongering is the
    • basis of materialism, and although it is mocking it is nevertheless
    • ease of thinking, the love of ease of feeling. Fear is closely akin
    • error consists of mistaking the dying and withering in the spiritual
    • intensification of this self-seeking coming-out-of-one's self
    • corresponds to ecstasy leads to something else. By taking into us
    • realities, and not something unreal — but taking in only
    • isolated parts, after picking out what suits us — we receive a
    • he feels little obligation to test what he says, speaking rather of
    • of the human capacity for thinking. In the human capacity for
    • thinking reside faculties that stand in direct connection with the
    • thinking, however, can cultivate this capacity in such a way that it
    • mathematical-analytical, constructive thinking for that square
    • mathematical thinking does not suffice to prove something that is
    • of a way of looking that has been gained previously, victory over the
  • Title: Errors in Spiritual Investigation
    Matching lines:
    • this starting point, by taking into the soul those mental processes
    • investigation. An unsound power of judgment, lacking ability to
    • By taking such elements along into the spiritual world, the
    • soul-shaking event called the Meeting with the Guardian of the Threshold.
    • person to another, taking place within consciousness, actually can be
    • spiritual world. One could say mockingly that fear-mongering is the
    • basis of materialism, and although it is mocking it is nevertheless
    • ease of thinking, the love of ease of feeling. Fear is closely akin
    • error consists of mistaking the dying and withering in the spiritual
    • intensification of this self-seeking coming-out-of-one's self
    • corresponds to ecstasy leads to something else. By taking into us
    • realities, and not something unreal — but taking in only
    • isolated parts, after picking out what suits us — we receive a
    • he feels little obligation to test what he says, speaking rather of
    • of the human capacity for thinking. In the human capacity for
    • thinking reside faculties that stand in direct connection with the
    • thinking, however, can cultivate this capacity in such a way that it
    • mathematical-analytical, constructive thinking for that square
    • mathematical thinking does not suffice to prove something that is
    • of a way of looking that has been gained previously, victory over the
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • taking my start from these words of Hermes, I may perhaps be allowed
    • performances themselves some observations linking them with the
    • really grasp by looking beyond the whole historical tradition of
    • powerful in its particular workings. It did not confine itself to a
    • its inspiration was so strong that some of those particular workings
    • necessities of European civilisation, making themselves felt ever
    • rape of ancient clairvoyance by modern knowledge was already taking
    • for making armaments. But men no longer feel that this kind of mental
    • when Socrates first wrested scientific thinking from the old unified
    • result. Because forces are already working towards the reunification
    • harsh as King Thoas in
    • inspirers of European spiritual life working to conjure up out of the
    • may acknowledge that the thinking which has inspired our work for
    • many years, the thinking which has always been present with us as a
    • foodstuffs and thinking through the instrument of the brain were not
    • still felt at that time that thinking was alive there, that hope was
    • I am speaking of the three figures Luna, Astrid, Philia, the true
    • succeed to the full extent of our capacities. This undertaking proves
    • making our puny sacrifice — the sacrifice of modern
    • wonderful to see how each individual in undertaking his or her by no
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • development and formation of the ego principle, making it firmer and
    • task of making man clairvoyant, today they devote themselves to the
    • felt: ‘I absorb into myself the substance of the plant kingdom
    • in the world around me (a plant kingdom quite different from our
    • is taking in forces which are active in the inner earth, whereas
    • entirely the usual way of looking at things today, our own habits and
    • in ancient times. Now there were also other gods working in like
    • If Eros were not working upon the human body, if Demeter had
    • of the world. We do not come to know the world merely by looking at it.
    • time of Atlantis up to the present day a force has been working on
    • emanating from the ether body and working upon the physical body,
    • physical body, it is saying that one form of Hecate is working in
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • manner of thinking if we are to enter deeply into the mission of
    • is peculiar to our modern way of looking at things to draw a sharp
    • you as the working of the Demeter or the Persephone forces in the
    • if out of the bosom of the surrounding universe; in looking at it we
    • ourselves we can observe that out of a vague, unthinking brooding,
    • that he felt working within him the forces which caused thought to
    • When we are speaking microcosmically they are the forces in us which
    • our lasting emotions. Macrocosmically speaking they are forces more
    • Microcosmically speaking we have to look upon the physical body as
    • lacking, just as it is in the case of certain physical substances.
    • man does not do that. The normal man experiences the interworking of
    • himself, feels a mixture, a harmonious or inharmonious working
    • you have a still weaker impression if you are thinking with the same
    • more or less how it is done. By thinking of the relative sizes of
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • epoch, and through their instrumentality became kings and priests,
    • speaking of the ones who only inspired men, but of those who really
    • clairvoyant kings and priests were inspired by Angels, so Zarathustra
    • the death of the Earth? Not at all. I have just been speaking, for
    • of Beings working on another planet who yearn after some other
    • the bodies of the gods has become star. Looking up into the starry
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • what these gods were trying to do, what they were seeking to gain by
    • the domination of a hierarchy which is seeking to lay hold of the
    • Poseidon as the macrocosmic representative of the forces working in
    • all these laws at some time concentrated in a human body, walking
    • about, making use of hands and feet’ ... a modern man would
    • man of Atlantean mould walking about in Atlantis just like other
    • looking upon this denizen of Atlantis who was Zeus ... such an
    • walking about as an Atla.ntean appears to be concentrated in an
    • looking at the matter in the right light we see that however much
    • for making the elder Dionysos, Dionysos Zagreus, a son of Persephone
    • in asking: ‘Is Dionysos the younger alive today?’ Yes,
    • into the world and forms the mental atmosphere of the banking and
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • should we have spent so much time talking about the world of the
    • aspect. Abstract logic, abstract intellectual thinking, is always
    • because there is so much unclear thinking, that what I mean by the
    • plane, he would be making a mistake. In the higher worlds things look
    • the physical plane; only we are looking at it from within, and
    • his ego is taken into account, he does not belong. No more striking
    • the Earth had not endowed man with the ego, men would be walking
    • about with quite different-looking physical forms. Secretly, in the
    • he had brought over from the Moon without taking in the Earth
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • But we shall understand one another if we begin by asking how it is
    • thinking. Knowledge does not come of itself. The human being has to
    • talking expressly of the content, or of the activity of mental
    • happens in our souls in the forming of ideas and in thinking, the
    • am not walking about out here, that is not me. I must get inside the
    • understand thinking is about as clever as looking into a mirror to
    • cognition, we have to say: ‘No part of what thinking is,
    • time between death and a new birth these forces go on working. But in
    • lacking in clarity; they will carp at all sorts of things in the way
    • if we are speaking in the true sense of the higher worlds. Hence you
    • be compared with him. Hence it is no good looking for the figure of
    • upon Nietzsche — we are told that King Midas asked Silenus, the
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • occult experiences of the kind we have been speaking of has to
    • must accept the impossibility of making everything good in this life.
    • so on. It may be that just when one is most self-seeking one puts on
    • his environment without taking into consideration the Saturn, Sun and
    • evolutions was occupied in working upon the spiritual element which
    • the further working of the forces of the etheric body has been, it
    • striking, something of the highest significance. One comes to know
    • making ancient Saturn or Cronos, as the Greeks called him, the
    • were divine-spiritual Beings working directly on Saturn, Sun and Moon
    • Beings working directly in Saturn, Sun and Moon just as air surrounds
    • whose range is properly speaking more comprehensive, I mean those who
    • about thoughts. Thinking is a process which goes on in us, and while
    • designate these two generations of gods working side by side by
    • spoke of Jehovah or Jahve, they were speaking of Him, and that all
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • densification of the body is taking place in the human organisation.
    • of the higher hierarchies were working within it. At that time man
    • Spiritual Science as in their nature working through the Earth.
    • to beings of another kingdom, in the formation of which they were
    • animals. We have to think of the spiritual forces as working
    • influence upon man himself, working into his formation as if from the
    • But little by little other forces working from within the Earth
    • influence, upon which on the contrary the forces working into the
    • active. They are the creatures belonging to the bird kingdom. Our
    • those which work mainly on the bird kingdom, and, in a broader field
    • kingdom, forces streaming in from cosmic space are predominantly at
    • structure of the other members of the animal kingdom. In the
    • structure of the bird there is something very striking, even to
    • as regards creatures covered with hair. Forces working upward from
    • the Earth, forces working in the opposite direction from those in the
    • nature; there is something else working in me all the
    • taking place in us and the normal consciousness of present-day man
    • kingdoms of Nature which are our environment. Yes; we must face the
    • withstands the test, spiritual revelations are never lacking; though
    • used the word ‘Phantom’ when speaking of this
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • In this way he shows that he is seeking for an explanation of the
    • comes from speaking, not speaking from the speech-organ. That is what
    • for then one is thinking-out a theory of the universe, and a
    • working as a solvent, as a destructive influence upon our egotism. We
    • looking for ordeals, would be the first to run into them. For
  • Title: Deeper Secrets: Appendix I
    Matching lines:
    • into unity, and to discover behind this the being and working of
    • (KingXL, 12):
  • Title: Deeper Secrets: Appendix III
    Matching lines:
    • of its inner experience, but was seeking to realise itself in the physical
  • Title: Deeper Secrets: Contents
    Matching lines:
    • kingdom of Man or the kingdom of Heaven.
    • function of the Ego, the kingdom of Heaven. Preparation for
  • Title: Deeper Secrets: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • understand the light that is working within that radiance.
    • Because the Being of Whom we are speaking can say of Himself: “I
    • of the peace. In speaking of matters as grave as this it is not good
    • the working and weaving of earthly forces and powers, both hidden and
    • we can glimpse Christ's Thinking, and in St. Luke's Gospel
    • of Thy Thinking, Thy Feeling, Thy Willing These three attributes of Thy
    • as more and more we apprehend His Thinking, His Feeling and His
    • interplay of human thinking, feeling and willing, we have an approximate
    • Luke and St. Mark some conception of the Thinking, Feeling and Willing of
    • — it is not possible, without evoking misconceptions, to proceed
  • Title: Deeper Secrets: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • that the things of which we shall now be speaking call for accurate
    • instrument might be fashioned for the development of reasoned thinking.
    • All previous thinking of any significance
    • of arithmetic. The fundamental trend and character of his thinking led
    • different kingdoms of the earth, at the processes manifesting in air and
    • Matthew's Gospel we study the times of the Judges and Kings and follow
    • the Babylonians a great Teacher from the East was working there, with
    • from Abraham to the time of the early Kings — may be compared
    • the inner consolidation of the race, the rulership of the Kings up to
    • (are fourteen generations; and from David until the carrying away into Babylon are fourteen generations; and from the carrying away into Babylon unto Christ are fourteen generations.King)
    • path once travelled by Abraham. The star taking this path and coming
    • beings are brought together through ties of blood there was working the
    • mankind. Working in opposition to this was the Luciferic principle which
    • of time the interworking of these two powers reached a kind of crisis.
    • animal kingdom. It was at this point of history of which we have just
    • been speaking that full manhood became, for the first time, a possibility.
    • no longer a voice. In the ‘I' the kingdom of the Spirit speaks;
    • were three kingdoms — mineral, plant, animal — and a kingdom
    • reality of being. This kingdom exists by virtue of the fact that into
    • on earth, namely, the spiritual world, the kingdom of heaven. —
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Deeper Secrets: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • existed in those days. There was no reflective thinking such as we know
    • in the physical world, through the exercise of normal, earthly thinking The
    • thinking. In the modern age these inspirations and revelations from
    • the spiritual world demand that logical thinking shall be brought to
    • the will to unfold logical thinking, to develop his earthly faculties
    • required in rational thinking. In our time the two cannot be
    • of thinking; hence he needed no separate system of thinking. When he
    • had undergone spiritual training the principles of thinking were given
    • of the full activity of the human Ego. Thus the true kingdom of mankind
    • — the Kingdom of Heaven — was added to the other
    • kingdoms.
    • Now, speaking generally,
    • understand Plato. Hebbel adds, jokingly, that the pupil was the
    • people who are constantly talking about a Christ who is to come again.
    • of a Nazarene was total abstention from all alcohol; indeed, the taking
    • are working on the plant. In the grape there are at work, not the
    • honey-seeking insects. John the Baptist, in later days, adopted this
    • (our father: for I say unto you, that God is able of these stones to raise up children unto Abraham.King).
    • (4:25 For this Agar is mount Sinai in Arabia, and answereth to Jerusalem which now is, and is in bondage with her children.King).
    • Kingdom of Heaven, and with that recognition to understand who Christ-Jesus
  • Title: Earthly Death/Cosmic Life: Synopsis of Contents
    Matching lines:
    • Though civilisation moves at terrific pace, thinking remains slow and
    • lacking. One must sometimes disregard enquirers into Anthroposophy.
    • consciousness. The third consciousness is that of waking or falling
    • old, on awaking we hear the messages of the young. The dead children
    • which develop subconscious thinking, destiny is seen. Animal
    • thinking; they avoid effort. They avoid Spiritual Science, not
  • Title: Earthly Death/Cosmic Life: Lecture 1: The Present Position of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • Though civilisation moves at terrific pace, thinking remains slow and
    • Working lovingly in Cosmic wisdom,
    • Working lovingly in Cosmic Wisdom,
    • seen what it is that is lacking in this respect, and what it is our
    • In speaking to-day of the relation
    • They are, however, extremely rigid as regards thinking, extremely
    • dreadfully slow in thinking. We come across this in the smallest
    • to leave Switzerland, a request came from Basel, asking me to speak
    • refer to one of the subjects of which I have been speaking
    • thought is applied to history, that means making history a natural
    • courageous in his thinking than all the others. He says what he has
    • thinking than is supposed). Names are of no moment, only the facts
    • love, and they have been talking thus thousands of years. Many do not
    • the Kingdom of God has come; yet is it not present? It is, but not to
    • Kingdom of the Spirit in our next lecture.
    • keynote. Our epoch is directed to build the bridge to the kingdom in
  • Title: Earthly Death/Cosmic Life: Lecture 2: A Contribution to our Knowledge of the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • lacking. One must sometimes disregard enquirers into Anthroposophy.
    • is a question of what sort of thinking is called up in us, what
    • day man's thinking will turn to the knowledge of Spiritual Science,
    • such sustenance of spiritual ideas that they suffice for working into
    • whole of human life has changed in four centuries. Human thinking has
    • is so terribly lacking: viz., INNER SINCERITY. Man cannot really
    • is not much feeling for truth or untruth in these domains. Looking
    • upon Professor Dessoir's method of working. Of course anyone who now
    • writes on Dessoir without taking into account the article before us
  • Title: Earthly Death/Cosmic Life: Lecture 3: The Living and the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • consciousness. The third consciousness is that of waking or falling
    • old, on awaking we hear the messages of the young. The dead children
    • waking and sleeping has a more profound significance in human life
    • of waking and sleeping. We know that this is only apparent, for we
    • sleep-condition lasts not only from falling asleep to waking, but
    • that in a certain part of our being it also continues from waking to
    • waking hours. With one part of our being we are always asleep. We
    • awake during the so-called ‘waking
    • our senses from waking to falling asleep. The characteristic of
    • from the external sense-world we pass over on waking to one of
    • feeling, because ideas, that is, waking activities, are mingled with
    • same manner as the dream. No one can tell by his waking life what
    • entity of the will remains, even from waking to falling asleep, in a
    • the waking condition, as regards the life of feeling, we are actually
    • waking. Let us picture to ourselves how we pass through the world:
    • what we experience with our waking consciousness is but the
    • in the so-called waking condition among the dead, just as we do not
    • perception of the waking condition or the sleep condition. What is
    • the moment of waking and that of falling asleep. To-day, man does not
    • pay attention to his waking and falling asleep; yet in the general
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Earthly Death/Cosmic Life: Lecture 4: The Cosmic Thoughts and our Dead
    Matching lines:
    • intense desire to return to earthly life for further thinking,
    • when the organism was finer there was a certain conscious looking
    • of waking. I shall now describe with more detail a few things
    • world of ordinary waking life, which we outwardly perceive, in which
    • thinking as well as our outer life, and not to allow our thoughts the
    • a dissipation of the force with which our thinking is endowed! We
    • wait in the waking condition for thoughts to come from the depths of
    • refinement which would he in the consideration of the breaking of a
    • been held back. By thinking of what is possible in life — not
    • looking at life. If we truly ask ourselves such questions, we rouse
    • we usually realise our waking in the morning. At most, we acquire a
    • feeling of what was brought about by his being there, making his
    • forgotten! A right thinking of the dead can only be developed by
    • incisive thinking bound up with reality, a thinking in which man does
    • which does not arise from a clear, incisive thin